ExplicitNovels
Download on the App Store

ExplicitNovels episodes

  • Luke’s HAARP Time Warp: Part 5
    Luke’s HAARP Time Warp: Part 5
    Marion returns with vengeance.

    Based on a post by somethin fishy,

    in 15 parts. Listen to the Podcast at Explicit Novels.



    They waited until the troops had pasted them before attacking. Pollyanna and

    Stella started shooting when they were about twenty meters behind the last of
    the soldiers. They were able to shoot two volleys before the soldiers even knew
    that they were under attack. As the soldiers were stopping to turn around
    Pollyanna and Stella dropped their third pair of targets. Now the odds were
    seven to one. Before the soldiers could charge the odds had become to six to
    one. As the soldiers started their charge toward the two women, they ran off
    the road and continued to shoot from the forest. Being in the forest allowed
    them to hide and shoot and the trees slowed the soldiers down.

    The odds were down to five to one by the time the soldiers had made it to

    the pair but now they were close enough to use their swords. Stella was the
    first to catch a blow when one of the soldiers struck her bow and cut it in
    half, but before he could strike again, Pollyanna shot him and Stella was able
    to draw her sword and cut down another passing rider. Now it was four to one
    but the problem for the women now was that the remaining eight were some of the
    best and most loyal men that Cecilia had. Stella had barely seen him but was
    able to yell out:

    “Polly Behind You!” As Pollyanna turned, one of the men drove his horse

    right over her and knocked her out. Normally, something like that would have
    killed Pollyanna but her armor saved her and now Stella was by herself. She
    continued the hack and slash at anyone who came close while working herself
    over to where she could protect Pollyanna. Stella hoped that Pollyanna was only
    knocked out and not dead, but had no time to check.

    Finally surrounded, the troop leader demanded Stella’s honorable surrender.

    At first, she refused, but when she took in the full situation, she could see
    really didn’t have a choice. She was outnumbered eight to one and Pollyanna was
    out cold. Hopefully by giving her honorable surrender, Stella could buy herself
    and Pollyanna some time for Marion to bail them out. Thankfully Marion knew
    where the two of them had been patrolling and Stella knew that Marion would be
    looking for them within only an hour or so. They had left a note, written in
    the group’s code at the site where they had rescued the women explaining where
    they were headed. So, Stella surrendered.

    Stella and Pollyanna were both searched while most of the men searched the

    surrounding forest where they managed to round up all five of the other women.
    Stella knew better then to fight at the moment but the other women were
    fighting viciously. This was deeply amusing for the soldiers. The commander
    wanted to just kill the five women and take the two captured back to York. His
    men had other ideas; they were not about to waste five good pussies before they
    could play some.

    “Fine, you idiot’s have an hour and then we kill them.” The commander

    stated. His authority over these men was still a bit shaky for he was a very
    recent transfer from Richard’s former main estate plus an extra hour wouldn’t
    matter and maybe he could get some information out of his captives; so, while his
    men started to rape the women, he sat with Stella and Pollyanna to have a talk
    with Stella. By this time, Stella had checked on Pollyanna and could see that
    she was only knocked out and should be coming to before long. The commander had
    watched this and was impressed. Stella went through checking Pollyanna in such
    a way that suggested that she not only knew what she was doing but had nerves
    of steel as well.

    “So, lass what be your name?” Stella just looked at him but didn’t answer.

    The commander had expected as much for this clearly was not a weak woman.

    “Well, my name is Captain Hall, but you can call me Matt.”

    “Why are you letting your men rape those poor women? Don’t you think that

    they’re been through enough already?” Stella asked with enough venom to kill
    all the men.

    “Well, there are seven of them and only one of me, plus those men are

    mercenaries while I am not. Also, what kind of word is don’t?”

    ‘Shit, didn’t think that though’ thought Stella. “Where I come from that is

    called a contraction. It is a combination of the words do not and by using
    contractions it makes speaking more efficient.”

    “Where are you from then? I have traveled widely in my many years and I have

    never heard speech like that.”

    “Well, I am from a far-off land known as America.” Stella knew that she

    couldn’t tell the truth here so she made up a cover story using parts of Luke’s
    story as her own.

    “America? I have never heard of such a land.”

    “It is far away after all. It lays far to the West, across the sea.”

    “Then how did you end up here then?”

    “Like you, I have traveled widely and I have been travelling almost

    constantly for many years. I have probably been to more places than you have
    ever heard of.”

    By this time Pollyanna was starting to come around so Stella went to her

    side to help. Matt quietly watched as Stella helped Pollyanna sit up and then
    do something with Pollyanna’s eyes. Stella then checked Pollyanna’s pulse and
    then checked her for broken bones. Eventually Stella decided that Pollyanna
    probably only sustained a mild concussion and she would be fine. While she was
    checking her Stella quietly told Pollyanna what was going on including the
    story that she was telling the commander. The other men were making enough
    noise to cover up their own conversation. Matt then started trying to get some
    information out of Pollyanna but all that she would say was that she was an
    engineer. Matt had heard of engineers, he had served with many large armies in
    his past, but he had never heard of a female engineer before. He guessed that
    it was possible after all one of his sisters had been very bright before
    disease had killed her and truth be told; it was his memory of her that had
    caused him to be so kind to these two women.

    After an hour the men’s time was up.

    “Hey idiots, when you finish up with your current woman, kill her. We need

    to get going.” Neither Stella or Pollyanna said a thing for they both knew that
    if these women were kept alive then their secret would be revealed and they
    would most likely be killed. Within ten minutes, all five women lay dead and
    the men had themselves dressed and ready to go. The men then started showing
    interest in Stella and Pollyanna but the captain claimed them for himself.
    These two amazed him and he wasn’t about to let them be used by some lowlife
    soldiers. When one of the men tried to grab Stella, she grabbed his wrist,
    flipped him over her body and stomped on his throat at the same time he was
    landing on the ground. Stella’s aim was true and she crushed the jugular,
    leading to the quick death of the arrogant soldier.

    The other men, including Matt, took a step back at seeing this. Obviously,

    these were not women that you would want to piss off, and now with both of them
    awake and alert the odds were now three and a half to one and none of them were
    confident that they could win even with the odds in their favor. Matt quickly
    ordered that the women’s hands be bound and to the women:

    “If you fight us anymore, I will have you ran through. Is that clear?” Both

    women nodded. “Good because the last thing I want to do is have you two
    killed.”

    Once the women were bound, the group continued on their way. Matt had the

    women put on horses and had one of his men keep hold of the reins to keep the
    women from doing anything stupid. Another one of his men rode next to each
    woman with their sword out and ready to use at a moment’s notice. Matt wasn’t
    going to take any more chances that these women try to escape.

    For hours, the group rode in mostly silence. There was some occasional talk

    between the men and Matt. Once in a while Matt would ask one of the women a
    question. Sometimes they answered, sometimes they didn’t. The answers that they
    did give were always very short. It almost seemed that the women were waiting
    for something or someone. Matt had quickly caught on to this and had sent two
    of his men ahead to keep an eye out.

    Finally, the woods thinned out and they could see the city of York in the

    distance and Matt was relieved for these two women had been making all of his
    men and himself, for that matter, nervous as hell. Matt almost couldn’t wait to
    get the women back into his small house that he rented in town. Through Matt’s
    cloud of thoughts, a sound broke through, the sound of men being killed
    quickly. Matt snapped out of his thoughts and looked around. All the men with
    him were still alive, but it was obvious that they had heard the noise to for
    they all had their swords drawn and were looking into the woods. They had also
    sped up their mounts for right now all they wanted to do was to get back to the
    safety of town. Coming around the last corner, the group stopped in their
    tracks. There laying on the ground were their two advance guards and standing
    over them was a giant. The giant had a green overcoat on and the hood had been
    pulled over its face. Matt actually wondered if this thing might actually be
    capable of picking him and his horse up and slamming them both into the ground.
    Then the giant spoke:

    “Those two women belong to me and I would appreciate their return.” The

    voice was very calm and under these circumstances very unnerving.

    “They are mine now” growled Matt. Then speaking to his men: “Kill that

    bastard”

    “I believe the gentleman asked for his women back and it will be in your

    best interest to return them” came a female voice. All the men including Matt
    stopped and looked. Stepping out from behind the giant was another person that
    wore the same long green overcoat. Now that Matt was thinking clearly, this was
    the same type of overcoat that is captives were wearing. Again, the female voice
    spoke: “This is your last warning; release them and I might let you live. If
    you refuse to release them, then I guarantee that you will be dead within a
    minute.”

    “Who the fuck are you?!?!” spat Matt. He was getting pissed and he wasn’t

    about to release the woman that had killed over half of his men. Ahead of him
    the two looked at each other and them back to Matt. At the same time, they
    swept off their hoods and Matt found himself looking at a fairly handsome man
    and a woman that could only be described as an angel or the goddess of beauty.
    Behind him, he heard a gasp. “What?” he asked the man who had gasped.

    “We should do what they say sir for that is Marion of York and therefore I

    bet the giant is the man named Luke. I am telling you now sir that we stand no
    chance against them.”

    Now Matt knew who they were for he had heard the tales and seeing these two

    in the flesh didn’t doubt that the tales were true. Now knowing the two in
    front of him, he could guess at who his captives were. He also knew that if
    Cecilia heard that he released two members of Marion’s group that he would die
    a very slow and painful death. As he was deciding what to do, Marion spoke

    “If you don’t release my people by the time, I count to five, then I will

    have you killed where you stand. Of course, if you try charging then you will
    only die faster. My best archer is hidden in the woods and she never misses”

    This decided things for Matt and he told the men to put away their swords

    and untie the women.

    “But Milord, if Cecilia hears of this then we will all be dead anyway. I

    know not about you, but I would much rather die at Marion’s hands then
    Cecilia’s. For you know that Cecilia will torture us and kill our families
    where if Marion kills us then it will be at least fast and our families will
    hopefully still have a chance.”

    “You men know that you have a third option” said Stella. She urged her horse

    forward until she was in front of all the men and then she turned to face them.
    “You men can join us and serve Marion in her bid to oust the tyrannical Cecilia
    and bring peace and prosperity back to northern England.” All the men were
    staring at her like she was a ghost or had turned into a monster and their
    faces turned white as sheets. The seconds ticked by, the men under Matt’s command
    were paralyzed for they had never expected this. From what everything that was
    said about Marion, they had expected to be killed very slowly. Eventually
    Marion stepped forward and came to stand next to Stella.

    “Choose now!” Marion snapped. This seemed to snap the men out of their

    paralysis. “The men who are willing to follow me need to get off their horses
    now. The rest of you will have ten seconds to get the hell out of here before I
    have you killed.”

    Matt was the first one to dismount. Something in Marion gave him hope and it

    was like she was an angel, with a halo surrounding her, that screamed “Follow
    me”. About half of his men followed suit while the rest decided to run. They
    had family that still lived in York and without them there to protect them,
    they would be dead within a month. Marion true to her word let the men go, but
    before they rode off, she stopped them.

    Handing them each a small pouch; she told them “Here, take this and make

    sure that your families get it before you meet with my sister. Make sure that
    when you report what happened that you do not mention it for, she will surely
    steal it from you. Now good luck and ride safe.” Marion stepped out of the way
    and let the men ride on. She then turned to check out her four new recruits.

    Chapter 21.

    The mood in Cecilia’s castle was bleak to say the least. It had been going

    downhill ever since the raid that had killed Richard had happened. If there was
    any rumor that Marion had been sighted, Cecilia sent off a group of her men to
    investigate but that was all they ever were was rumors. In the meantime,
    Cecilia’s grasp on reality started to slip. She was ever more fearful of the
    people turning against her. This fear lead her to institute loyalty oaths for
    all her men. She had also demanded that they all move their families into York.
    She made it clear that if any of them tried anything that went against her,
    that their families would be killed by either torture or being burned at the
    stake. She would use fear to keep everyone in line.

    At the same time, she raised taxes even further. Any household that couldn’t

    pay were either forced to provide free labor for Cecilia’s estates, or had to
    provide a young man for her army, or had to provide a young woman to help
    entertain the soldiers. If the household couldn’t or wouldn’t meet these
    conditions then the household would be destroyed. The men would be worked to
    death on her estates, usually in the mines, while the women would be forced
    into sexual servitude. They would be sent to one of Cecilia’s brothels where
    their life span would be measured in months. For these women would be the ones
    to serve the customers that had social diseases or who had very kinky taste
    like murder or cannibalism fetishes. As long as they paid for the goods,
    Cecilia didn’t care what happened to the girls.

    On this day, Cecilia was waiting on a gold shipment. It was money that she

    had made by selling the extra food that she had brought in with her taxes. The
    food was needed but she needed hard money even more. The shipment was under a
    strong guard and was led by one of her most trusted men; Captain Matthew Hall.
    He was extremely capable and extremely loyal. The only thing that bothered
    Cecilia about using him was that he had no family for her to have leverage over
    him. The captain was due back soon for he had sent a messenger ahead to tell
    Cecilia that he had the shipment under guard and was leaving London. He had
    even given her an approximate date that he thought that he would be back by.

    She got a message that said that some of the Captain’s men had returned but

    not the Captain. Cecilia went to meet with them and there was only three that
    had returned out of twenty that had left. Furthermore, none of the money had
    made it back and this outraged Cecilia. She managed to just barely hold her
    temper in check while the men gave their reports. It seemed that Marion was
    back and her entire group that had escaped, had survived. She had ambushed the
    convey and had killed most of the guards. The only way they had survived was
    that they had played dead while Marion and her followers had looted the money,
    the arms, and armor from the dead.

    Cecilia exploded. Her damn sister was back and now had a lot of money.

    Cecilia had been expecting almost five thousand pounds from the sale of her
    extra food and other goods. The surviving men made their retreat while Cecilia
    was busy ranting and raving.

    “Was that a good idea lying to her like that” one of them asked.

    “You want to go back and tell her the truth? Plus, we did not exactly lie,

    we just left some things out of our report.” was the response “Besides with the
    money that Marion gave us, we can afford to buy food for our families for the
    next month.” This settled it for the three of them, after all Cecilia didn’t
    need to be bothered by the embarrassing details of how they had been ambushed
    by only two women and half of the survivors had joined Marion.

    After Cecilia had worn herself out, with her tantrum, she called all her

    commanders together. The survivors had given her the approximate position of Marion’s
    ambush and Cecilia was eager to get revenge and to get her gold back. It would
    take a couple of days to get the men ready to go. Cecilia gave her men just one
    day to get ready. She had almost three thousand men at her command and one
    hundred elite knights. She was going to send almost everyone out with the
    exception of about one hundred men that she used to keep order in town and
    guard the castle.

    Everything in town was thrown into chaos. Soldiers were busy gathering food

    and fodder for the expedition. They had to get all the horses and mules ready
    as well. Weapons had to be sharpened and uniforms had to be repaired. Some of
    the horses needed new shoes and a few saddles had to be replaced. Every
    civilian in town was put to work in helping get the soldiers ready to go.
    Cecilia had also ordered the gates of the town to be sealed. No one was allowed
    in or out without her direct orders and there were no exceptions.

    The preparations went on through the night, no one in town got any sleep and

    that included Cecilia for she was going over her commander’s plans, gathering
    any and all intel on the forest in which it was said that Marion and her crew
    were hiding. She also talked to the armorers which she had tasked in recreating
    Tom’s gear; to see if they might be able to add anything new to what Cecilia
    knew about Marion’s likely hiding area. Problem here was that even after a
    month, her armorers were no closer to recreating the armor. Apparently, some
    mysterious process had been used to create it, and sorcery was suggested as the
    only way it could have been possibly done. After all, Cecilia had hired the
    most experienced armor makers around to make armor like Tom’s and none of them
    could even come close.

    By dawn the next morning, everything had been done and Cecilia’s army

    marched out of town. Their orders were simple. Comb every inch of the
    countryside until they found and eliminated the threat that Marion posed. They
    were ordered that under no circumstances were they to return until Marion’s
    whole crew had been killed. Cecilia wanted Marion’s head returned to her on a
    pike. She no longer cared about taking her or Luke alive.

    Within a day, the army had reached the final ambush site and they found

    plenty of evidence to show that Marion had been there. First there were plenty
    of tracks on the road that appeared to be from the right time. One of the men
    found a scrape of green fabric that appeared to be the same that Marion’s crew
    was said to wear as overcoats. They also found the dead guards scattered around
    the site. Some of them still had the arrows imbedded in them.

    The three that had escaped were really amazed for they had been actually

    ambushed several hours up the road. After all the only ones killed here were
    the advanced guard and yet the bodies of all their companions were here. It
    didn’t take them long to figure out that it was Marion actually cared about
    them, not Cecilia. After all Marion had risked detection to place the other
    dead men around so that they wouldn’t look guilty. All three decided separately
    that as soon as they could, they would take their families out of York and join
    with Marion. That is if this wild goose chase actually ever ended and if they
    weren’t killed by it. They privately acknowledged to each other that their
    chances of actually catching Marion ranked far below a snowball’s chances in
    the depths of hell.

    The scouts had found five different trails leading away from the area and

    some of the tracks were from heavily loaded horses. That would be the pack
    animals. There had been fifteen of them in the convoy and none of them were
    found with the guard’s corpses. In fact, no dead horses were found. The
    commanders sent groups of their scouts to follow every track. They were to
    follow them for the rest of the day and return tomorrow, unless they actually
    found Marion; then they were to report back while leaving some of the men to
    shadow her while the army got into position.

    The first scout was screaming within five minutes of leaving the main army.

    It was close enough that the commanders went to investigate for themselves.
    When they got there, they found that parties leader hanging by his feet from a
    tree and impaled on a bed of wooden spikes. A new leader was appointed for that
    group and they were strongly advised to stay off the trail and to keep alert.
    When the commanders returned to the army, they got word that one of the other
    parties had also walked into a trap. Only there, half the scouts had been
    killed for they had been bunched up and had walked over a camouflaged pit that
    contained a large number of sharp wooden stakes. Another group had lost two
    members to arrow fire. The arrows had come out of nowhere and no shooters could
    be found. This was going to be a very long and costly expedition, but they had
    their orders. They were not to stop hunting Marion until she was found and
    killed or Cecilia herself recalled the army.

    This is how the next week went. Some groups of scouts would see nothing and

    other groups would be ambushed and annulated. For the night guards it was far
    worse, for in the morning half of them would be dead; their throats slit and
    their armor and weapons stripped. The mood in the camp was getting worse and
    worse. It didn’t take the soldiers long to learn that being assigned to night
    sentry duty was a death sentence. The disciple of the army started to break
    down despite most of the men having families back in York and being well
    supplied with food and drink. It got to the point where there would be groups
    of five or six men assigned to every sentry post.

    Finally, they got a solid lead. One of the patrols had sighted a large camp

    near a stream. In the camp they saw a very beautiful female bathing. They also
    saw bits of armor laying around and a couple of men moving around. The patrol
    reported back as ordered and the commanders got the army underway within an
    hour, and they also sent a report back to Cecilia detailing what was going on.
    To move through the forest at speed, they had to leave almost all of their gear
    behind. The men were spread out through the forest so that they could move
    easier. Deeper and deeper into the forest the army went. Occasionally a man
    would scream and then there would be silence once again. The booby traps that
    Marion’s crew had set up were extremely ingenuous and very well hide; and they were
    taking a heavy toll on the men. After almost three hours, they reached the
    camp.

    There they found two men still in camp and they were quickly captured. These

    were two of the men who had deserted from the money guard detail. They had been
    sick so they hadn’t been out on patrol with the rest of Marion’s group. It
    didn’t take them long to start talking. In fact, Marion had told them not to
    bother keeping secrets if captured. If there was something that she didn’t want
    them to know, she simply wouldn’t tell them. The army set about looting the
    camp as the two men were tortured. Everything from thin knives stuffed under
    fingernails to their balls being crushed didn’t tell the commanders anymore
    then they had been told when the men were first captured. The torture went on
    for hours and still nothing could be learned so the two were tied to a stake
    and burned alive. The men that had been looting the camp didn’t have any better
    luck. All they found were a couple of coins, some pots and pans, and an old
    horse.

    The commanders kept the army there until the corpses were completely burnt.

    The reason for this was to remind the men what would happen to them if they
    betrayed Cecilia and to send a message to any others that were thinking of
    deserting that if caught, they would receive the equal treatment. Late in the
    afternoon, the army started on its way back to their original camp. This time
    they moved much faster for they had no reason to keep quiet. When they got back
    to their campsite, they realized that they had fucked up big time. Spread
    around were the bodies of the one hundred men that had been left to guard the
    camp. All the horses and mules were gone. Along with all the extra weapons,
    food, medicine, and drink. Anything that couldn’t be taken had been piled up and
    burnt. They did manage to find one of the men still alive and able to tell what
    happened.

    Chapter 22.

    The attack started just after an hour after the main army left. It was as

    swift as it was brutal. The attack started with arrows coming in from every side.
    Every time one of the men had thought that he had found a good hiding place, he
    would catch an arrow in the back. Not very many arrows missed their marks
    either. Within fifteen minutes half of the men were dead or injured. The rest
    had found some shelter by drawing some of the wagons around them. If any of
    them even tried to raise his head to look out, he caught an arrow to the face
    for his efforts.

    Eventually I saw a couple of people step out of the forest dressed in green.

    They approached the wagons and lit something, they held in their hands, on
    fire. They then tossed those objects onto the wagons where the fires rapidly
    spread through all the wagons. The men caught inside found that they had been
    caught in a death trap. Some of the managed to get out but they were cut down
    by arrow fire or by the two that had started the wagons on fire with swords.
    After the attack was finished, more people came out of the forest, also wearing
    green. They went through the remaining wagons looking for loot or survivors.
    After they swept the camp, they loading everything they could carry onto the
    pack animals and piled everything else up in the middle of the camp and lit it
    on fire. They then melted back into the forest.”

    “How many of those bastards did you see, laddie?”

    “I saw at least six and five of them were defiantly women. I also saw the

    giant that we keep getting reports of, and there might have been another man or
    two around but I could not tell. I was too busy trying to pretend to be dead.”
    At this the man started crying for he had just admitted that he had been a
    coward and fully expected to be executed for being one. Instead, the leading
    commander patted him on the shoulder, told him to get some rest, and that he
    had done a good job.

    “Why were you so lenient on that man sir? He obviously was a coward so why

    are you not ordering him to be killed?” Asked the second in command. He was a
    nobleman through and through and as such didn’t hold any of the lower classes
    in high esteem.

    “Because you ignorant jackass; that man had watched as a group of one

    hundred men had been overwhelmed by a group that was less than a tenth their
    own strength. Plus, he has given us some really good and usable intel on
    Marion. Now a question for you: If you were her, where would you go after
    getting ahold of that much loot?”

    The second in command thought for a moment, “Not back to my main camp.

    Hauling that much loot will leave an obvious trail and the last thing that I
    would want to do was to led the army which I had just humiliated back to my
    main camp.”

    “My thoughts exactly. Now let’s go see if any of the men know these woods.”

    After taking most of the evening to question the men, the commanders had a

    good idea of where to start looking in the morning. They made sure that the men
    had settled down the best that was possible and then they started writing the
    report to be sent back in the morning. That night, none of the sentries were
    killed; indeed, it seemed like the enemy had disappeared, but then again, why
    stick around when they had already gotten most of the valuable stuff.

    The army set off first thing in the morning. This time they left nothing

    behind but some smoldering camp fires. They started moving toward an area that
    was known to have a number of caves in it. As they moved, they came across
    signs that they were on the right track. They kept finding bits of armor and
    clothing that had been looted from their camp. As they kept moving, they
    eventually came across a bridge. It was built out of timber and was much
    heavier built then something that one would normally find in such a remote
    area. Going across it they could see fresh wagon tracks, probably no more than
    a couple of hours old; for it was now about midday. The army formed up to cross
    the bridge, for the small river that it crossed was moving too swiftly and had
    too high of banks to be forded.

    About half of the army had made it across when the bridge disappeared in a

    burst of light, sound, and smoke. The air then hung thick with the stink of
    sulfur, and the men that had been near the bridge were screaming in pain. Many
    of them had received nasty wounds from the wood that flew from the bridge
    during the explosion. Still more were now in the river and were starting to
    drown. The army then had to stop to not only rebuild the bridge but to tend to
    the wounded. This was going to prove extra difficult because the army’s surgeon
    had been on the bridge when it went up. The commanders quickly began to
    organize the men. Some of them would tend to the wounded while others would start
    to use whatever tools they had to cut down new trees to rebuild the bridge good
    enough so the men on the far bank could retreat and link back up with the rest
    of the army.

    The army was working as fast as they could when men on the far side began to

    drop like flies for, they were being picked off by arrows. Every time they
    would rush to try and catch the shooter, more of them would die and they still
    couldn’t find the shooter. Time and again this happened. After almost an hour,
    a bridge of sorts was in place and the men started rushing back across. By the
    time the last of them had gotten across, almost two hundred lay dead on the
    other side. The men now had had enough and demanded that they be allowed to go
    back to town where they wouldn’t have to worry about being ambushed every time
    one of them would leave the camp.

    As the army started to retreat, they heard a trumpet sound from across the

    river and a woman dressed in green stepped out of the forest and into full
    view. She spoke to the army through something that magnified her voice many
    times over.

    “We thank you kindly for all the gear. I am truly sorry for all the men that

    we killed defending ourselves and I truly wish that we would not have had to
    kill any of you. To the commanders; be advised that if we capture any of you,
    we will execute you in the same manner that you executed my two men that you
    captured. Now in the interest of avoiding any more deaths, we have left for you
    a marked path back to York. There will be a red ribbon tried to trees about one
    hundred paces apart. As long as you stick to the path no further harm will come
    to you. If you leave the path for any reason you will be killed.

    I have left enough tents in a clearing next to a stream for your wounded to

    spend the night in. The army will camp at that spot and then you will continue
    on your way as soon as the sun is up and your campfires have been extinguished
    tomorrow morning. If you leave the fires burning you will be killed. As long as
    you do what you are told, then you will be back at the walls of York be late
    tomorrow afternoon. When you get back, tell Cecilia that Marion of York sends
    her regards and thank her for the gear. Now good day gentlemen.”

    With that the woman melted back into the trees. The men found the ribbons

    quickly enough and started following the path, just like the woman had said.
    When they got to the clearing, that she had talked about, they found tents,
    food, medicine, drink, and enough firewood for the night. The commanders didn’t
    even have control over the men at this point as the only thoughts of the men
    was to get back to York without pissing Marion off any further. When the
    commanders ordered foraging parties out, the men flatly refused, telling the
    commanders that if they wanted to forage then they should go out themselves.
    The next morning the men put the fires out as instructed and continued on their
    way. Occasionally they saw one of the green ghosts watching them from the trees
    but it was never more than a glimpse before they were gone. By late afternoon they
    had made their way back to York, just like Marion had said.

    By the time they had got back they had been able to count their losses. Out

    of one hundred knights that started out, only thirty survived and none of them
    still had their horses. Out of almost three thousand soldiers, only eight
    hundred returned and almost all of them were terrified of the forest.

    The army had lost almost all of their gear including their pack animals.

    This was going to cost Cecilia a very pretty penny for many of those animals
    had been loaned to her and now she would have to pay for them. To make the
    matters even worse, the army’s payroll had been taken when they lost their
    gear.

    Cecilia was beyond furious. Her army had failed spectacularly and large

    amounts of gear had fallen into Marion’s hands. Furthermore, all of the men
    that had come back spoke admiringly of Marion. She could have killed them all
    but had given them a way out and had even given them food, drink, and a place
    to sleep for a night. As long as they did what she had said then they wouldn’t
    be harmed and they weren’t. Cecilia had the top commanders executed by impaling
    them. Some of the men that had spoken especially well of Marion were burned at
    the stake.

    The people in York then started to get rebellious and Cecilia had to crack

    down extra hard to keep order. She had only one option left to her and she took
    it. She called in her assassins. So far, she had avoided using them because
    they were expensive and their expense came directly out of her pocket. Furthermore,
    she had been trying to keep her reputation among the people of the upper
    classes intact. When her army was so soundly defeated; her reputation was
    shattered with the army. All told she had thirty assassins that she kept on
    retainer and she called all of them up. Their mission was simple, kill Marion
    and anyone that got in their way. The one who brought back Marion’s head would
    get a five thousand pound bonus.

    Chapter 23.

    Marion’s team was relaxing after a hard week. They had beaten back her

    sister’s army, but had lost two of their own in the process. It wouldn’t have
    been so bad if the men had been killed in combat but they had been murdered
    after they had been captured. This had taught Marion that no quarter would be
    given and none would be expected in this fight. Luke was massaging her feet for
    she was starting to feel the weight gain from her pregnancy. She loved when he
    did this and she could feel the tension leaving her body. Matt and Pollyanna
    were sitting by a fire talking quietly. They had proven to be a very good team
    and got along well together. In fact, Marion had started teasing her about them
    getting a room. This was always good for a round of laughs, including from
    Pollyanna even though she always turned red when Marion did this. Gabriel was
    in the process of making more arrows. She had shot through almost all that she
    had made. In fact, her shoulder was sore from all of the shooting that she had
    done.

    Alice was reading more on Luke’s computer. She had gotten to where she could

    navigate through it without Luke’s help and she was taking full advantage of
    it. Stella and Robin were on guard duty. Even though they had just defeated
    most of Cecilia’s army didn’t mean that they could let down their guard and in
    fact Luke and Marion figured that Cecilia’s next move would be the try and hire
    assassins to sneak in and kill Marion. This left the last member of the group
    and his name was Bard. He had been one of those who surrendered to Marion when
    she had captured the money convoy. He didn’t much like the idea of serving a
    female leader, but Marion was many times better than her sister. Marion was
    calm, approachable, outgoing, and listened to everyone in the group and their
    resent triumph had been the result of that.

    After all it had been Pollyanna’s idea to blow up the bridge using some kind

    of devil powder. Luke had provided her with the means to blow up the bridge
    from a safe distance and do it at command. Alice was the one who came up with
    the idea to kill only half of the night sentries. She had almost been captured
    with the two men. She had been there that morning to take care of them. She had
    even washed up in the stream after she had tended to their medical needs. She
    had left to rejoin Marion only fifteen minutes before the army struck. She had watched
    as the men were tortured and eventually killed. Gabriel had been responsible
    for killing most of the scouting parties and had been instrumental in building
    the booby traps as Luke called them. Matt had provided them with insight into
    the army’s commanders frame of mind and had allowed Marion to stay at least
    five steps ahead almost the entire time.

    Meanwhile Stella and Robin had kept the army under observation the entire

    time and provided Marion with hourly updates. Marion had the biggest role of all.
    She had held everyone together after her men had been murdered and it had been
    her idea to provide the army with a safe way out when they had gotten close to
    where the loot had been stored. They had moved it the night before. Bard was
    moved from his reminiscing by the sounds of horses entering the camp. Stella
    had come in and had a young man with her. He was also riding a horse but was
    blindfolded.

    “We caught him riding through the forest alone” explained Stella to Marion

    “he says that he has important news for you.” Marion nodded and the man’s
    blindfold was removed. The man struggled for a minute with the light before he
    started.

    “Marion of York I presume” he continued once Marion had nodded. “I have come

    to tell you that Cecilia has hired thirty assassins to kill you.” Bard was
    stunned, but Marion didn’t look surprised at all.

    “How do you come of this information young man?”

    “My sister is Cecilia’s scribe so I know most everything that Cecilia does.

    Although I should mention that for some matters Cecilia uses a special scribe
    who is almost never seen in the castle and when he is seen; he is surrounded by
    a large group of very tough looking men.

    “When did her order go out?”

    “The day after her army returned.”

    “So yesterday” Marion stated. The man nodded “Is there anything else I

    should know? How it the town doing?”

    “The people are getting rebellious. Cecilia has almost reached their

    breaking point and with the defeat of her army, I doubt that it will take much
    more before the people openly rebel against her.”

    “Well thank you young man. Here is some money for your trouble of coming out

    here.”

    “No money is necessary milady. We all want that witch gone.”

    “Stella, Pollyanna, Matt” Marion said “See that this young man is safely

    escorted out of the forest.”

    Stella retied the man’s blindfold and then lead his horse out of camp. After

    they had left, Marion returned to Luke and asked: “Well honey what do you
    think?”

    “I think that we need to get going and observe our young visitor from a

    distance. Something doesn’t seem right. For starters, how many women do you
    know that can write outside of your group? Yes, he told us everything that we
    expected to hear but that’s what bothers me.” Marion had a confused look on her
    face “The fact that he told us everything that we were expecting makes me
    suspicious” Luke stated.

    Marion thought for a second, “Bard” she continued when he looked at her “go

    with Luke to keep an eye on our young visitor from a distance. I don’t want him
    knowing that there’s extra eyes on him”

    Luke and Bard quickly gathered their gear and took off. They had to hurry to

    catch up with the others. On the way Bard and Luke talked a bit because Bard
    was confused, after all Luke and Marion had apparently expected this to happen.
    Luke explained that yes while the man had told them everything that they had
    expected to hear some things were bothering him. How did this man get out of
    York? The last they had heard the town was still on lockdown. Why did he have
    such a nice horse? Most of the horses that they had captured from the army were
    nowhere near this nice. How did his sister become Cecilia’s scribe?

    Almost no woman knew how to write their name, never mind take dictation from

    someone. Granted all the women that had gathered around Marion could read, but
    that was because Luke had taught them and constantly encouraged them. Something
    here smelled rotten and Luke was going to get to the bottom of it. As they
    traveled, they would occasionally catch glimpses of the group ahead of them and
    this was close enough for Luke. As they were approaching the edge of the woods,
    they heard yelling and as they came around the last corner they could see why.

    Chapter 24.

    Marion continues growing but must suffer a loss.

    As Luke and Bard came around the last corner, they could see Stella was

    already down. They didn’t know if she had been just dismounted or was hurt.
    Matt’s horse had been shot out from under him and he was trapped under it. The
    young man that had come to the camp was in the process of wrestling Pollyanna’s
    reins away from her and several men were coming out of the woods with bows
    drawn. Luke and Bard quickly dismounted. Bard wanted to ride straight to their
    rescue but Luke was worried about secondary traps.

    “Bard, think of it as fishing. You use some bait to catch some small fish.

    You then take the biggest of those small fish to catch much bigger fish. That
    is what Pollyanna and Matt are at this moment. They are the small fish that on
    their own would be a meal, but I think they’re fishing for a banquet and they’re
    planning on or are already using Pollyanna and Matt as bait. So, we are going
    to sneak up either side of the road while staying in the forest and looking out
    for more men hiding. If we don’t find any, then we’ll free Pollyanna and Matt.”

    Bard wasn’t really convinced, but did as Luke planned. One of the things

    that Bard had learned was that to not trust Luke’s instincts was beyond
    foolish. Within only minutes, Luke was proven correct. Both him and Bard had
    found other men in the woods. Fortunately, they all had their attention on the
    road, where Matt had been pulled from under his horse and Pollyanna had been
    brought under control. Luke and Bard worked the way up the road, silently
    eliminating men as they went. Finally, they got to where they could rescue
    their people. Together Luke and Bard had killed ten men and they hadn’t even
    got the men holding Pollyanna and Matt who were by this time tied up. All this
    time Stella hadn’t moved and Bard could see why; she had got an arrow through
    her throat. Bard was getting ready to start shooting these bastards with his
    bow when Luke stepped out of the forest with his handgun at the ready. This was
    the first time that Bard had ever seen it in action; he had heard the tales but
    thought that they were just that, tales. Now he was convinced. Within seconds,
    Luke had taken out all ten of the men on the road except one; he only wounded
    the man that had first came to their camp.

    Before Luke went to untie Pollyanna and Matt, he went to check on Stella.

    Before he even checked her pulse, he could see that she was dead. The color was
    gone out of her face and Luke could see the pool of blood under Stella and the
    fact that she was no longer bleeding was proof enough that she was dead. Luke
    knew that later he would be crying his eyes out, but right now he had more
    important things to do. Bard was untying Matt and Pollyanna so Luke took the
    job of interrogating the prisoner. Luke had only wounded him on purpose, he
    wanted the man to talk.

    “Okay this is how things are going to be; you are going to die, but how you

    die is up to you. If you tell me everything that I want to know then you will
    be killed quickly, but if you don’t tell everything or you lie to me, then your
    death will be beyond painful and will last for days. Also, if your answers
    satisfy me then I will make sure that you get a church burial, but if you don’t
    then your body will be cut up and fed to the hogs. You have until I get back to
    decide.”

    Luke went over to check on Pollyanna and Matt. While Pollyanna was just

    shaken up; Matt was in bad shape. When he got trapped under his horse, it had
    broken his leg bad enough that his leg wasn’t anywhere near straight.

    “Luke what about Stella, you have to help her!” screamed Pollyanna. Luke

    just gave her a sad look.

    “No, no, it can’t be! She can’t be dead; damn it! Tell me that she will be

    fine!”

    “Pollyanna, I’m sorry but there’s nothing that can be done for her. She was

    dead almost as soon as that arrow hit her in the throat for it looks like it
    also took out her spinal column as well. Even in my time that would be a fatal
    injury.” As Luke spoke these words, he shed a single tear. He wiped his face
    and turned back to his captive who was trying to get away. Luke would have been
    impressed if he hadn’t been so angry. Angry at himself for not seeing the
    ambush sooner, angry at Stella for dying, and angry at the fuckhead who had led
    her into the ambush in the first place. At least Luke could get some revenge on
    this fucker anyway.

    “Well, are we going to do this the easy way or the hard way?” asked Luke as

    he kicked the man’s leg out from under him and then stepped on the man’s shot
    out knee as he landed.

    “Fuck off!” the man yelled from the ground while trying to fight his way

    through the pain.

    “Figured as much” Then Luke put much more pressure on the man’s shattered

    knee. After a couple of minutes, the man still was being stubborn so Luke moved
    his foot up and stepped on the man’s balls. The way in which Luke had stepped
    on them had pinned them against the man’s body, so that they had nowhere to go.
    He gradually stepped up the pressure until tears came to the man’s eyes. “Well,
    you ready to talk now?”

    “Yes, please just stop stepping on my boys, please.”

    “How did you find us?”

    “I just dressed up in poor person clothes and rode through the forest until

    someone from your group found me.”

    “How much is Cecilia paying you?”

    “Three hundred up front and five thousand when we completed the job.”

    “We?”

    “Aye, there were thirty of us. Cecilia keeps us on retainer for people that

    crossed her.”

    “Were all these men in your group or are they just hired thugs?”

    “They were all in the group.”

    “How many other assassins does Cecilia keep on retainer?”

    “How would I know?” Luke moved his foot back to the man’s balls.

    “Honestly, I have no idea. I do know that she has a large network that has a

    presence all over England.”

    “What all is she involved in?” now Luke was getting increasingly curious.

    “Assassins for hire, prostitution, sex slaves, counterfeiting, espionage,

    and anything else that she can make money using other people’s suffering.”

    “Well, I think that I am about out of questions; Matt, Pollyanna, do have

    anything you want to ask?”

    “Why did you have to kill Stella?” snapped Pollyanna.

    “We had to let you know that we are serious; plus, she was just a woman so

    nothing much was lost.”

    At this Pollyanna lost it and, drawing her sword, beheaded the captive. She

    was still breathing like a bull when Luke came up and put his hand on her
    shoulder, a move which almost earned him a swipe with Pollyanna’s sword. Seeing
    Luke, Pollyanna broke down and started crying as she wrapped her arms around
    Luke’s neck and buried her face in his chest. Her and Stella had been very
    close and Stella’s death was hitting Pollyanna particularly hard. As she cried,
    Luke gently moved her toward Matt who was still in need of help. Eventually
    Pollyanna had cried herself out and was able to help Matt. Together Luke and
    Pollyanna got Matt’s leg set and splinted. They then helped Matt get sat
    comfortably against a tree while Luke and Pollyanna looted the dead. As usual
    they found plenty of arms, money, and other useful items. The biggest haul
    though was a piece of paper. On it, it detailed the assignments of the entire
    group of assassins, not just the group that Luke killed. Bard had been looting
    the dead that Luke and he had killed while coming up the road after he had
    retrieved their horses.

    The trip back was very slow due not only to Matt’s injury, but Luke wanted

    to make extra sure that they were not being followed. Eventually they made it
    back to camp and managed to get Matt into the bunker that they used as a
    sleeping quarters/hospital. There, his care was handed off the Alice.
    Meanwhile, Marion was busy debriefing Pollyanna and Bard. Debriefing Pollyanna
    was especially hard because she really didn’t want to relive that experience
    but Marion needed to know what had happened so that they could prevent it
    happening in the future. Then, it was Matt’s turn. His take on the events of
    the day weren’t as good because he was suffering from extreme pain in his leg.
    Luke had managed to make primitive aspirin from willow bark and this helped
    take the edge off of Matt’s pain. Finally, Marion had a go at Luke but here it
    was more of Luke comforting Marion, while he told her everything his captive
    had told him. He also showed her the paper that Pollyanna had found on one of
    the dead men. They still had to be on the lookout for ten more assassins.

    Once everything was finally done, Marion finally broke down and allowed

    herself to weep for her friend. After all, this was someone how she had known
    before her father was murdered. All through this Luke stayed quiet right next
    to her and gently rubbed her back. The woman that he loved more than anything
    else even more than life itself and the mother of his child was having the
    worst day of her life to date. Worse yet was that Marion was also now
    responsible for the lives of eight other people if you counted her unborn
    child. This was something that she had never been prepared for growing up.
    Personally, Luke thought that she was handling things quite well, all things
    considered.

    As the sun set on the day, Marion made her rounds around camp. She checked

    on their horses, the booby-traps, the armory, and finally her men and women.
    This was the hardest. The mood across the group was almost uniform, absolute
    depression. They would need time to heal, but Marion was determined to bring
    everyone out of their funk.

    This had also helped make her own mind up; she would go back to the sleeping

    pad that she shared with Luke and fuck him senseless. While it was true that
    they made love almost every night, it had been a while since they had a good
    animalistic fucking and this was what Marion was in the mood for. Getting back
    to their sleeping area, Luke wasn’t there. At first Marion wondered if Luke had
    assigned himself to night watch again, for he had a habit of taking an extra
    night watch if he was worried about being surprised. He usually did this when
    the conditions were ideal for someone to sneak up on the camp, like on damp
    nights. Tonight though, he just had to take a piss and he came back soon after
    Marion had gotten there.

    As soon as she saw Luke, she launched herself into him and started almost

    ripping his clothes off and she was trying to shove her tongue down Luke’s
    throat. Luke had been taken by surprise at first but he caught up fast. Before
    long he was working at Marion’s clothing. At least he didn’t have to fight with
    bras anymore. With his large fingers, they had always presented a bit of a problem
    in the past, even as nimble as his fingers were. All he had to do was to
    unbutton her pants and push them down her shapely hips and then pull her shirt
    up and over her head. This was the hardest thing because she wasn’t in any
    hurry to take her mouth away from his. Eventually, Luke managed to get her
    shirt off and they were now both naked. Luke started kissing his way down her
    long neck and this sent chills all through Marion’s body as it always did. She
    was moaning before Luke even made it to her nipples which were more sensitive
    than they had been because of the baby. As soon as Luke started kissing them,
    Marion had her first explosive orgasm of the evening. The only reason that she
    managed to keep standing was that Luke was holding her up. As Marion recovered,
    she shoved Luke over so that he landed on his ass. She was on him like a cat
    and had pushed him onto his back. There she straddled him, her pussy leaking
    all over Luke’s stomach as she kissed her way down his chest. She just loved to
    run her hands through the hair on Luke’s chest. Luke then saw another reason
    for tonight to be more special than most for the Northern Lights had decided to
    make an appearance and were putting on a spectacular display. He didn’t have
    long to look at then though for Marion was beginning to impale herself.

    “Ah; fuck me hard Luke! Fuck My Brains Out!” Marion yelled as she slid down

    his shaft of steel. Tonight, was one of those times that no matter what she
    did, she just couldn’t get Luke’s cock deep enough to satisfy her cravings.
    “Luke fold me up please, god damn fold me up and fuck the shit out of me”
    begged Marion. Luke was amazed that his sweet, wonderful woman was talking so
    dirty, but her wasn’t about to complain about it because he was more turned on
    now than had had ever been. It felt like his cock was about to rip open from
    all the blood being forced into it. Luke then did what Marion had been begging
    him to do. He rolled over without taking his cock out of Marion. Once on top,
    he put her ankles up on his shoulders. In this position, Luke could pound
    Marion until she fainted. Not only did he dive deep enough to ram into her
    cervix with almost every thrust, but he also rubbed against her G-spot with
    every movement.

    Within seconds, Marion was yelling at the top of her lungs, in fact Luke had

    never heard her yell this loud before and she was usually quite a vocal
    love-maker. Marion could feel Luke’s heartbeat through the veins on his cock
    and this sent her to new heights for this was something new to her. Usually, she
    could feel his veins rise up on his cock but she had never felt his heart beat.
    Then it happened, Marion had herself the orgasm of the millennium. She actually
    felt like her pussy was going to cause her to fly like some of the rockets
    pictured on Luke’s computer. In fact, if it hadn’t been for her pussy muscles
    clamping down and Luke holding on to her, she might have flown. As she was
    reaching her climax, she set Luke off as well. Luke thrust up into her so hard
    that he actually bruised her a bit, not that she cared. When he exploded in
    her, he shot nine white-hot shots of sticky cum into her; it was a new record
    for them. He put so much into her that when he pulled out, it looked like a
    white-water river flowing out of her cunt. Although, at first Marion had wanted
    to be fucked longer than this, she and Luke were at their limits and they
    barely got onto their sleeping pad before passing out for the night.

    To be continued in part 6, Based on a post by somethin fishy,

    for Sex Stories.

    57 min
  • Luke’s HAARP Time Warp: Part 4
    Luke’s HAARP Time Warp: Part 4
    Marion grows as a leader but only after some serious pain.

    Based on a post by somethin fishy,

    in 15 parts. Listen to the Podcast at Explicit Novels.



    Luke was glad to get out of there. Richard smelled terrible. Not only was he

    super obese and he smelled from that, but he had bad body odor and smelled of
    stale sex. He went to make his way back to his chambers, but he stopped before
    he got there. He had to do some recon. He explored the castle from top to
    bottom and stopped to have friendly chats with the guards that he came across.
    Luke was quickly gaining a reputation for being polite and considerate. Any
    maids that he crossed paths with didn’t fear being attacked by him. Instead,
    they all stopped to have a quick chat. Through all this Luke learned that
    Richard was very unpopular with the men and women of the castle and only stayed
    in charge because he had the support of about a dozen key men. Luke also
    learned that the last of the men that had been openly loyal to Charles or
    Marion had been killed, but the general opinion was that it was for the best
    for they had long ago resigned from the human race and had become animals just
    to survive.

    Finally, after some hours, Luke returned to his quarters. There he found the

    others very tense and it didn’t take long for Luke to find out why. Richard was
    planning on leaving within a week and was demanding that Luke’s women accompany
    him back to his regular home.

    “Well, that decides it. We have to act tonight.”

    “Tonight? Luke are you sure?” squeaked Marion.

    “Yes sweetheart, I’m sure. Because if we don’t act, they will find out who

    you really are.” Marion nodded her final agreement.

    The group went through all their gear and Luke shared all the intel that he

    had gathered. This was the first time that any of them other than Marion had
    seen Luke’s handgun and they were all amazed.

    “I promise that after all this is over and if I am still alive then I shall

    explain everything to all of you. Marion knows most of the things about me but
    not all.”

    Chapter 16.

    It was almost midnight when Marion’s group started their attack. Luke had

    instructed them that if they heard him firing then they should leave as soon as
    possible and not to look back; Luke wouldn’t accept any arguments. Their first
    target was Richard’s key supporters. Slip up, kill the guards quickly, then
    kill the key supporters. Gabriel would start off each attack with her bow. She
    would hide in a dark corner and shoot the guards throats out. This way they
    couldn’t scream. Luke would then usually pick the lock and they would slip in.
    When they found their target, they would slit his throat and usually would have
    to cover the mouths of the women with them so that no one screamed.

    Usually, Stella would calm down the whore that was in the bed. Stella was

    well known in the castle and had the respect of all the woman. After everything
    was taken care with one target, they would move on to the next. They worked
    like this through all the key supporters. Eventually, they only had one target
    left, Richard. Problem was that he was under heavy guard by loyal men, not the
    run of the mill castle guards like the rest of them had been.

    It took almost three hours to get through all the key personal. This had the

    benefit that by the time they struck at Richard, most of his guards would be
    drowsy. Luke stopped the attack for a couple of minutes to regroup and plan out
    their final assault. After looking things over Luke decided that it just might
    be time to get the trump card out and ready. He put his sword away and pulled
    out his sig. Quietly he checked to make sure that there was a round in the
    chamber.

    Just as the group was starting their assault, there was a blood curdling

    scream from where they had just been. Their latest target had just been found.
    Luke moved in as soon as Gabriel had shot the door guards. Luke shot the lock
    out of the door after finding the door was locked. He burst into the room and
    this being Charles’s old rooms Marion had drawn very exacting sketches so Luke
    knew exactly where to go. Marion and he moved fast through the rooms, clearing
    them as they went, while the others guarded the door. Luke and Marion killed
    anyone that opposed them. By the time they got to Richard, they had killed
    fifteen men and two women.

    “Who the hell are you? What do you mean by barging in here?”

    “Why Richard” said Marion taking off her helmet “I am insulted that you do

    not recognize the rightful owner of these lands.”

    When Richard realized just who was standing in front of him, he smiled. “Ah

    I see that you have returned; Marion of York. Problem is that the rightful
    owner already has signed over the lands.”

    “What do you mean?”

    “Cecilia, you want to come out and meet our guest for this evening?”

    Marion and Luke started when they caught sight of Cecilia coming out of an

    adjacent room “Good morning, Marion. Ever the night owl I see. Nice to see you
    again Luke. It will be so nice to finally have your giant cock buried inside
    me; but do not worry about Marion for she will have to watch while tied she’s
    to her old bed.”

    “You traitor. You betray father and every person living in these lands for

    what? Empty promises from this tub of lard.”

    This pissed Cecilia off and she started to move toward Marion but Luke

    pointed his gun at her.

    “Ah so that is the “gun” that Cecilia has told me so much about. And before

    you ask and waste more time, I know that it was you, Luke, who killed my son
    and his men. And now I think that it is time for all of your people to die.”
    Richard then whistled and his men started coming out of hiding.

    Luke was faster though. As soon as he heard Richard whistle, he shot Richard

    dead by double tapping him in the heart. Now he had to get Marion and the rest
    of the team out of this ambush. Luke shot any soldier that he saw while Marion
    was busy cutting down more. They worked their way back to the door, only to
    find a battle royal going on.

    The team was in serious trouble. They were heavily outnumbered and Gabriel

    was out of arrows. Luke had to act and act fast. He slapped another clip in and
    started to walk and shoot. Richard’s men unfamiliar with such a device got
    nervous and broke. The team took full advantage of this and made their break
    for it. They had left hidden ropes so that they could make their escape. All
    they had to do was get to them.

    As they were running, Gabriel caught an arrow in her leg. She wanted the

    rest of the team to leave her and get out, but Luke wouldn’t hear of it.

    “You never leave a team member behind, Gabriel. Now come on, let’s get the

    fuck out of here.”

    Luke picked Gabriel up and threw her over his massive shoulder in a

    fireman’s carry. This way Luke could still fight and Gabriel could shoot her
    bow as she got the arrows. As the team was getting through one of the doors,
    Tom was taken down. He had just helped Pollyanna get out for she had turned her
    ankle and was limping when a swordsman came out of nowhere and ran Tom threw.
    Pollyanna turned as quickly as she could and killed the swordsman. Stella came
    out then and seeing Tom lying dead started cursing. She turned to go back in
    and kill as many bastards as she could find but Marion got to her first and
    pulled her towards the ropes.

    Alice got them first and got everything ready for the rest. Marion came up

    with Stella and Pollyanna. Stella went down first, followed by Pollyanna and
    Alice. Marion in the meantime waited for Luke and Gabriel. She didn’t have long
    to wait either. Luke came up and Marion was horrified. Luke had numerous cuts
    across his armor and placed that were not armored were bleeding badly, but Luke
    was so full of adrenaline that he didn’t even notice. He went over with Gabriel
    hanging on to his back, for dear life, for they had to go down almost forty
    feet. Marion was the last over and made it down safely but almost didn’t. When
    she was only ten feet from the ground, someone cut her rope and when she
    landed, she got herself a bad ankle sprain. Thankfully for all their sakes
    their horses were nearby and they were able to get out of town without too much
    hassle. Granted this meant that they had to kill the guard at the gate they
    used and had to lower the drawbridge themselves, still all things considered
    not bad.

    Chapter 17.

    The team had a long ride ahead of them to get back to their campsite, and

    they were all exhausted. As the team put distance between themselves and the
    town, their injuries began to make themselves known. Not one of them had
    managed to escape unscathed. Luke had numerous cuts, especially on his legs and
    near his hands. Pollyanna had a twisted ankle and was now missing two fingers
    on her left hand. Gabriel still had the arrow sticking out of her leg and had
    numerous other cuts. Marion was cut up bad and had a strained ankle. Stella was
    missing a finger on her right hand and was an emotional wreck after losing Tom.
    Alice was now missing part of an ear and had a very dramatic cut running down
    her jawline. Just before daybreak the group finally had to stop. They picked
    the thickest woods that they could find so that they would at least have some
    cover until they recovered a bit.

    Since Alice was the most talented medic in the group, she took charge of

    tended the wounds while Luke was her adviser. It took Alice almost two hours to
    tend to the team’s wounds while Luke tended to hers. As soon as Marion was
    taken care of, she started cooking some food for everyone. It wasn’t much, just
    a little bit of stew that Marion made up with the food that was in their
    saddlebags.

    “Well Marion, what is going to be our next move for we cannot go anywhere

    near York now?” asked Stella.

    “I don’t know, Stella. I don’t know.” Luke could see and feel the mood of

    the group get even darker now. He knew that he would have to step in but he had
    to be careful for he wanted Marion to grow into the leader that he knew she was
    capable of being. But right now, he had to keep the group together long enough
    for Marion to learn how to led.

    “Excuse me ladies but I think that we need to get back to our campsite and

    hunker down until things calm down a bit. After all, if Cecilia’s forces catch
    us it’s pretty much a sure thing that we will all be killed as painfully as
    possible.”

    When the rest of the group was far enough away, Luke pulled Marion to him

    and talked quietly;

    “Marion, never ever say that you “I don’t know” when asked what to do ever

    again. Do you hear me?” she just stared at Luke for he was frigid. “Those three
    words will destroy a unit faster than any kind of enemy action. As the leader
    it’s your job to know what to do even when you don’t. If you truly want to be a
    leader then you need to take this advice to heart.” With that Luke helped
    Marion onto her horse and then mounted his.

    With the thought of Cecilia chasing them, to keep them company, the group

    set out again. Luke was worried about Gabriel’s leg but right now he had more
    important worries for Cecilia’s troops were starting to get out this far to
    look for them. The team slipped away as quietly as possible and keep moving
    though the day. As one member would sleep another one would guide that person’s
    horse. Finally, they got back to their camp from which they had set off from
    just a couple of days before.

    Back at camp, the mood was somber for they had lost their friend and comrade,

    Tom. Emotions ran from just sad for Luke to furious from Stella. This wasn’t
    the first time Luke had lost people in combat and he knew that it wouldn’t be
    the last. Stella in the meanwhile was dealing with a bad case of survivor
    guilt. Everyone else in camp was between these two extremes. Since it was late
    in the afternoon, Luke started cooking supper. Yes, it was time to mourn but
    things still needed to be done, like cleaning his weapons and mending his
    clothes. As he was cleaning his Sig, Alice came up to him and asked:

    “Luke, are you going to tell us about that thing and about yourself now?”

    Luke looked at the others and saw that they wanted the answers.

    “Can we eat first and then after dinner I will show you all everything?”

    “I guess.” Alice replied melodramatically.

    “Thank you.”

    Dinner that evening was quiet to say the least. The only talking was to ask

    for food and to say thanks. Luke had managed a hearty venison stew for supper
    and there was enough left over for breakfast the following morning. After the
    dishes had been cleaned Luke pulled all of his gear out of hiding. This was
    going to be the first time that even Marion had seen all his gear. Sure, she
    had seen the cases, but she had never seen Luke open them.

    “Ladies, before I show you what I have to show and before I tell what all I

    have to tell; I must demand that you swear an oath of silence for if the wrong
    people, like Cecilia, get ahold of the information that I know, the world as
    you know it could come to an end. If you cannot do this then you need to leave
    now.” All of the women nodded their heads, agreeing to his terms.

    Luke started with his rifle. It was one of his most prized weapons, even

    before getting thrown back into the middle ages. It was a .338 caliber with a
    Leupold scope on it. With this rifle and the Lapua ammo that he was packing, he
    could shoot someone between the eyes at almost 1500 meters. Gabriel was amazed
    with this and Luke could see that she really wanted to try shooting it.

    “Gabriel” Luke continued once she looked him in the eye “I promise that I

    will teach you how to use this weapon, as soon as I can start making ammo for
    it. You will understand why in a little bit.”

    Luke then pulled out his computer and powered it up. During the last few

    months, he had taken it out periodically to make sure that the battery stayed
    charged. He had charged it with his solar powered charging station. When his
    laptop finished booting up, he started explaining:

    “Now this devise is called a computer. This one in particular probably holds

    more information than if you combined all the current knowledge on this planet.
    Stored in here are text on medicine, engineering, math, geography, economics,
    general science, and physics. I also have a large selection of music and many
    pictures of my past life.”

    “How can all that be stored in that little thing?” asked Marion.

    “Well, it’s kind of hard to explain but let me see if I can massively

    simplify it so that you all can hopefully understand. The information is stored
    in a form called bytes. That’s the basic building block of all computer
    languages. A byte is kind of like a letter. Computers like mine can store
    trillions upon trillions of bytes. Does that make any sense? Computer science
    was never my strong suit.”

    “Somewhat” the women responded.

    “Okay. Now it’s time I tell you all my biggest secret. Now before I tell the

    rest of you; I will tell you that Marion already knows. Okay here it goes.”
    Luke took a deep breath and closed his eyes. “You know this to be the year 1065
    A D. Where I am from it was the year 2021 A D.” All the women, except Marion,
    had the same stunned look. “Yes, I am from almost a thousand years in the
    future and as such I not only carry huge amounts of scientific information but
    I also know the general outline of European history for the next almost
    thousand years.”

    When the ladies heard this: Alice passed out, Stella and Pollyanna gasped,

    and Gabriel looked thoughtful. Only Marion didn’t react.

    “So that’s why you have been so quiet about yourself!” exclaimed Gabriel

    “And I agree with you as it happens. If the information that you possess gets
    into the wrong hands then the world would change in every way possible and most
    likely not for the better. Every king and petty noble would want to get their
    hands on you to learn about their future and then try to change that future to
    suit them. Problem would be that if you start changing the events then you
    change the history too.”

    Luke just nodded at her; he was thankful that Gabriel understood. When Luke

    looked at Marion, he expected to see anger. Instead, he saw complete love for
    she now understood why Luke had been so quiet about himself.

    “Now gather round ladies” Luke said after everyone recovered “I want to show

    you all my previous life.”

    Over the next two hours, Luke showed everyone pictures of his pervious life.

    Everything from his time in the marines, to growing up with his family, to
    Mackenzie’s family, to pictures of his company and some of the projects that he
    had worked on, all over the world. He also showed them pictures of the places
    that he had been to and the people that he had seen. Then after promising that
    she would take upmost care of it, Luke loaned his computer to Alice and
    Pollyanna. To Alice so that she could study his medical books, and Pollyanna so
    that she could study the engineering text that was stored with the provision
    that they only study of about an hour a day so that they wouldn’t suffer eye
    strain.

    “Okay ladies, time for a brief history lesson, well my history. There is a

    storm coming. It will start next year when King Edward dies. He will name
    Herold Godwinson as his successor. Two problems with this though. Herold’s
    brother believed that he should have been named king and gets the king of
    Norway to support him. The Vikings would invade England, but would be almost
    animated by Herold’s forces. The other problem came from Normandy, and his name
    was… well is William, Duke of Normandy. Apparently, Edward had also promised
    him the throne before he gave it to Herold. William would also invade England,
    but he would beat Herold’s troops at the Battle of Hastings. During the battle
    Herold will die from an arrow to his eye, and William would be forever be known
    as William the Conqueror. This would be the last time that England would be
    successfully invaded.

    During the 1200’s, England would control almost all of France but would be

    eventually driven out completely. England would then turn their attention North
    and after almost five hundred years of intermittent struggle would conquer
    Scotland. Eventually they would conquer Ireland as well and would be known as
    Great Britain. There will be at least two civil wars that I can remember fought
    over the English crown. The first one was in the 1400’s, and was called the War
    of the Roses and was fought between the houses of Lancaster and York.
    Eventually the house of York would win but it was a very long and bloody
    struggle.

    The second civil war would be in the mid to late 1600’s and this one would

    cement the power of Parliament over the King, for the winner of that war was
    the forces of Parliament, under the command of a man named Oliver Cromwell and
    the King would end up losing his head. Eventually the monarchy would be
    restored but they would remain at best equal with Parliament. After this civil
    war Britain would eventually go on to rule over one quarter of the globe, and
    would be one of the most influential empires the world has ever seen.

    Now by my time the idea of the divine rights of Kings would be dead and the

    people ruled over themselves. Most of the time this was a better thing then
    having a king and at other times; well let me say that anyone, no matter at
    what level they were born at can be just as cruel, for instead of kings or
    dukes, we had dictators or juntas. Both of these usually came to power through the
    military and for the most part, as long as they had military support then they
    would stay in power. Now where I am from, we were once part of the British
    empire, but fought a war with them and kicked them out in the late 1700’s. Over
    the next 200+ years we would be ruled be the same type of government with only
    one civil war. That type of government was a constitutional republic that was
    set up with three separate branches of government that were designed to fight
    with each other so that none of the three could gain too much power.

    Also it was what is known as a federal type government, meaning that the

    national government shared power with the provincial, state was the term that
    we used, governments and local governments. Another provision in the way our
    government was set up was the minority would also get to have a say in
    government and not get rode over by the majority. As if that wasn’t enough, the
    men that set up our government made sure that the people would be able to have
    their say in government. They even made sure to protect the peoples to firearms
    so that if somehow the government did become too strong the people could rise
    up against it. Was our government prefect? Of course not. But was the most
    stable form of government, over the long term, that humans have ever came up
    with.”

    When Luke was done, he was exhausted and all the women sat stunned. They

    could hardly believe what all Luke had told them, but once they thought it
    through, they could see the merits of the people wielding power and protections
    being put in place to protect the minority as well as the majority. Eventually
    Marion was able to speak up:

    “Wow, no wonder why you are so afraid to tell people what you know.” Luke

    just looked at her with sad eyes and nodded. Marion was thrilled and terrified
    at the same time. She was thrilled because she finally knew everything there
    was to know about Luke and she was terrified for the same reason.

    “So, with all those advances were there still diseases and famines?” asked

    Alice

    “Yes, although most diseases would be curable in my time and smallpox would

    be eradicated. Famines still stuck with amazing fluency, especially in Africa
    and parts of Asia. Most of the time the cause was human related, usually wars
    or the mismanagement of natural resources at the hands of a corrupt government.
    Sometimes though, the weather patterns would change and an area would have a
    series of bad harvest and that would set off famines. And before you ask yes,
    we still had wars a plenty and they were usually fought the same petty reasons
    as they are fought for in this time. Only in my time, wars could have
    casualties in the millions of people and we had weapons that could obliterate
    the largest cities on Earth. We had enough of these weapons that we could
    eliminate all the humans on Earth.”

    “Oh” Alice looked very sad and she even shed a tear hearing Luke. Eventually

    Marion stood up and stretched.

    “Well now, I do believe that it is time for us all to lay down and try to

    get some sleep for tomorrow we need to get focused on surviving and figuring
    out our next move.” No one moved but Luke. He was the only one that moved
    towards getting ready for bed.

    “Marion, I’m scared” confessed Gabriel “your sister will never stop hunting

    us and unlike you, none of us have skills that are useful out in the world.”

    “You all have skills” responded Marion “You Gabriel are an amazing fighter

    and a lot of fun to be around. Alice, you have an interest in real medicine.
    One of the only people in our world that can say that. Pollyanna, your skills
    lay in engineering and science. Stella, you Milady are one hell of a leader and
    I suspect that one day you may be quite famous. We all have our own talents and
    skills; the trick is knowing how to harness them.”

    “Still, I’m not only scared for next year but also tomorrow and next week.”

    Marion gave her a warm smile.

    “I know the feeling and I get over it by curling up in Luke’s arms” They all

    looked to Luke now.

    “But...” Marion cut her off with a finger over Gabriel’s lips.

    “Come with me.”

    Marion and Gabriel went over to where Luke was laying down. Marion then

    slowly stripped Gabriel’s clothes off and Gabriel returned the favor for
    Marion. Once they were both naked, they laid down with Luke. Marion made sure
    that Gabriel took the spot right next to Luke so that she could feel all of
    Luke’s body. Luke looked up at Marion with alarm, but Marion just gave him a
    warm smile and mouthed to him to be gentle.

    What followed was a whirlwind for Gabriel. She had never been naked with any

    man and here she was now with a gentle giant. Not only that but Marion was also
    pressed up against her, encouraging her to be herself and have fun. Luke went
    slow with Gabriel. He started off be slowly rubbing his hands all over her body
    feeling her muscles, her tits, her stomach, the pubes, her legs. At first
    Gabriel was so nervous that she thought that she might be sick. That
    disappeared when Marion gave her a tender kiss that she had poured all her
    passion into. Gabriel could feel the love in it and her tension melted away. Finally,
    her hands started coming to life as well. She started off rubbing Marion
    because that was the way the Gabriel was facing. Gabriel was amazed at how soft
    and smooth Marion was, and yet she could feel the power that Marion possessed
    just under her skin. Eventually though, Gabriel’s attention was pulled to the
    monster that was poking her in her ass.

    She was amazed when she first felt it. It felt like the size of a horse and

    it was hot. She could also feel the ridges caused by Luke’s veins and she was
    amazed that something could be so hard and yet so soft feeling at the same
    time. Gabriel had started to get wet while she had been rubbing Marion, but in
    feeling Luke, she started to get soaked between her legs. Soon she felt a hand
    trying to get between her legs, so Gabriel opened up. What came next was the
    best thing that she had ever felt. It felt like there was an inferno burning
    between her legs, but Gabriel wanted it to continue. Before long she started to
    wonder just who’s hand was causing her to feel so good and it didn’t take long
    for her to find out for when she looked at Luke, one of his hands was rubbing
    her tit and his other one was propping his head up so that he could get a
    better view. That meant that the hand that was making her so hot belonged to
    Marion.

    Gabriel had never given a thought as to what it might be like, being with

    another woman, but she figured what the hell. Within minutes, Gabriel’s hips
    were humping Marion’s hand by themselves and Gabriel was having a hard time
    making noise never mind actually speaking. Finally, she started to shake like a
    leaf and she saw bright flashes in her eyes. When she finished, she felt like a
    wet rag for she had a very hard time moving. She tried to open her eyes, but
    even the dim light from the fire was too much for her to handle at the moment.
    Marion was giggling as Gabriel struggled to come back to her senses. Once she
    had come back to her senses enough to be able to function again, Gabriel looked
    over and into Luke’s eyes. She gave him a silent promise that she would never,
    ever abandon either him or Marion. With that she gently pushed Luke onto his
    back and with a bit of final encouragement from Marion; Gabriel mounted Luke.

    At first, she had some problems getting lined up, but a little help from Marion

    holding Luke’s cock; Gabriel figured it out. She slowly made her way down
    Luke’s shaft thoroughly enjoying every bit of it. Finally, Gabriel felt Luke’s
    cock run into her hymen and with a deep breath forced Luke through and he was
    inside her. Marion gently kissed the tears from Gabriel’s face while Gabriel
    sat perfectly still. It felt like she was being split open by Luke, but she had
    no desire to remove Luke from inside her. Eventually, the heat from Luke’s cock
    combined with her own heat encouraged Gabriel to start moving. What came next
    was like seeing another beautiful world for the first time. She slowly built-up
    speed as her pussy figured out what it liked the best. As she had been moving,
    Luke had been matching her. Thrust for thrust, move for move. Together they
    travelled toward a massive orgasm. As Gabriel rode Luke,

    Marion was busy kissing Gabriel’s nipples and rubbing her clit. Gabriel had

    simply never imagined that she could ever feel this good. As he got close, Luke
    tried to pull out of her cunt, but Gabriel wasn’t having any of it. She knew
    why Luke was almost desperate to pull out of her, but she didn’t care and more
    to the point, kind of hoped that she would get knocked up. Once Gabriel had
    made her command known, Luke began to unleash his little swimmers. He first six
    large shots up inside her and the pulsing of his organ set Gabriel off with an
    orgasm that might have caused her injury if Marion hadn’t been there to hold
    her and keep her safe.

    Gently Marion helped Gabriel lay down between Luke and herself. Gabriel

    couldn’t have fought back even if she had wanted to for she had passed out form
    her orgasm. Luke and Marion formed a human sandwich with Gabriel holding the
    place of honor between them and within minutes all three had passed out.

    Chapter 18.
    Two months earlier.

    Lucy and Cecilia had just set off after it was decided that Luke and Marion

    would stay and try to kill Richard. Cecilia though had plans of her own. On the
    way to Lincoln, she and Lucy talked and Lucy filled Cecilia in on everything
    Richard had been doing. This was important to Cecilia’s plans, plus she wanted
    Lucy to feel safe. Once the two got to Lincoln, Cecilia led Lucy to a different
    inn then she had stayed at when she was with Marion and Luke. This inn was one
    that Cecilia actually owned under an alias. The inn was one of the fronts that
    Cecilia used to force woman and girls into the sex trade. Cecilia figured that
    Lucy was good enough looking that she might just be worth a fair amount of
    money. The inn keeper had strict orders to never acknowledge Cecilia in public.
    Cecilia was to be treated the same as anyone else. Cecilia would always
    initiate the contact, usually after most everyone had got to bed for Cecilia
    had her secrets too.

    Cecilia’s biggest secret was that she was actually extremely intelligent.

    She had figured out though, at a very young age, that if she played the clumsy
    fool then no one would expect anything of her and would generally leave her
    alone. Another one of Cecilia’s secrets was that she had killed so many people
    that she had actually lost count. She either had killed them herself or had
    ordered their death. By this point in her life, she had built the most powerful
    crime network in the British islands, and one of the largest in Europe. She dealt
    in everything from stolen church artifacts to slaves. From commanding pirates
    on the open seas to highway men on land, she was into everything. Basically, if
    she could make money from someone else’s suffering she did it. She even
    extorted church officials for land, forgiveness, and money.

    Once Lucy had gone to sleep, which didn’t take long for Lucy was exhausted,

    Cecilia made contact with her henchmen. In this world she was known by the name
    Elizabeth and she was not a person that any sane person would ever cross.

    “That other woman in my room, get her. Just make sure that you idiots don’t

    damage the goods too badly this time. I lost good money with the last bitch you
    idiots captured.”

    “Yes ma’am” they barked and were off. Cecilia sat, by herself in a corner,

    enjoying a good pint when she heard Lucy get captured and a cold smile came
    across her face. She then heard the soft thud of her men knocking Lucy out.
    Lucy’s life was now for all real purposes over for she was now just one of
    Cecilia’s sex slaves and would be taken to a coastal brothel take specialized
    in catering to sailors. After Cecilia had finished her pint and food, she went
    up to bed where the first thing she did was to collect all of Lucy’s former
    possessions. Among them was the money that Luke and Marion had given her. When
    Cecilia counted it out, she was amazed at how stupid Marion and Luke were for
    they had given Lucy almost fifty pounds. Lucy quickly pocketed this and went to
    bed where she slept just as peacefully as she always did.

    The next morning, after breakfast, she sent a message to Richard telling him

    that William was dead and that Marion was still alive. She went on to explain
    briefly about the stranger that had interfered and ruined all their plans. When
    she was done dictating, the scribe read it back to her and she approved by
    using her ring to seal the letter. After the message was off, Cecilia spent the
    rest of the day on business. She had been away for a while and had a lot to
    catch up on. By that evening she was finally done and was feeling extra horny;
    so, she went to her special brothel where she could get some well-hung guy
    either fuck her senseless or rock her gently all night long, depending on her
    mood. Tonight, she was in the mood to get pounded senseless all night long. She
    would have to switch out men for they were always so weak but that was just one
    of the facts of life.

    When she got there, she got a surprise for there was a large black man that

    had just came in and she just had to get a piece of that. Cecilia took him up
    to her room where she ordered him to strip so that she could inspect the goods.
    She so enjoyed making big, strong men feel powerless. When he finally got
    naked, Cecilia carefully inspected the man. He had well developed muscles, a
    large almost pitch-black cock, and he was tall at about six foot. He actually
    kind of reminded Cecilia of Luke in demeanor but Luke was white, was taller, a
    little larger cock, and bigger muscles. This man though was far, far better
    than anything else that was available so Cecilia was happy. She made the man go
    down on her and eat her to her first orgasm of the evening. She never sucked
    cock for she wanted the men to last longer inside her. Before Cecilia started
    fucking herself on his cock, she made sure that he understood the penalty for
    him cumming too soon. If he cum before Cecilia had cum at least once, then she
    would castrate him, fry his balls in front of him, and force him to slowly eat
    them.

    He was bigger than anyone she had ever had inside her and she was thoroughly

    stretched out. Cecilia absolutely loved the color contrast between her body and
    the man she was with. She was snow white while he was dark brown. Needless to
    say, that Cecilia had no problems with this guy for he fucked her until she had
    to actually beg for him to fill her cunt with cum, before he pumped her full of
    juice. Before Cecilia began the night, she figured that she would end up going
    through several men, but now she could barely move, never mind go look for
    another guy, so she passed out for the night, after telling the guy to get out.
    So was Cecilia’s life for the next week or so. Wake up whenever she felt like
    it, take care of business until supper. After supper, she went to get her
    brains screwed out by her now favorite gigolo. She was a bit worried that she
    might get pregnant but the sex was far too good to stop and with her stress
    levels getting fucked senseless every night by a dark piece of forbidden fruit
    was just what she needed.

    After eight days, she got a response from Richard. In it he thanked her for

    the news of his son and also offered to marry her, seeing as he had his own
    wife killed after suspecting her of cheating on him even though, he kept a
    harem for himself. Cecilia agreed but with the stipulation that she be made his
    sole heir and that their marriage be kept an absolute secret. After almost
    three weeks of back and forth, Cecilia and Richard had come to an agreement.
    Cecilia would get most everything that she wanted, Richard would keep his harem
    and Cecilia would pay Richard 2000 pounds. While this was a significant amount
    of money for Cecilia, it meant that she would by her own calculation be in
    control of most of Northern England. For she knew something that Richard
    didn’t. Luke, Marion’s boy toy, was still out there, he was extremely
    dangerous, and that he actually cared about the filthy masses. Cecilia figured
    that sooner or later he would make a move to get rid of Richard and she also
    figured that Luke would succeed with that.

    Richard kept his end of the bargain so Cecilia kept hers. She privately

    figured that she would have all her money back within a month or two especially
    once she had figured out that Luke had already been in the castle and had met
    Richard once. Not only that but Richard’s men were being attacked by mysterious
    forces in the areas outside of town, and some of the dead were left where they
    could be easily spotted from the castle walls. Privately Cecilia figured that
    Richard had only a month left and she wasn’t far off. Within two weeks of the
    extremely private wedding Luke and Marion struck. As soon as the attack had
    been driven off Cecilia commanded her most trusted lieutenant:

    “Go and seal Luke’s chambers. Kill anyone that tries to get in or out and

    wait for me to get there before going in.”

    “Yes ma’am.” And off he went.

    When Cecilia examined the armor on the one dead intruder, she was completely

    amazed at how well it was made and how well it had worked for it was a very
    lucky strike that took him down. Some of the soldiers identified the man as
    Tom. It seems that he was one of the soldiers that Luke had chosen to accompany
    him when he went to look for Richard’s son. The other man hadn’t been seen at
    all. The other women were all identified as fresh whores that Richard’s men had
    captured and Richard hadn’t had an opportunity to fuck before Luke took them.
    The thing was that when they had come back, they were all much stronger both
    mentally and physically then when they had left with Luke. When Cecilia went to
    investigate Luke’s chambers, she was discouraged to find that none of his gear
    was there. In fact, it didn’t look like anyone had been in there for days.

    Publicly Cecilia spoke about taking strong action against her rebellious

    little sister and her minions. Privately however, Cecilia was terrified. Marion
    had almost succeeded and if it hadn’t been for the measures that Cecilia had
    just barely got put in place, Marion most likely would have succeeded. Cecilia
    knew that she might not be so lucky the next time for she had tipped her hand
    when Richard called her into the room with him, just before he was killed.
    Plus, Marion and especially Luke had a knack for winning over the lower
    classes; while Cecilia hated and was hated by the lower classes. One more thing
    to turn her world over was that she got word that her favorite gigolo had
    escaped. It had apparently been quite a bloody thing with five of her best
    people being killed in the process. He had then got a spot on a ship and had
    left England for parts unknown.

    She had made her decision with the rising sun on the morning after the

    attack; she ordered her armorers to do their best to duplicate the armor that
    was captured with Tom. Tom’s body was beheaded and his head was put on a
    pikestaff in the town square and his body was burned to ash. Cecilia then made
    it known that there was a 500-pound reward for the capture of Luke and Marion.
    The only stipulation was that they had to be taken alive. Cecilia then put a
    250-pound reward on the other team member’s heads. She also made it known that
    aiding them in any way was punishable by a very slow and painful death. That
    done, she then worked on putting a better training program in place for her
    troops. For they would have to be very well trained and motivated to even stand
    a chance against Marion.

    Chapter 19.

    The next morning, Gabriel woke up more rested than she had felt in years,

    granted her leg was still throbbing and her pussy was sore, but that was to be
    expected. At first, she was confused as to why she had slept so well, then she
    remembered and started to feel guilty because she felt that she had taken
    advantage of Luke and made herself a promise right there that would never
    happen again. The next thing she noticed was that it was light out and she was
    alone. As she looked around, she could hear Luke and Marion talking quietly.
    Finally, she forced herself to stand and wrapped the blanket around her body.
    She limped to where everyone else was at. She was hit with the smell of
    breakfast; the sound of blades being sharpened, and the music that was coming
    from Luke’s computer.

    “Well look at what the cat drug in.” chirped Alice and to Gabriel’s

    embarrassment everyone including Luke laughed. Her embarrassment deepened when
    Stella pointed out Gabriel’s rapidly reddening checks and the dried cum on her
    legs and the group laughed harder. Marion actually fell off the stump that she
    was sitting on she was laughing so hard. Gabriel couldn’t run away so
    eventually she started laughing with the group. As she laughed, she felt her
    guilt melt away. After all Marion had insisted on sharing Luke with her and
    Gabriel was very thankful that her first time was with a man that knew how to
    take proper care of her. She then noticed just how hungry she was as Pollyanna
    handed her a bowl of left-over stew and a piece of bread.

    “So, Marion, what’s our game plan now?” Gabriel asked.

    “Well, you are restricted to camp until your leg heals and don’t even think

    about arguing. You can still make arrows and other gear without leaving camp.
    The rest of us will be taking turns posting lookouts around the camp. When not
    on lookout duty or hunting, we will be training hard and working on developing
    better arms and armor. After your leg heals, then we will start collecting
    fresh intel on Cecilia. She might be better than Richard, but I highly doubt it.
    I figure that her harsh policies will start to drive people out of their homes
    and when that happens, we will encourage them to join us. Once we are strong
    enough then we will strike again. This time we will have even more advanced
    weapons, much better intel, and most importantly won’t be underestimating
    Cecilia.

    “So, what happens if we are discovered before I heal?”

    “Well then we fight. There are booby traps hidden all around camp that enemy

    troops are sure to fall into. By the time they get through, we should be able
    to have our horses saddled and get out of here with all of our gear. If we
    fail, well then we fight and die here.”

    Gabriel looked like she had turned into a ghost she was so pale. Marion had

    changed and until that moment, no one had realized just how much Marion had
    changed. Marion was starting to show the makings of becoming a great Queen. The
    rest of the women also caught Marion’s change and quickly came to the same
    conclusion as Gabriel. Not only that, they all privately had come to the
    realization that they would follow Marion into the pits of hell itself.

    Gabriel then limped over and picked up her sword. She took it out and

    walking up to Marion kneeled in front of her and offered her the sword and
    swore an oath of absolute loyally until Gabriel’s dying breath. The rest of the
    group following, including Luke much to everyone’s surprise. Everyone had
    figured that Luke’s loyalty was already a given. Through this Marion’s cheeks
    were red with embarrassment. After Luke had finished, Marion swore her loyalty
    to the group to her dying day. She would gladly die to defend them. This all
    this done, Marion started giving the team their individual assignments and
    their watch rotation. Marion made sure that she spent at least as much time on
    watch during the difficult times of day as the rest of them. She also made sure
    that everyone had at least a couple of hours a day to relax a bit.

    The next month was busy for the team. An infection had set into Gabriel’s

    leg and she almost died. Only Alice’s dedication and Luke’s knowledge had saved
    her. Marion had gotten over her morning sickness, finally. The rest of the team
    had fully recovered although Stella still had bouts of survivor’s guilt. She
    kept this at bay by working her ass off and reminding herself that she would
    get her revenge. Eventually the group started to extend the area that they
    patrolled. Included in that area was one of the main roads to York. At first,
    they just watched the traffic and looked for patterns. They noticed that a lot
    of the traffic was iron ore, food, horses, and textiles and it was all headed
    for York.

    Traffic coming from York was very light to say the least and mostly

    consisted of empty carts that had transported in supplies. At first Marion
    wondered if Cecilia had come to her senses and had started to care for the
    people. This idea was forever chased out when she and Alice came across a young
    man one day by the side of the road. He was barely alive and he wasn’t much
    more than a skeleton with skin. Between the two of them, they easily picked the
    man up and carried him to their camp. Of course, they blindfolded him after
    explaining that it was for their safety. The man was so weak that he couldn’t
    have resisted anyway. Once back in camp, Alice went to work on tending to the
    man’s wounds while Marion questioned him. At first Marion would keep her name a
    secret. She could see no need to give away any more information then was
    necessary.

    “So, what is your name, lad?”

    “Robin.”

    “Where are you from and where are you going?”

    “Where I was from was burnt to the ground a week ago and no longer exist. As

    to where I was going, well I hope that it is heaven for I am not long for this
    world.”

    “Now there is no need to think like that. This woman here is an amazing

    doctor. Now what can you tell me of Cecilia?”

    “She is pure evil and I bet that the devil himself would be kinder. At first

    everyone hoped that she would be better than Richard, but hopes of that were
    dashed within days of Marion’s brave, but unsuccessful attack. First Cecilia
    put out a reward of 500 pounds for Marion and her friend Luke, but they have to
    be brought in alive. The rest of the group has a 250 pound reward on their
    heads. I highly doubt though that anyone is fooled by her anymore; for if they
    did bring in one of the outlaws, Cecilia would have them killed before they
    could even count out the reward money. Then she raised everyone’s taxes even
    more. Not only that but rumors are that she is extorting the churches in the
    district into handing over most of their money and artifacts so that she can
    pay for her soldiers. She is building a massive army but no one really knows
    why. I mean, after all Marion and her group are most likely dead for nobody has
    seen or heard them since the attack.” With that Robin bowed his head and
    started to softly cry.

    Marion stood up and went over to Luke, who was out of the visitor’s line of

    sight.

    “You heard?”

    “Yep. What do you want to do?” Marion looked at Robin for a second.

    “We will keep him with us as long as Alice can heal him. We will also start

    attacking Cecilia’s troops, but only if we catch them mistreating civilians.
    When we do attack, we will make sure to do so only in areas away from here. We
    will also let it be known through the land that we are in fact not dead and are
    looking for volunteers willing to fight for justice and liberty.”

    “I agree. When are you planning on telling Robin who you are?”

    “Soon honey. Soon.” Marion said patting Luke’s cheek.

    Marion returned to Robin and helped Alice by putting cool, damp rags on Robin’s

    forehead to help keep him cool. After he had passed out and was sleeping
    soundly, Marion quietly called a meeting to announce the new plans. She
    strictly forbid the use of any of their names around Robin until they were sure
    of him. She figured about a week or so before they could revile just who they
    were. The rest of the group nodded their heads in agreement with her.

    Chapter 20.
    Marion returns with vengeance.

    The next week was an extremely busy one for Marion’s crew. It had been touch

    and go for Robin, but he was now starting to mend slowly. They also had their
    first encounter with Cecilia’s men since they had gone into hiding. Pollyanna
    and Stella had been coming back from a scouting trip when they almost literally
    stumbled on a group of Cecilia’s men raping five women that they had taken from
    a local village. Since they had the element of surprise and there were only
    five bastards, Stella quickly made the choice to strike.

    While Pollyanna stayed hidden in the brush, Stella worked her way around the

    group. Once she was on the other side, which had only taken her five minutes,
    she signaled Pollyanna and she signaled back. With that the angel of death
    spread its wings over the men and within seconds they were all dead, for while
    neither Stella or Pollyanna were in Gabriel’s league; they were no slouches
    either and the range here was only about 10 meters. They then stepped out of
    hiding to make sure all the men were dead and to check on the women.

    The women were so scared that a couple of them peed themselves. First, they

    had been taken for payment because their families couldn’t pay the outrageous
    taxes that Cecilia was charging. Then when their guards had stopped for lunch,
    the women were brutally raped for dessert. Then without warning arrows flew out
    of the woods, killing the guards.

    Then two very strangely dressed men came out of the woods and checked on the

    guards. They had to be men for they were wearing pants and had on strange green
    overcoats that had hoods on them that covered their faces. Then the older one
    spoke, these “men” were actually women and they removed their hoods. The women
    that had been raped started crying for they had hope that they might now be
    safe. Prior to Cecilia’s reign of terror, they had been part of successful
    families that usually didn’t have to worry about paying their taxes or putting
    food on the table, but now they were beyond dirt poor.

    “Do any of you know who we are?” Asked the younger woman warmly. All five

    women shook their heads.

    “Well then introductions are in order then. My name is Pollyanna and I am an

    engineer. My companion here is Stella, and she is my immediate superior. We are
    both followers of Marion of York”

    All five of the women’s reactions were about the same. They were shocked

    beyond belief for they had thought that Marion and her followers had all died.
    In fact, nobody believed that they were still alive.

    “Thank you for rescuing us” one of the younger women said quietly. The woman

    named Stella responded with a smile.

    “No thanks are necessary. We do have a couple of small favors to ask before

    we escort you home.”

    “What are they?” sharply asked the same woman that had spoken up before.

    “Hey calm yourself if you please. We ask that once all of you have gotten

    dressed you help us get these bastards off the road. The other thing we ask
    that you quietly tell people just who’s group rescued you.”

    Again, the women nodded their heads only this time there was no hesitation.

    They quickly got dressed and then helped Stella and Pollyanna get the bastards
    off the road and hidden. After the dead were hidden, Pollyanna brought their
    horses up and loaded all the looted gear up. Going through their loot, they
    found a total of five pounds ten shillings which Stella divided between the
    raped women. For Stella and Pollyanna this was no big deal but for the other
    five this was a godsend for them. They did suggest that the women hide the
    money so that it wouldn’t get stolen from them.

    After making sure that everything was ready, they set off. Stella made the

    decision to give the women an escort back to their villages and since Pollyanna
    didn’t have too much to do for the rest of the day went with them. Along the
    way, the women were full of questions about everything it seemed but especially
    Marion. Stella and Pollyanna answered most of the questions but not all. They
    were silent about where they were hiding and they refused to talk about what
    all they had been doing since the attack. They did answer the questions that
    pertained to the group’s goals. The women had a hard time believing that Marion
    was aiming toward making all people equal in the law’s eyes and giving everyone
    the opportunity to prove themselves and succeed in life.

    As the group was coming up to a bend in the road, Pollyanna suddenly stopped

    and quietly signaled the group to get off the road fast. Stella was the last
    into hiding:

    “What’s up?”

    “I heard horses.”

    “Well, we know what to do with them. Ladies listen to me and listen well.

    You need to hide. If anything happens to us run and make sure to scatter so
    that if one of you are found then the rest will still have a chance.” Stella
    said as she was unlimbering her bow and making sure that her arrows were ready
    as Pollyanna quickly followed suit. Within minutes a troop of cavalry came
    around the corner and they were wearing Cecilia’s colors. Stella counted twenty
    men and numerous pack horses as they drew back their bows. Both of them had a
    new type of bow that Luke had designed. It was far more powerful than anything
    else in existence and was capable of being shot rapidly.

    To be continued in part 5, Based on a post by somethin fishy,

    for Sex Stories.

    54 min
  • Luke’s HAARP Time Warp: Part 3
    Luke’s HAARP Time Warp: Part 3
    Marion readies her attack.

    Based on a post by somethin fishy,

    in 15 parts. Listen to the Podcast at Explicit Novels.



    Chapter 11.

    The next morning the three of them all woke at about the same time. Luke was

    amazed that he had slept in and Cecilia was amazed that she had woken up early
    and was so rested. Watching Marion trying to walk, Cecilia fell off the bed she
    was laughing so hard. To rub salt into Marion’s wounds, Luke was chuckling a
    bit as well and all Marion could do was blush. She was too sore, at the moment,
    to do anything else. They all took turns with the chamber pot and after Marion
    and Luke had washed each other up a bit; got dressed and went to get something
    to eat.

    In the dining area Luke was greeted like a mighty warrior; while Marion was

    getting jealous looks from every woman in the room. Everyone had heard them and
    every woman wanted to be her or have a man like she did. This actually cheered
    Marion up quite well. She actually was enjoying the looks that she was getting;
    after all it just proved that she had something that none of them could even
    dream of. The innkeeper meanwhile had given the lovebirds free food. This
    annoyed Luke but he yielded after the innkeeper explained that she was not only
    very happy for them, but their love making had lured extra people in for supper
    the night before. It had actually been standing room only and the only fighting
    had been when someone else made too much noise. She had made more money off
    Luke and Marion’s love making then she had made in the previous month. Marion’s
    reaction to this got laughs from everyone in the room because she flushed the
    deepest red that anyone had ever seen.

    Cecilia had also noticed that she had been getting some jealous looks; but

    hers were equally from men and women. It didn’t take her long to figure out
    that they were jealous of her front row, well bed seat, to last night’s
    entertainment. Of course, it didn’t hurt that all three of them smelled like
    hot sex. Eventually they got done eating breakfast and returned to their room
    to pack up. Within an hour they were on the road to York. The three of them
    traveled quickly for Cecilia had given up on killing Marion on the road. Now
    she figured that she would use Marion to keep Luke around. Of course, that
    didn’t mean that Marion could be free; oh no. The first thing that Cecilia
    planed on doing when she got home was to trump up some charges against Marion
    to have her thrown in the dungeon. With Marion still alive, Cecilia could use
    her to force Luke’s cooperation.

    While traveling, Luke had noticed the change in Cecilia’s behavior. At first,

    he had hoped that she might be starting to change, but a couple of comments,
    that she made, put this theory to rest; after all how often do leopards change
    their spots. Marion though, was overjoyed at her sister’s change in demeanor
    for she had always wanted a loving sister growing up and now, apparently, she
    had one. As they rode Cecilia and Marion talked and joked as if they were the
    best of friends. Luke started to just ignore them and instead focused on
    keeping a look out for traps.

    The rest of their trip back to Cecilia and Marion’s land was uneventful.

    Cecilia’s charm though, wasn’t fooling Luke and he began to mentally prepare
    himself to do whatever he had to do, including abandoning Marion, in order to
    keep his knowledge from getting into the wrong hands. As they passed back into
    their family lands, the ladies immediately noticed a change. A blind person
    could have seen it. Houses were burnt and the people that lived in the area
    were starting to show signs of starvation. It was so bad that even Luke felt
    sickened by the sights.

    Cecilia and Marion were pale as ghost as they threw up everything in their

    stomachs. Eventually, Marion found one of the people that she trusted. It was
    an older woman, Lucy, who had lost her husband years before. Lucy had been
    Marion’s nanny, back when Marion was younger and they had retained a close
    friendship. When Marion first saw Lucy, Marion actually had to look very hard
    to make sure for Lucy had changed so much since Marion had last seen her, and
    that was just a week before Marion had left for London.

    “Lucy what happened?”

    “It was Richard. As soon as the three of you left for London, he moved in

    and took over. The guards that remained loyal are rumored to be in Richard’s
    dungeon; that is if they have not been killed by torture yet. Where is your
    father anyway?” Lucy was so depressed and dirty that it broke Marion’s heart,
    for she loved this woman. Lucy was the mother that Marion had never known.

    “Father was killed in an ambush. John, Cecilia’s fiancé was killed too. The

    ambush was led by none other than William.” Lucy hissed at hearing this.

    “I am so sorry, Marion. Now the big question, who is the giant behind you?”

    “Oh sorry. Lucy this is Luke. Luke this is Lucy. She took care of me when I

    was younger. Lucy, Luke is the stranger that rescued Cecilia and me from the
    ambush. He killed William with his bare hands and he has been keeping us safe
    ever since. Also, we have fallen in love.”

    “Oh really.”

    “What, I am not allowed to fall in love?” Lucy smiled at this. Marion had

    always had a bit of fire in her soul.

    “Back to serious issues Marion, you three need to get out of here before you

    are discovered. Word has it that Richard has put a bounty on your and Cecilia’s
    heads.”

    “Not to fear Lucy, the only head that is going to be collected will be

    Richard’s” growled Luke.

    Lucy now felt a spike of fear go through her. She had never heard a human

    sound like this. This Luke sounded much more like a wild animal. More to her
    surprise, the look on Marion’s face had hardened as well. Obviously these two
    knew something that Lucy didn’t.

    “Lucy, I need all the information and rumors that you have on this Richard

    bastard.” Said Luke.

    Over the next hour the woman told Luke everything that she knew about

    Richard. Richard was an older Earl that lived next to their land and had been
    eyeing Marion’s family land for years. Richard was one of those who get
    everything that he wanted, mostly because he was very quick to resort to very
    dirty and underhand tactics to get them. In the thirty years since Richard had
    gained his Earldom, he had tripled his land holdings. In the process, he had
    killed off whole villages and had put such a tax burden on the peasants living
    on his land that many of them were in a constant state of half starvation. This
    is what he had started doing in Cecilia and Marion’s lands, but here he taxed
    the peasants at such a high rate that many of them would be dead by the end of
    the year.

    If a peasant couldn’t pay the tax then one of several things might happen to

    them: they might be tortured, killed, if there were good looking women in the
    family then they would be taken to serve Richard or his men, young boys would
    be taken to be turned into soldiers. To put it simply, Richard viewed everyone
    below him as an expendable plaything and everyone including the king was below
    him, in his mind. By now, Cecilia had realized that she would have to put a
    hold on getting revenge on Marion. There was no way that Cecilia would live
    long enough to make up the charges against Marion, never mind pump Luke for
    information.

    Luke listened carefully to everything that the women told him and asked

    pointed questions if he thought that they might have missed something. Finally,
    Luke asked Lucy:

    “Where can I find Richard?”

    “Why he now lives in the castle” said Lucy while she pointed at the castle

    that had once been Marion and Cecilia’s home. Luke gave Lucy some money and one
    of their extra horses and told her to get lost and if he failed to get rid of
    Richard, never come back. Luke had figured out, listening to all the stories
    that the only way to get rid of Richard was to kill him. So that’s what Luke
    set out to do. He had Marion show him a spot from which Luke could watch the
    castle and remain hidden. He then told Cecilia and Marion to get back to
    Lincoln and stay there until Luke sent for them. Cecilia was good with this,
    Marion wasn’t. Eventually it was agreed that Cecilia would travel to Lincoln
    with Lucy and Marion would help Luke. The ladies hugged each other when Cecilia
    set off with Lucy. Luke and Marion had given almost all their money to Cecilia
    and Lucy. Luke had told Lucy that she should find some business to invest in.
    That way she could keep making money and would have a secure future.

    Luke now had to face the problem that he didn’t know what Richard looked

    like. Yes, he could shoot Richard from a long way off, but he had to know what
    Richard looked like first. Marion couldn’t take Luke to show him Richard,
    because too many people in the castle knew Marion. Then he hit on a solution.
    Luke would go into the castle, claiming to be a Scottish mercenary looking for
    a new job.

    “How are you going to do that?” asked Marion “You’re not Scottish.”

    “Something I haven’t mentioned to you, my family name is MacDougall, and

    I’ve spent enough time in Scotland to fake the accent good enough. Just have to
    hope that Richard doesn’t have any other MacDougall’s around.”

    “Damn it Luke, how many more secrets do you have?”

    “If you’re afraid of the answer then you probably shouldn’t ask the question

    my dear. On the plus side, you already know my biggest one. The rest aren’t too
    bad.”

    Marion just gave him the stink eye.

    “I should only be gone for a couple of days. If I’m not back by sunset four

    days from now, get out of here as fast as you can and never look back.”

    Marion was starting to argue, but Luke wasn’t having any of it.

    “Damn it Marion, think with your head and not your pussy. We can’t launch an

    attack without knowing what all Richard has going on inside and you are too
    well known to go in. That leaves me, plus I have a military background so I
    know what to look for.”

    Again, Marion was gearing up for a fight, when she suddenly drew in her

    breath. She had realized that once again Luke was right and that if she tried
    to go in, she would be caught before the sun had gone done. “Okay, Luke. Get
    going, just be careful and remember that I love you.”

    “I love you too, Marion. Remember if I’m no back by sunset four days from

    now get out of here, and take all my gear with you.” With that, Luke mounted
    his horse and started riding toward the family of York’s castle.

    Chapter 12.

    Getting inside the castle was a pain for Luke, for he was searched multiple

    times. Finally, he managed to get through the guards. Once inside, Luke was
    amazed at how destitute the place was. Everywhere it seemed there were people
    hanging at the end of ropes or in stocks. The air was thick with flies, but the
    remaining people didn’t seem to even notice. He saw some desperate people
    actually walk up behind someone in stocks and carve a big piece of flesh from
    them. A number of the people hanging appeared to be merchants and craftsmen
    which amazed Luke; after all what kind of idiot ruler would go after the very
    people who earned the money to pay the taxes. Of course, three answers came to
    Luke’s mind. Evil despot rulers, socialist, and communist and usually the evil
    despot rulers were brightest of the three. Their end goal was always the same
    just dressed up in different ways; power for themselves and their supporters.
    Luke didn’t even have to look for an inn because there were so many abandoned
    homes to pick from but first Luke had to get a meeting with this Richard idiot.

    This actually proved to be very easy. Luke just walked right up to the main

    castle doors and told the guard that he was a mercenary looking for a job. Luke
    looked the part too with two swords, an impressive collection of knives, and a
    large shield that he had bought while in Lincoln. When Luke finally met the
    Earl Richard for the first time Luke almost fell to the floor laughing. This
    guy had some serious man issues. For starters he was hideously ugly. Marion of
    course had told his this, but Luke had never pictured something this ugly.
    Another thing was Richard was extremely short, even for the era. Luke estimated
    him to be no more than four foot nine or ten. Finally, the guy had some kind of
    speech problem which for normal people wasn’t a problem, but for people who
    thought of themselves masters of the world, this was a major problem.

    “So, I hear that you want a job as one of my soldiers?”

    “Yes sir, that is correct.” Stated Luke with his slight Scottish accent. He

    could have laid it on thicker but figured that keeping things light would help
    convince Richard that Luke was really a very experienced soldier.

    “Why?”

    “Why not. I need a job and I heard that you sir are hiring.”

    “Well, let us see what you can do.”

    “David, Matt, John. Test this man’s metal.” Richard set back to enjoy the

    entertainment. He was going to enjoy watching his best man whittle this giant
    down to size. The three of them approached Luke spaced out evenly around him.
    Luke waited until the last possible second, then stuck. Using the same method
    that he had used on William; Luke sidestepped David’s strike, grabbed his right
    wrist with one hand and broke is elbow with his other. Luke then moved and
    snapped David’s neck. This pissed the other two men off for all three were very
    close. With new fury they moved on Luke who was still calm as ever. This time
    he drew his swords. These were hand and a half swords, but in Luke’s hands they
    became single handed swords. With longer swords and much more strength, Luke
    quickly forced the other two knights back.

    Finally, Matt managed to get past Luke’s swords and deliver a blow to Luke.

    This blow was normally a fatal blow, but Luke just shrugged it off. Before Matt
    could get out of the way, Luke hit him between his eyes with the pommel of one
    of his swords. Matt’s skull shattered with the blow causing everyone around to
    cringe. Now it was one to one and John was not only in a rage, but was also
    fearful. He had seen both his best friends killed before his eyes and this
    giant had received a usually fatal blow from Matt. Yet it barely seemed to
    affect him. Luke now went on an all-out attack on John. It was all John could do
    to keep Luke’s blades off of him. If John didn’t do something fast, he would be
    killed too. Finally, John had an opening and he took it. Problem was that Luke
    had purposely let his have that opening and taking it proved to be a fatal
    mistake for John.

    As John delivered what he hoped would be at least a debilitating blow on

    Luke, Luke trapped John’s sword and pulled John to him. Close in, Luke dropped
    his swords, picked up John, turned him over, and drove him head first into the
    floor. This completely crushed John’s head. It was so bad that you couldn’t
    even tell that it had been a head. Luke the casually picked his swords up and
    sheathed them. He then started to return to in front of Richard who was sitting
    in his chair with is mouth open. He had never seen someone win a three to one
    fight so fast.

    As Luke got back to where he had started, he heard the unmistakable sound of

    a bow being drawn. As quick as lighting, Luke drew a throwing knife and let it
    fly. It stuck the bowman in the throat, killing him instantly. Luke walked
    over, kicked his knife loose of the man’s neck, wiped it off on the man’s
    uniform, and returned the knife to its place. By now the look of fear was in
    every face of the room, including Richard’s. It was obvious to all that this
    man was not one to be messed around with.

    Upon returning Luke asked:

    “Well, happy now?”

    “Yes, you are a remarkable soldier, how did you survive Matt’s strike;

    sorcery?”

    Luke snorted at this. “Sorcery please? Do not insult me in such a way ever

    again. I survived because I designed my own armor which is hidden in my
    clothes. Only complete losers blame their loss on sorcery. Real men take
    responsibility for their victories as well as their defeats.”

    “So, they do, friend. So, they do. Now to business, what would you be

    charging for your services?”

    “Eighty pounds sterling a year.” He had talked with Marion and she had told

    him that while this was a bit expensive Richard would gladly pay it to have a
    soldier of Luke’s caliber.

    “Sixty pounds a year plus I will provide you with girls to use whenever you

    please.”

    “Seventy, plus some girls of my choosing.”

    “You drive a hard bargain, Hildyard. I accept and my I say that name suits

    you very well.”

    “Thank you my lord.” Luke had picked this alias for that very reason. It

    meant one who is like a wolf in battle.

    “Take my new knight to pick his girls.” Richard said to a servant. The

    servant wouldn’t even dare look at Richard for Richard would kill anyone who he
    thought gave him a disrespectful look. Luke followed the servant into another
    set of rooms. There were many good-looking females there, some being quite
    young and some being decent looking Milfs.

    “Thank you, my good man. What is your name?” asked Luke looking at the

    servant.

    “Michael, sir”

    Kneeling down in front of the servant Luke said quietly to him:

    “Never call me sir again, you hear me. My name is Hildyard. Got it?”

    “Yes sir, Hildyard” said Michael with a slight grin.

    “Good.” Luke had a warm smile on his face “When you tell your friends about

    me as I am sure that you will, make sure that you pass the word on to them.”

    “Yes Hildyard.”

    With that, the servant scampered away almost causing Luke to laugh. Turning

    back to the women, Luke had to work to hide just how disgusted he really felt.
    These women were being forced into sex slaves because their family couldn’t pay
    the sky-high taxes that Richard insisted on levying on them. Luke quietly
    looked at each one. Finally, he thought that he might have a way that he could
    do this. Going to one of the servants by the door:

    “This is going to be a hard choice for me to make. Can you show me to my

    chamber and then have the women report to it one at a time please?”

    “Yes sir. This way sir.” the servant snapped. Luke sighed to himself, this

    servant hadn’t heard his bit to Michael. ‘Oh well’ thought Luke.

    Once Luke had been shown his chamber, the women were sent in one at a time

    like he had requested. Luke had to be very careful here for one false move on
    his part and Richard would figure out that Luke was lying through his teeth and
    then it was only a matter of time. As Luke carefully questioned each of the
    women, he had to work at sounding like an arrogant mercenary soldier when in
    fact all he wanted to do was to get the woman out of there and back to their
    homes.

    Luke finally picked some young ladies who were all a bit younger than Marion

    and an older one that had worked in the castle while Marion had lived there.
    The reason that Luke had picked the younger woman was to help protect them for
    they were brand new to the harem and were still virgins. He had absolutely no
    intention of forcing himself on any of them. Of course, this first night he
    would be able to use being very tired as an excuse but the following nights
    could be difficult.

    Finally, it was time for bed. Luke had managed to procure a separate room

    for “his” woman so that no one else would have a chance to force themselves on
    them. Luke took the oldest one into his room for the night. Of course, he had
    already checked out the room twice and had found no hidden listening holes.
    Still, he had to be careful. The older lady was named Stella and Luke put her
    age about thirty or so.

    “So, Stella what can you tell me about yourself. I find sex to be more

    enjoyable when I know something about the bitch.”

    “Well, I am twenty-nine years old, I think. Married once but he died from an

    accident. I had one child with him but she died before she made it to one year
    old. I have been working in this castle all my life and I know exactly how to
    please men.”

    “What can you tell me about the previous owners? I have heard whispers about

    them but none of it makes any sense.”

    “Why do you want to know about the previous owners?”

    “Because I am curious, so humor me please.”

    “The owner was named Charles. He was a good man who lost his wife so after

    his youngest daughter, Marion, was born. After this he never remarried but used
    the ladies of the castle to keep him company. It was actually very good for us
    because he was kind and gentle with us.”

    “You mentioned a daughter?”

    “He actually had two, Cecilia and Marion. Cecilia was a two-faced wild

    child, but Marion was kind, loving, and very intelligent.”

    “Was?”

    “Yes, word has it that they were killed on their way back from London which

    is just as well. For if they had gotten back here, Richard would have had
    Charles tortured and imprisoned and his daughters would have become Richard’s
    concubines.”

    “I see. I can see where death would be preferable. Come here Stella.”

    Stella came up to Luke, expecting to be ravaged, but to her surprise Luke

    invited her to lay with him while she still had her clothes on.

    “Master what is wrong? Do I not please your eyes?”

    “Never call me master. My name is Hildyard and that is what I expected to be

    called. Understand?”

    “Yes” squeaked Stella.

    “Good. Now for tonight I just want a beautiful, caring woman to curl up

    with; for after my travels and the excitement of this afternoon I am too tired
    for any fun right now.”

    With that Stella curled up in Luke’s arms and quickly found herself feeling

    safer than she had felt in years. This man was very kind and considerate; a bit
    weird for a man but Stella could live with that. He was much better than
    Richard was that was for sure.

    When she woke up the next morning, Luke was gone. His spot was still warm

    though so he wasn’t far away. Indeed, as she put her feet on the floor, Luke
    came through the door holding two bowls of stew. He gave Stella her pick of the
    two and he took the other one. He also gave her a piece of bread and a few
    veggies. Now Stella was just blown away by this man. He was far kinder than any
    other man she had ever met. She was also glad that he had been able to get the
    fresh virgins before Richard could get to them for Stella knew that Hildyard
    would be gentle with them; while Richard purposely was extra rough with fresh
    meat. After they finished eating Luke gave Stella her assignment for the day.

    “I want you to care for my ladies. Get them cleaned up. A couple of them

    smell so bad that it is hard to be in the same room with them. Also, if anyone
    of the bastards so much as touches any of them I want to know about it. Got
    it?”

    “Yes, Hildyard”

    “Good. Now I have to get going for I have a lot of things to get done

    today.”

    Chapter 13.

    Luke wasn’t actually worried that anyone would mess with his ladies, he had

    scared everyone shitless yesterday, but it was always better to be ready. Luke
    first went to the training yard to work out with some of the other knights and
    other soldiers, at least that’s what he told everyone. In reality he was
    looking for weaknesses, learning about these knight’s fighting styles, and
    learning just how many men Richard had here. Many of the knights seemed to be
    second rate and the soldiers only went about their training half heartily. Luke
    could guess why, but the last thing he wanted to do was ask them. The problem
    with asking questions is that you tell the person that you’re asking that the
    information you seek is in some way important to you so Luke spoke as little as
    possible.

    After a few hours of training, Luke had a little bit of free time, so he

    wondered the town. Everywhere he went he could feel the people’s eyes following
    him. He could feel the hatred in their looks. This, of course, put him on high
    alert but thankfully no one attacked. He made sure to quietly pay extra for all
    the food that he bought. Most of it he would take back for his ladies so that
    they could start to regain their strength. He dropped the food off in his
    quarters and went to find Richard for he had an important meeting scheduled.
    Luke had a contract to sign with the devil.

    To Luke’s surprise, the contract was in order and ready for signature. After

    signing Luke got his first assignment. He was to go toward London and look for
    Richard’s son William. William should have reported in by now and yet nothing had
    been heard of him. While out Luke was to keep an eye out for the previous
    owners. If Luke met them, he was to kill or capture them, whichever was most
    convent at the time. Luke couldn’t believe his ears; this was going to play
    right into his hands. As an added bonus, he could take his women with him and
    he would have a small escort.

    The escort part bothered Luke a bit but they were easy to get rid of. On the

    other hand, though…Luke requested that he be able to choose his men. He figured
    that three should be enough. Richard agreed but only allowed Luke two. Luke
    made sure to pick two of the men that had shown the most hatred toward
    Richard’s knights during the training session. Luke told them that they would
    be setting out first thing in the morning so they had better get some rest.

    Upon returning to his chamber for the evening, he was surprised that all his

    ladies were in the room. When Luke entered, they all stopped talking and looked
    at him. Luke had to admit that they definitely cleaned up nice. Then Stella
    stepped forward:

    “Hildyard, rumor has it that you are leaving in the morning?”

    “That is correct. Are you speaking for the group, Stella?”

    “Yes I am.”

    “Well then get on with it or let them speak for themselves.”

    “We thank you kindly for the extra food. That was the best that we have ate

    since this Richard took over.”

    “Well, no thanks are necessary.” Luke said to the group with a warm smile

    that always seemed to melt hearts. “Now ladies listen up. I will be leaving
    very early in the morning on a special mission. I have been given permission
    for you to accompany me on my journey. We will also have a two-man escort. Now
    I suggest that all of you get to bed now, for I want to be going through the
    gate just as it is getting light. Now move and no arguments.”

    Tonight, Luke took the youngest of the ladies to bed with him. Her name was

    Gabriel and she reminded Luke a lot of Marion.

    “Hildyard, I have no idea how to please...” That was as far as she got

    before Luke cut her off with a gentle kiss.

    “Do not worry about that for now. Just come sleep next to me for we have to

    be up early in the morning.” Gabriel was starting to feel things that she had
    never felt before and Hildyard was causing those feelings.

    “But” Luke just gave her his special shut the fuck up look. It worked every

    time he used it, and it did here as well. Gabriel curled up next to Luke and
    like Stella the night before felt completely safe and quickly fell asleep.

    As promised, Luke was up very early the next morning. He figured that it was

    about three AM. He went around to all the ladies, gently woke them up, and
    ordered them to get ready to leave. Then he made his way to the barracks; here
    he wasn’t gentle at all. He expected his men to follow orders and sure enough,
    neither of them was up yet. Luke woke them up with his boot on their asses.

    “Get up you miscible excuses for soldiers! Get up now! When I tell you to be

    ready to go at a certain time you had better be ready to go.” Luke’s voice
    boomed through the barracks. He was being far meaner than usual on purpose. He
    figured that these men would probably continue to be soldiers once he helped
    Marion take over and Luke wanted to get a start on instilling disciple in the
    men.

    Luke had to wait almost an hour for the men to get squared away and ready to

    go. Of course, he had already anticipated this; after all that’s why he woke
    everyone up so early. Finally, everything was ready and the small group set
    off. The two soldiers weren’t happy to put it mildly. They had been dragged out
    of their billet before dawn, they were assigned to escort a monster and a group
    of his concubines, and the worst part was that this Hildyard had the complete
    support of that asshole Earl Richard. They were partisans for the previous
    landowner and they were convinced that Richard had something to do with the
    Charles’s disappearance.

    “When that bastard is busy with his women, it will be the prefect chance to

    get rid of him, and then we can rescue those women and get them back home.” One
    of the escorts said quietly to the other as they were headed out of the castle.
    The other nodded in agreement.

    The trip out of the town gates went quickly for the sun was just starting to

    lighten up the Eastern sky. Luke made sure that they headed out the right gate
    so that Marion would see them. As the group was ready to head into the forest,
    the escort was out in front of the group; they came across a man standing in
    the road, wearing a long cape with the hood up.

    “Get out of our way!” one of the escorts, Michael yelled. He was agitated

    and this man had already pissed him off.

    “I have just as much right to be on this road as you do.” Answered the man

    calmly. This really pissed Michael off and he drew his sword. His companion,
    Tom drew his too. Luke just calmly watched but didn’t draw his sword for he
    figured who the man was.

    “Why are you not drawing your weapon?” asked Stella

    “Why bother? The odds are already two-to-one, plus I know who that is and I

    have no desire to cross swords with her.”

    “Wait. Her?!?!” exclaimed Stella.

    “Just watch.”

    Marion waited until both men committed to their attack before making her

    move. She used her staff to knock both men off their mounts. Then she made sure
    to grab both men’s mounts before they ran off. The last thing Marion wanted to
    do was to chase done the horses. She tied the horses to a nearby branch. By the
    time that Marion got the horses under control and tied up, the men were finally
    getting to their feet and to say that they were pissed would have been an
    extreme understatement. How had this peasant dismounted both of them? Marion
    just waited for them to get up. The men both charged at the same time and this
    time Marion actually had to fight back a bit.

    She used a leg sweep to take Tom out and she side-stepped Michael. Before

    Michael could turn around, Marion had him in a sleep hold and her knee was
    planted firmly in his back. With Tom still suffering from the wind being
    knocked out of him; it was just Marion and Michael so when she demanded that he
    yield, he did. Marion then drew her sword and held it to Tom’s throat and
    demanded that he yield as well. Tom had no choice so he did. Marion then turned
    to Luke.

    “Well big guy, how about you? Are you going to join the party?”

    “I think not. I’ve done some dumb things in my time, but I’m not stupid.”

    The ladies in his group looked at him, confused. Luke didn’t strike them as

    cowardly but here he was refusing to give battle and what was those strange
    words that he used.

    “No, you’re not, Luke. You’re a lot of things but you’re not dumb.” Giggled

    Marion

    Now everyone in the group was confused. Who was this man? Why was Hildyard

    afraid of him? Who is Luke?

    “Now that I have everyone’s attention...” said Marion. She then dramatically

    swept off her hood and there was a collective gasp from the group. This man
    that Hildyard was afraid of was a woman. Stella then recognized who it really
    was, leapt off her horse, ran to Marion, and fiercely embraced her. Stella
    whispered in Marion’s ear, while embracing her:

    “What are you doing here? Marion, get out of here. Now! Hildyard has orders

    to arrest or kill you on sight. Get out of here, I will try and hold Hildyard
    off so you can escape.”

    “Stella, why would I want to escape?” Stella was alarmed for she cared

    deeply about Marion.

    Marion turned to Luke

    “Seriously Luke, Hildyard”

    Luke dropped his Scottish accent “What? I thought it was a nice touch.” With

    that he got off his horse walked over to Marion, picked her up, kissed her, and
    swung her around. Marion was laughing during this. Finally, they both turned to
    the group, who were now confused, afraid, and several emotions that they didn’t
    know what they were. Marion then spoke to the group.

    “Everyone, I want to introduce to you Luke MacDougall, and yes he is my man.

    He rescued Cecilia and I when Richard’s son attacked us. Luke killed William’s
    men and killed William with his bare hands. Since then, he has been protecting
    us on the journey home. Cecilia has returned to Lincoln with Lucy until the
    crisis is over. By the way Luke, your gear is safely hidden away in camp”

    Luke turned to the women that he had brought with him

    “All of you are now safe. If you want you can return home.”

    One of the ladies started crying:

    “I cannot return home. Richard’s men destroyed it.”

    Marion ran to comfort her while the others gave a similar story. While

    Marion was taking care of the women, Luke walked over to the guards.

    “Neither of you have anything to fear. I taught her” Luke pointed at Marion

    “how to fight. That is why both of you got your asses beat, and no I have no
    intention of supporting a bastard like Richard. I am completely loyal to
    Marion.”

    The relief on the men’s faces was as obvious as it was instant. Michael also

    started to look a bit guilty for he remembered their plans and wasn’t sure what
    to do or even what to think. Luke saved him from further worry.

    “No need to worry Michael. I figured that you and Tom were planning on

    killing me eventually. The reason I picked you two was the shear hatred, for
    Richard and his men, that I had seen in your eyes during our training season
    the other day.” Both of them were now red as beets and Luke had to laugh. “Part
    of the training that I got, when I was in the military, was how to look for
    traps and part of that is properly reading people. Now I am going to need your
    help. I want to help Marion get rid of Richard permanently. Will you two help
    me, help her.”

    “That bastard killed my wife in front of me after he and his men raped her.

    He took my daughters and made them his concubines, and he hung my sons from the
    ceiling of my house. He then forced me to be one of his soldiers and if I
    refused then my daughters would be killed very slowly. I only became one of
    “his men” to hopefully find a way to save my daughters.” Said Tom

    “What is your story, Michael?” asked Luke.

    “My family was killed several years ago. I had to come to town for a few

    days and when I returned home, I found out that they had all gotten sick and
    died while I had been gone. I became a soldier so that I would hopefully never
    have to return to that village again. Life was good while Charles was the lord
    running things, but under that devil Richard no one is safe. I was actually
    getting ready to leave and head to London.”

    “Well men, will we help me and hopefully afterwards stay soldiers but this

    time under Marion?”

    Neither man looked at the other one. They went up to Marion, drew their

    swords, kneeled in front of her, and held their swords up to her. Behind them,
    Luke smiled. He was happy that once again his instincts had been correct.
    Marion’s embarrassment was just an added bonus.

    “Stand up, both of you. Luke did you tell them to do this?” Marion asked

    with a bit of venom in her voice. She had caught him smiling. Luke just
    shrugged at her.

    Luke and Marion then spent the next hour learning everyone’s stories and

    telling their story. Neither Luke nor Marion mentioned that Luke was from the
    future. They were not ready to revile that secret, yet. Eventually, Luke and
    Marion stood next to each other, Luke with his arm around Marion’s shoulder,
    “So ladies will you help us as well?” asked Marion.

    “But, we’re women...”

    “And I’m not a woman?” asked Marion cutting them off.

    “That’s…that’s not what we meant Lady Marion.” Said the women all at once.

    Marion looked crossly at them and they all shrunk in fear. They were really

    thrown for a loop when Marion then smiled warmly at them. “Not to worry for
    once I was like you. I could not defend myself and then I met Luke. He taught
    me how to fight and more importantly when to fight and when to retreat and I
    bet that he will teach all of you too. One more thing, I am just Marion, not
    Lady Marion” Marion then looked at Luke and he nodded.

    Chapter 14.

    Over the next month, Luke and Marion trained everyone in the group basic

    self-defense tactics. The ladies were amazed at how their fortunes had changed.
    They had started off as simple concubines only allowed to live if they were
    able to please men and now, they knew how to protect themselves. Luke also
    taught them how to be soldiers. The guys didn’t really agree with teaching the
    women how to fight or be soldiers, but they certainly were not going to
    complain. After all they now had a chance to square accounts with Richard. Part
    of their training was to ambush groups of Richard’s soldiers as they raided the
    countryside. At first the women had a hard time killing, but they quickly got
    over it.

    When they would look at Marion, they would always take heart. In battle,

    Marion was proving to be not only extremely intelligent but also could be very
    cold blooded and ferocious when she had to be. She had no problems with
    executing prisoners that they took. Marion knew that they couldn’t give
    prisoners a chance to escape and warn Richard. They also didn’t have the extra
    manpower to guard them or food to feed them. In every battle, they would strip
    the dead of gear. When they had extra gear, they would put it in hiding so that
    they could come back and get it later.

    The better the women became the more disgruntled Michael became. He didn’t

    believe in women in combat or even having them as soldiers, but he did admit
    that having them in close quarters did provide him with some unique
    opportunities for he was a serial rapist and murderer. There was nothing that
    he liked better then popping a virgin’s cherry, filling her up with cum, and
    then forcing her to suck all the bloody cum off his cock before he strangled
    them.

    In this group he thought that he had found the pinnacle of virgins, Gabriel.

    She was tall, had chestnut colored hair that was full and wavy. She had warm,
    brown eyes, a firm pair of tits and with all the exercise that she had been
    getting over the last moth; she was developing a very firm ass. He wasn’t
    worried about the fact that she had taken to Luke and Marion’s training the
    best for he was planning on surprising her, raping, and killing her before
    anyone else knew what was going on. Afterwards, he would disappear and continue
    his raping somewhere else.

    Finally, it was the evening before the group was planning on returning to

    York. Their raiding of Richard’s men had taken its toll on Richard’s forces.
    They were afraid to leave the safety of the castle for even a short distance
    because just leaving the gates was proving to be very dangerous. Marion had
    made sure to leave some of the corpses where they could be seen from the castle
    walls. She had done this at Luke’s urging while he explained to her the
    modern-day concept of Psy Ops.

    The more she thought about this, the more she liked it. If the enemy could

    be mentally defeated before battle then you would suffer fewer causalities and
    maybe you could even avoid a battle in the first place. Michael meanwhile had
    been watching everyone in the group and he finally saw his perfect opportunity
    to strike. The rest of the group had bedded down early so that they could get
    up early and get ready. Gabriel had gone down to the stream so that she could
    get a quick bath. She was unaware that she was being followed.

    Just as she had got her clothes off, Michael stuck. He came up to her

    quickly, put one of his powerful hand over her mouth and held his knife to her
    throat with the other one. Normally this would have been more than enough, but
    Gabriel now knew what to do. Before Michael could react, she drove her heal
    into his knee. While she didn’t break it, he was now hurting and lost his grip
    on Gabriel. As soon has her mouth was free, she screamed. Michael was too busy
    trying to get control of his prey to care, after all they were a way away from
    the camp and everyone else had turned in. Michael was able to land a punch
    squarely in Gabriel’s face. This knocked her to the ground and the force of
    hitting the ground stunned her. Michael untied his pants and slowly lowered
    them.

    He loved seeing the fear on his victim’s faces when they realized what was

    about to happen to them. As Michael was getting on his knees so that he could
    force his way into Gabriel’s virgin cunt, he felt something cold and sharp
    touch the back of his neck. This caused him to freeze. Slowly he turned his
    head and found himself looking into Marion’s expressionless face.

    “Hey Luke, before we go to sleep, I have something to tell you.” Luke looked

    down at Marion. She had assumed their usual post coitus spot. Her head lying on
    his shoulder and one of her legs over his with her cream filled pussy leaking
    on him.

    “Oh ya what’s that.” Said Luke half asleep.

    “I’m pretty sure that I’m pregnant. Won’t know for sure for a little while

    but I missed my last period and I’ve not been feeling good in the mornings.”
    Luke was now fully awake. During their time together he had never given a
    thought to Marion getting pregnant. Mentally Luke cursed himself for being such
    an idiot. Yes, he loved Marion, but Luke wasn’t sure why he had been
    transported to this universe and Marion having a child could cause serious
    problems if Luke ever got the opportunity to go home. This is why he never told
    Marion all he knew about the future. He never even told her his real fears of
    leaking the information that was locked away in his head. Marion misread the
    look on Luke’s face.

    “Don’t worry honey, it was bound to happen eventually and I’m so happy to be

    carrying your child.”

    Luke took a deep breath. He was going to have to finally tell Marion all of

    his fears. As he was about to start, they both heard a scream and recognized it
    as Gabriel. Marion grabbed her sword and raced off toward the scream as fast as
    she could still naked. Luke stopped to put his pants and then he was following
    in Marion’s wake with both of his swords.

    When Luke caught up, he found Gabriel on the ground still stunned. Her

    clothes had been put on a nearby branch so Luke assumed that she had been
    getting a bath. Marion had her sword at someone’s neck but however it was, was
    facing away from Luke. Then they turned their head and Luke could see that it
    was Michael. Luke went over and helped Gabriel to her feet and gave her back
    her dress. Meanwhile Marion was forcing Michael to return to camp without his
    clothes. Gabriel had serious problems walking so Luke decided just to carry
    her. He gently picked her up and cradling her in his arms, carried her back.

    Marion forced Michael back to camp and made him get on his knees.

    “You think making me get on my knees will change anything bitch then you are

    dumber than I thought you were. I was well within my rights as a man to demand
    that she service me.”

    Marion leaned in and whispered in his ear “It’s not just me that you have to

    worry about. And if you think that raping that poor girl makes you a man then I
    have to wonder how humans have survived so long. With such sorry excuses for a
    man as yourself, we should have all died off thousands of years ago. I’m
    willing to bet that it was actually Adam that got humans kicked out of the
    garden and when the men writing the bible realized the truth, they switched the
    roles so that history wouldn’t find out the truth.”

    By this time, Luke had returned with Gabriel and she was starting to

    recover. Luke tried to hand her off to Stella to care for but Gabriel wasn’t
    having it.

    “I want to see what happens to him.” Her voice was one of iron and Luke knew

    that arguing wouldn’t do him any good.

    “Well come on then” was all he said.

    Luke was actually impressed when he realized what Marion was doing. She was

    organizing a trial by jury. Everyone knew what had happened but Marion wanted
    to start establishing a precedent. She was obviously thinking long term and
    Luke was impressed. Once everyone in the group had gathered; the trail started.
    Gabriel told all what happened and what Michael said. Michael was given the
    opportunity to defend himself but refused. He obviously didn’t realize Marion’s
    growing power and strength. Finally, it was time for the group to vote on
    Michael’s guilt or innocence. The entire group voted Michael guilty. Michael
    was stunned when Tom voted with the women.

    While Michael had been growing disgruntled, Tom had been changing as well.

    He saw the women getting stronger and he found that he was being drown to them
    and one in particular, Stella. They were close to the same age and had both had
    a hard life. Stella, for her part, was well aware of Tom’s attraction to her and
    while she hadn’t made a final decision on the matter yet, she was starting to
    have naughty thoughts about Tom especially while Luke and Marion were
    practicing their love making.

    With the guilty verdict, Marion passed sentence on Michael. He would be castrated,

    his balls would be forced down his throat, and then he would be executed. Luke
    was stunned by her harshness. He had never seen Marion so cold as she was now
    but he didn’t argue. After all, this was her time era not his, and after the
    word got around of what she was capable of then hopefully there wouldn’t be as
    much resistance for her. Marion ordered Michael tied to two trees. She then
    stood in front of him as she slowly sharpened her knife. Finally, Marion
    reached down and cut Michael’s balls off. As he was screaming, Marion put his
    balls in his mouth and then covered his nose and clamped his mouth shut so that
    he would have to swallow his balls. After he swallowed his balls,

    Michael was crying. Luke and Tom cringed but didn’t look away; after all

    nobody had forced Michael to attempt to rape Gabriel. Marion then drew her
    knife across Michael’s throat, cutting the jugular and carotid. It took a
    minute or so for Michael to bled out. During that time, Stella came up next to
    Tom and held his hand. After all, Michael had started off being Tom’s best
    friend. Marion then ordered that Michael’s body be left where it was. It was
    getting late and they had to travel almost half a day tomorrow to get back to
    York.

    Chapter 15.
    Marion grows as a leader but only after some serious pain.

    It was early the next morning when Luke and Marion woke the group up. The

    sun was just starting to light up the Eastern sky but everyone in the group was
    used to getting up this early. They made sure to cook up an extra hardy breakfast
    for they didn’t know when they would be able to eat again. Over the previous
    month the scared young women that had traveled out of York with Luke had been
    replaced with strong, young women that thought like soldiers and fought like
    lions. They now all carried swords and knives and knew how to use them.

    Every one of them also wore a leather overcoat that they could wrap around

    themselves to protect against swords or even long-range arrows. Under that they
    wore a green shirt and pants. Sown inside each shirt was light steel and
    leather armor that Luke had designed to deflect blows. They each also carried a
    helmet that was radically different than anything else currently in use. It
    looked a cross between a World War two German helmet and a modern U S military
    helmet. He had designed it this way to be able to give maximum protection with
    the materials available. Gabriel also carried a bow that she had gotten to be
    very good with. She was good enough to put an arrow into someone’s eye from
    fifty paces.

    Luke was extremely proud of the ladies and of Tom. Tom had helped train

    everyone in sword use and had grown to love each of the ladies like sisters
    except Stella. No, her he loved romantically. What’s more she was also falling
    in love with him. Tom was armed like all the women and he loved this new gear.
    It was lighter than his previous gear and protected him far better.

    It was a warm morning when they set out and there wasn’t a cloud in the sky.

    They made quite a sight the seven of them, Marion, Luke, Tom, and the four
    women that were “suppose” to be Luke’s whores. In that group there was from
    oldest to youngest: Stella, Pollyanna, Alice, and Gabriel. Stella was the
    leader of the group being the oldest amount them. Pollyanna was showing signs
    of wanting to become an engineer like Luke. Alice was showing an interest in
    medicine, while Gabriel was the sharpshooter and Luke thought that she might
    make one hell of a sniper. One of the other things that Luke had started
    teaching them was how to read and write for soldiers needed to know how to read
    orders and make out reports.

    It took the group almost half a day to reach York. During their trip they

    had to hide once to avoid a large patrol that Richard had sent out. Yes, they
    could have taken the patrol out but it was now far more important for the group
    to get to York. When they got to the gates Luke had to talk fast to get
    through. Once through, the group was deeply disturbed by what they found. The
    town had gone further downhill. The people were now walking skeletons and the
    streets were full of filth. The soldiers walking around took whatever they
    pleased including having their way with anything they pleased. Marion actually
    vomited at the horror that was before her. Still, they had a mission to
    accomplish.

    All the ladies were well aware that every soldier had their eyes on them.

    Many of the soldiers whipped out their cocks and waved them at the women.
    Marion actually snickered at some at the tiny cocks that were being waved at
    her, for Luke’s was far bigger. At least she was still feeling good enough to
    snicker. Finally, the group reached the castle. Luke told the guard who he was
    and they let him in. They easily remembered him. Once in the group was in for
    another surprise, especially Tom, for Richard was in the middle of an orgy and
    Tom’s daughters were in it. Luke had to act fast to keep the group under
    control for Tom was furious and Luke’s “whores” were about to gut Richard where
    he was. Problem was that there were too many of Richard’s loyal men in the room
    and they wouldn’t have made it out, even with their skills. They had to release
    the men loyal to Marion first, that is if any of them were left.

    First thing that Luke had to do was to make his report. Richard wasn’t happy

    that he was being interrupted mid orgy but he did stop long enough to listen.

    “I am sorry Milord, but we traveled all the way to London and did not find a

    trace of William. We heard some rumors of him but we could not find him.”

    “Well, you may go now, but I shall want to talk to you more later about this

    matter.”

    “Yes Milord.” Luke turned around and got the hell out of there and made his

    way back to his chamber.

    Once there, he found Tom puking his guts out, Stella was trying to comfort

    him. The ladies were white as ghost, seeing the fate that so far, they had
    avoided. Marion was the worst one, of the group, for not only was she puking
    but she was crying her eyes out. She had known some of the women that she had
    seen in the orgy. That is even if you could call the women people anymore. Luke
    knew that they had to move fast for he figured that it wouldn’t be long before
    Richard came for “his” women as well.

    Within an hour Luke got a message that Richard wanted to see him immediately

    so Luke put the rest of the group on alert and he left to meet with Richard.

    “Ah Hildyard, Good to see you.”

    “It is good to be seen, sir.”

    “So, you found no sign of my son or his men?”

    “No Milord and we traveled all the way to London. If they had been there, we

    found no signs of them. We came back a different route and still found no signs
    of them.”

    “Now tell me about the whores that came in with you.”

    “Well, traveling fast does tend to make any fat disappear and they travel

    faster when they are healthy.”

    “By my count, you left with four, but I could have sworn that I see you come

    back with five.”

    “The fifth one is my intended, sir. I also must report the loss of one of my

    men. We were ambushed on the road. Tom and I had to fight hard to get out. By
    the time we did, there was no sign of Michael. We think that the bandits took
    him for we searched afterwards and found only some of his gear.”

    “So you couldn’t find my son and you lost one of my men in the process;

    Hildyard, if you disappoint me anymore then I will take back the whores and
    might even have to take your intended. Do I make myself clear?”

    “Yes, Milord.”

    “Good, now get the fuck out of my sight.”

    To be continued in part 4, Based on a post by somethin fishy,

    for Sex Stories.

    56 min
  • Luke’s HAARP Time Warp: Part 2
    Luke’s HAARP Time Warp: Part 2
    The journey continues...

    Based on a post by somethin fishy,

    in 15 parts. Listen to the Podcast at Explicit Novels.



    Chapter 6.

    Luke had been off gathering food and firewood while waiting on Cecilia to

    get her lazy ass out of bed. It was getting to the point where he was going to
    break his promise and leave her sorry ass. She was lazy, incompetent, and
    greedy. Basically, all the traits that any American would think of when they
    heard the word; aristocracy. Marion on the other hand didn’t share any of those
    traits and she was very intelligent to boot, but she had cracked and ran off
    when Luke had told her his darkest secret. This had saddened him deeply but
    then again; he was use to that in his life. Anytime something good happened to
    him, that good thing would then be ripped away again.

    Looking up while he was working on breaking up a branch, he saw a young man

    on a horse approach the camp carefully. As Luke watched the young man, he
    carefully looked through the camp as though he knew what he was looking for.
    Then apparently not finding it, the man retreated and took up a good hiding
    spot from which he could watch the camp without being seen. Luke was now on
    full alert. He started working his way around the stranger’s hiding spot until
    Luke had got behind him. Luke might be a big man but he could still move
    through the woods like a ghost. As he came up behind the stranger, something
    about his clothes looked vaguely familiar to Luke, but Luke didn’t have much
    time left because Cecilia was now starting to stir. Luke got up right behind the
    stranger and clamped his hand over the stranger’s mouth.

    The stranger instantly began to fight back hard. It was all Luke could do to

    keep the stranger under control. During the struggle, the stranger’s hat fell
    off, revealing long golden blond hair. Whoever this stranger was, they were
    strong and determined. Eventually the stranger was able to get turned around to
    where they were facing Luke, then all of the sudden they both stopped
    struggling. The stranger looked up at Luke’s face revealing a pair of beautiful
    sapphire blue eyes.

    The stranger, Luke realized was none other than Marion and he let go. She

    then smacked him hard across his face. He was surprised that it actually stung
    pretty bad. What happened next stunned him even more. Marion jumped up, wrapped
    her legs around his waist, knocked him on his back, and kissed him just as
    fiercely as she had fought.

    Marion felt like her heart was about to burst, she had her lips on her man’s

    lips again and this time around she wasn’t going to let go. To make it better,
    she had knocked him over, so she was on top of him. Her hips began to move on
    their own as she started to grind her pussy against Luke. Between the kissing
    and the humping, Luke was now getting really fucking horny. After all, why not.
    Here was the most beautiful woman, that he had ever laid eyes on, on top of him
    and grinding her tight pussy against his stomach. Luke’s eight-inch cock was
    now fully and painfully erect. Marion had moved one of her hands down and was
    starting to fiddle with the strings that held his pants up.

    Normally Luke would have been able to stop her, but between her delicious

    kisses and her beautiful body moving around on top of him; not very much blood
    was getting to his brain. Eventually, Marion got her hand into Luke’s pants,
    where she got the surprise of her lifetime. Luke Was Huge! Marion felt like she
    had just grabbed hold of a horse. But of course, the feel of Luke’s huge, hot
    cock in her hand stopped most of the blood from getting to her brain as well
    and her body felt like it was on full autopilot.

    The heat she felt increased drastically when Luke started moving his hands

    over her tits. When she touched her tits it had been pleasurable, but when Luke
    did it however, Marion lost all ability to reason. While his hands were big
    enough to completely cover her entire tits, he was extremely gentle with them.
    This went against everything she had ever been told by other women; in that
    when a man got ahold of tits, he almost always got very aggressive and that she
    should expect bruises afterwards.

    Marion now felt hotter than she had ever been before and started to rip her

    shirt off. Luke carefully helped her pull her shirt over her head. With her
    tits now exposed, Luke raised his head and started to kiss Marion’s tits. He
    carefully circled each one with kisses while purposely avoiding her nipples.
    This was driving Marion mad for she really wanted Luke to suck on her nipples.
    Finally, she had enough of Luke’s tease and grabbing his head put one of her
    nipples in his mouth. He got the hint and began to suckle on her. Marion
    started to feel extremely light headed as Luke continued his sucking. While he
    was sucking on one nipple, his giant hand was caressing and gently pinching the
    other one.

    Marion was now entering a state of ecstasy that she didn’t know existed.

    When she had first started, she had expected Luke to quickly work at getting
    her pants off, but that’s not even close to what Luke did. He didn’t even try
    to push her, he just let her continue forward at her own pace. Luke had never
    liked to push the women that he slept with. He much preferred to let the woman
    set the pace. This actually annoyed many of the woman that he had been with, in
    his old life. Somehow, they all viewed this as weak on his part while never
    understanding the great amount of restraint that was required of him not to
    just stove his thick cock deep inside them.

    Luke had found that being well endowed was as much curse as blessing. Other

    guys were jealous of him while the gals seemed to fear him. That was always why
    he let the gal take the lead. He didn’t want to hurt them. Here finally though,
    was a woman that didn’t mind taking the lead. Kind of ironic really that Luke
    had to travel almost a thousand years into the past to find her.

    As Marion started to work her pants off, cursing them the whole time because

    if she had been wearing her dress, she would have already had Luke inside of
    her, she heard Cecilia calling for Luke.

    “Damn her anyway” scowled Marion “I swear every time things get interesting;

    she has to show up.” Looking at Luke, she could tell that he felt the same way.

    Luke was quietly laughing to himself, “So I’m guessing that I’ve been

    forgiven?”

    “How can a man from the future still be so dense, of course I’ve forgiven

    you. Now if I can only forgive myself be behaving like a bloody idiot.”

    “Nice contraction use, by the way.”

    “What can I say? Any time I get around you, your way of speaking speaks to

    me. On a different thought about being around me, you might want to hide for a
    minute or two until our friend here calms down a bit.” Luke smiled at her:

    “What can I say? There’s something about having a goddess grinding her body

    against me that gets me all excited.”

    Marion lightly swatted him and giggled quietly. She had to be quiet because

    Cecilia wasn’t more than ten paces away. Fortunately for the lovebirds, there
    was enough of a breeze to cover up their sounds. The two smiled at each other.
    Eventually, Cecilia moved back to the campsite. After she had moved away,
    Marion got up and having a naughty idea, turned her ass toward Luke’s face,
    bent over at her waist, and reached down to retie his pants. The site of Marion
    bent over like that was driving Luke nuts, and his friend was showing that he
    didn’t want to be contained. Marion leaned other over and whispered to Luke’s
    cock:

    “Don’t you worry, friend; I’ll make sure to take very good care of you

    later.” Marion then retied Luke’s pants and stood back up, making sure to flip
    her hair as she did. When she looked back at Luke, the look on his face was
    priceless. Marion knew that she now had Luke and nothing the Cecilia could do,
    short of killing her, could change that. This thought caused Marion to smile
    warmly at Luke as she moved to get her shirt that Luke had thrown off. After
    Marion had made herself presentable, she looked back at Luke and his cock was
    now behaving for the most part. This was good news for neither Marion or Luke
    were ready to reveal her return to Cecilia just yet. Finally, Luke stood up,
    gave Marion a quick kiss, moved back around to where he had left the firewood
    that he was gathering, picked it up, and returned to camp.
    Chapter 7.

    When Luke finally returned to camp, Cecilia gave him an earful about being

    late. The problem for Cecilia now was that Luke didn’t give a shit about her.

    “What the hell are you bitching about this time, Cecilia. I am not the one

    who sleeps half the morning away. After all it has been light for three hours
    and you are just now waking up.”

    Cecilia was taken back. This was the first time that Luke had forcefully

    stood up to her. She would now have to take drastic action. She walked up to
    him and slapped him as hard as she could.

    “Don’t you ever talk back to me; peasant!” she snapped. She then moved to

    slap him again. As her hand started to come up, something stopped her hand. Now
    very pissed, Cecilia turned to see what had stopped her. She was stunned to see
    Marion standing there.

    “Lay another hand on my man again and I will kill you” Marion stated calmly.

    “I don’t care that you are my sister or that you have more support among the
    guards back home.”

    “Your man? Ha. You must be joking?” However, looking into Marion’s face told

    Cecilia that she wasn’t joking at all. “Like he would actually want to be with
    someone as dumb as you.” Marion’s expression still hadn’t changed so Cecilia
    spun around to look at Luke and caught him smiling. “What are you so happy
    about.”

    “Oh, just enjoying the sight of my girlfriend ripping you a new one.”

    “What!” Cecilia shrieked “How could you? Why would you? I am the one who you

    need to be with. After all she ran away.”

    “I will make this easy for you to understand, Cecilia. Marion is a delight

    to be around, while you are a pain in my ass. Marion always asks intelligent
    questions and provides stimulating conversation; while with you, well let’s
    just say that I have had better conversations with corpses. She is very willing
    to learn and equally willing to admit when she made a mistake; you on the other
    hand seem to have no interest in learning and are not willing to admit that you
    could make a mistake never mind that you did. And finally, while I do admit
    that you are a beautiful woman, Marion is a goddess. Also, your beauty is only
    skin deep while hers goes all the way to her bones. Do not think for an instant
    that I have no idea of what you were planning to do once I got you home. I have
    known since you started trying to seduce me that you would do everything
    possible to force me into telling you everything that you wanted to know even
    though you are not capable of handling the information that I have access to”
    Said Luke with a smug grin.

    Cecilia just stood there stunned. Nobody had ever talked back to her before

    and now here were two people that not only talked back to her, but one of them
    was her younger sister and the other one Cecilia just classified as a large but
    dumb peasant. Apparently, he wasn’t as dumb as Cecilia thought, but that didn’t
    matter. What neither Luke or Marion knew was that Cecilia was actually very
    good with a knife and that she had helped set up the ambush with William. She
    had wanted her father, John, and especially Marion killed so that she could
    rule alone over her family’s land. Granted she would have to marry William, but
    she had planned to arrange for William’s father to die of an accident shortly after
    the wedding. Then within a year, kill William in some way so that she would
    control both family’s lands. Now the entire plan had come completely unraveled.
    William was dead and Marion was alive.

    Furthermore, Marion had managed to gain the favor of the man that had

    “rescued” them from the ambush and now she had even won him over completely.
    Cecilia knew that it was too early to try and kill them for they would be
    expecting her to try something so she just backed down from the argument that
    they had been having. Just to rub salt into Cecilia’s wounds, Marion went over
    and stood next to Luke who then put his arm around Marion. Cecilia would know
    have to be very careful indeed. Cecilia stomped back to the carriage and sat
    down. Luke went to tend the fire, and Marion went to get her horse. After
    Marion got back, she went up to Luke and kissed him. This made Cecilia fume
    even more, for her life long campaign to keep Marion subdued and meek was also
    coming undone. Marion was quickly gaining self-confidence and strength and if
    Cecilia didn’t do something quickly, she wouldn’t have any chance at all of
    getting Luke to cooperate; even under torture.

    After Marion got done making out with Luke, she whispered to him “We need to

    talk alone and quickly.” Luke nodded his agreement for he figured what Marion
    needed to talk about after all a blind idiot could have figured it out just
    from feeling the tension between Marion and Cecilia. After Luke had finished
    making breakfast and everyone had eaten, the three of them got back on the
    road. Cecilia drove the carriage while Luke and Marion rode their own mounts.

    Luke had also put all his gear on one of the spare horses. He covered it

    with some cloth to hide it, and while it was weird looking at least nobody
    would see his modern gear. By late afternoon the group was at the gates of
    Nottingham. Luke intended to stop here and sell all the extra stuff. Marion
    fully agreed with this for it would be much easier traveling without the
    carriage. To their surprise, Cecilia also agreed for she had enough of ridding
    in that damn thing and the roads would get worse the closer they got to York.
    She still had to get home before she could make her move. When they first got
    into town,

    Luke insisted that before they sell anything that the three of them explore

    the town to find out what all goods and services were available. Doing that
    took the rest of the day. Finally, they agreed on an inn that was reasonably
    priced and had decent food. They had rented two rooms, and after eating,
    decided to retire for the evening. It had been a very long day. Included in the
    room price was a small bundle of firewood and a set of blankets.

    Luke took all his gear up into his room after all this stuff was

    irreplaceable and held immeasurable amounts of knowledge. He started a fire and
    then checked out the room looking for listening holes or false walls before
    revealing his modern gear. After a bad experience with a high school
    girlfriend, Luke always thoroughly checked out every new room that he slept in.
    Looking at the bed, Luke decided that he would more likely be more comfortable
    on the floor so he set up his mattress pad and sleeping bag.

    Before he laid down, he stripped. This was the first time that he had been

    completely naked since before he had left home on his hunting trip and it felt
    so good to finally be without clothes, especially those itchy medieval things.
    To wind down, Luke fired up his computer to listen to some music and look at
    some pictures of his family. He made sure that he had his earbuds secure so
    that no one else would hear the music. Finally, he started getting tired and
    put his computer away. Just as he was shutting his eyes, there was a soft knock
    at the door.

    Cecilia and Marion had taken the larger of the two rooms since there were

    two separate beds in it. The atmosphere in the room was colder than the artic
    in midwinter. Neither woman wanted anything to do with the other one. Cecilia
    made sure to try both beds and took the most comfortable one. ‘Let that bitch
    figure out her proper place in the world’ was Cecilia’s thinking. Marion laid
    down on the other bed and tried to go to sleep but she was restless. She didn’t
    trust Cecilia at all and wouldn’t put it past her to take a knife across her
    throat during the night. Marion finally noticed that Cecilia was asleep. As
    quietly as she could, she climbed out of bed and left the room, closing the
    door softly. She quickly went to Luke’s door and after breathing in a deep
    breath and saying a quick prayer that he was still awake knocked on the door.

    Chapter 8.

    Luke hurried up and threw his pants back on to get the door. Quietly opening

    the door, he carefully stuck his head out around the door. Standing there was
    Marion. Luke quickly finished opening the door for her and she came in.

    “What’s the matter sweetheart, can’t you sleep?”

    “Not in the same room as my sister. She is really starting to make me

    nervous. I’m actually worried that she would stick me, with a knife, while I
    slept. I was kind of hoping that there would be some room with you.” With that
    she gave Luke some of the saddest puppy eyes imaginable.

    Luke just smiled and put his arms around her. He gently led her to where he

    was sleeping.

    “Why are you sleeping on the floor, Luke?”

    “An old injury that I got years ago makes it hard for me to sleep on soft

    beds. By having a harder surface to lay on, it takes the pressure off and I can
    sleep.”

    “Oh, I’m sorry.”

    “That’s okay. After all you didn’t know.”

    “Wow, contractions really do make speaking faster and easier.”

    “Yep” With that, Luke dropped his pants again. There was just enough light

    coming from the dying fire for Marion to see that Luke was now naked. She
    suddenly wasn’t tired at all but now had a fire burning, in her loins that was
    hotter than a smithy’s furnace. She quickly stripped off the gown that she had
    on and got under the covers with Luke. Feeling her skin, Luke figured out that
    Marion was naked too and what she had in mind. “Are you...” was as far as he
    got before a pair of plump lips sealed off his mouth. He certainly wasn’t going
    to argue any further after all; as the saying goes “His mama didn’t raise no
    fool.” Marion used one of her hands to reach down and grab Luke’s cock. This
    time at least she wasn’t surprised by its size. Luke broke her kiss and using
    both of his hands, held her face.

    “Sweetheart, is this your first time?”

    “Yes” Marion squeaked fearfully.

    “Then why are you rushing. Let’s slow down a bit so you can savor your first

    time. Plus, I don’t want to hurt you.”

    Marion shed a tear and Luke kissed it off her face. At that point she knew

    that Luke was truly in love with her and that she had nothing to fear from him.
    What followed was the most intense time of her life. Luke started by kissing
    her neck. Just his kisses on her neck caused her to have mini orgasms. He then
    moved slowly down to her tits. He moved in circles around each one smothering
    them in kisses, but not touching her nipples and when she tried to move a
    nipple into his mouth, he just pinned her down. Finally, mercifully Luke
    started moving further south; still without touching her nipples. He kissed his
    way down her stomach and when he got to her navel she started giggling. She had
    never been ticklish but Luke’s kissing her belly button really got to her and
    she couldn’t hold still to save her life. This brought much joy to Luke, who
    hadn’t been with a woman in years. ‘Yep, I still got it’ he thought. Luke then
    moved down each of her legs, avoiding her pussy. By the time he had finished
    her second leg, Marion wasn’t really on Earth anymore. At least not mentally.

    Luke then spread her legs. ‘Oh god, I’m finally going to become a woman and

    the man that’s going to make me a woman, I couldn’t love more’ thought Marion.
    Luke had other plans though. Instead of his cock he started out with his
    tongue. This completely surprised Marion for she had heard nothing like this
    ever discussed by the other women in the castle. What Marion then discovered
    was that there were more layers of pleasure then she ever realized. She could
    feel Luke’s hot breath on her moist skin and could feel the stubble on his face
    brushing against her. Most of all she could feel his tongue working its way
    into her slit. When it hit her clit, she took a deep breath and froze. Luke
    worked his way up and down her slit causing Marion to start involuntarily
    thrusting her hips.

    Luke gently held her down and this really drove Marion wild. “you might want

    to cover your face, with a pillow or something sweetheart, so you don’t wake up
    the whole inn.” Luke said giggling. Luke then continued working Marion’s pussy
    like a fine musical instrument. Up and down her slit he moved. Marion wasn’t
    just leaking nectar anymore; her pussy was now a flash flood zone. Finally,
    Luke sucked her clit in between his teeth and Marion would have completely
    jumped off the floor if Luke hadn’t been holding her down. She screamed at the
    top of her lungs, into the pillow, for almost thirty seconds before collapsing.
    Luke had taken pity on her and stopped tonguing her. He waited until her
    breathing had become more regular before he started kissing his way back up her
    body. This time he worked both nipples before moving up to her lips.

    “What did you do to me? I’ve never felt anything that good in my life.”

    “And just think, that wasn’t even the main course.”

    Marion’s eyes now shot open as she felt the tip of Luke’s cock on her slit

    and she started moaning softly. He moved the tip up and down her slit a few
    times to make sure that it had sufficient lubrication on it. The last thing he
    wanted was to hurt his lover. Being happy with the amount of lube; Luke put the
    tip right at her entrance and stopped.

    Marion looked up at him, nodded and smiled. Luke began to gently push into

    her most delicate and personal area. She was thankful that Luke was going slow
    because she felt like she was being split open as Luke pushed up into her. Luke
    stopped again, when he felt her hymen. He gently kissed Marion as he whispered
    in her ear: “You sure sweetheart?” Marion just nodded again; her throat
    wouldn’t let her speak at the moment.

    Luke thrust all the rest of the way into her in one stroke and stopped when

    he had bottomed out. Marion was now crying and Luke was kissing her tears as
    fast as they formed. Eventually Marion opened her eyes, “I am now all yours to
    do what you want with.” She would never know why she muttered that line, not
    for all her years would she ever be able to figure it out. She could have then
    sworn that she saw Luke’s eyes flash fire red, and he got very angry with her.
    He grabbed her face roughly and held it so that her eyes were locked onto his.
    What she saw at that moment absolutely terrified her for she had never seen
    someone so angry.

    “Now, you listen Marion and you listen to me good” started Luke in a deep

    growl that sounded more like it was made by a wild animal then a person “You
    are not mine to do with what I want. You are you. Your body is Yours to share
    as You please. If we do proceed with a relationship it will be as equals, as
    partners. Not as master and servant. If we ever do anything you don’t like all
    you have to say is stop and we’ll stop.”

    “But why?” Marion was now more confused than she ever had been before. “Why

    am I not yours’s to do with as you please.”

    She saw Luke close his eyes, take a deep breath, and when he opened his eyes

    again, she saw there was nothing but love in them. “Because Marion of York I
    love you more the life itself. You are not inferior in my mind. The only way I
    want this relationship to happen is if it’s between equals.” Marion started
    sobbing as she wrapped her arms around Luke’s neck. Finally, she was able to
    mutter the most important words in the world, into his ear.

    “I love you too, Luke!”

    With this Marion’s pussy took back over, after all Luke’s cock was still

    inside her. Before long Luke was slowly thrusting in and out of her. The
    sensations that Luke’s cock caused made Marion lose her mind. Within a minute
    she had another orgasm. This one blew away the one that Luke had given her with
    his tongue and the only thing that kept Marion from screaming her head off was
    Luke’s lips locked onto hers. What followed was one orgasm after another, for
    Marion. From everything she had ever heard, sex was something that lasted maybe
    five minutes from start to finish. Of course, everything else that she thought
    that she knew had already been shattered by this man, why not the amount of
    time spent engaged in sex as well. Most of the time Luke stayed on top, but he
    did roll over and swing her on top toward the end. He did this so that he could
    last longer for Marion.

    Marion’s body quickly figured out what it liked. It not only went up and

    down, but it went side to side and even moved about in circles while searching
    for the perfect spot. By this time Marion’s brain was barely functioning. Luke
    then rolled back on top and began thrusting faster and faster. Marion was
    barely keeping her moaning under control as Luke neared the finish. Then Marion
    felt Luke’s cock swell up even more and she was hit with an earthshattering
    orgasm that didn’t stop until after Luke had shot what felt like gallons of hot
    sticky cum deep into her. This last orgasm caused Marion to black out
    completely. Luke fell over on his back next to her, completely drained.
    Marion’s body somehow crawled up and her head rested on Luke’s shoulder. Luke
    managed to get a blanket over them and pass out.

    Luke woke up the next morning to someone knocking on the door.

    “Yes, what is it?” he managed to get out.

    “The cook would like to know what you want for breakfast?” said one of the

    inn’s staff.

    “Umm, can you give me a little bit so I can finish waking up, then I can

    take to the cook about breakfast?”

    “Yes sir.”

    “Okay then. I will be down in a bit.” Luke gently shook Marion awake. The

    look on her face was beyond priceless for Luke. She still looked like she was
    in orbit from last night and her hair was a mess.

    “Good morning, sweetheart” he said cheerfully.

    “What a rotten thing to say to someone who doesn’t know where they are at.”

    Groaned Marion

    Now Luke couldn’t resist “Well last time I checked you were, in a room, at

    an inn in Nottingham, having one mind altering orgasm after another.”

    This time Marion gave him the stink eye “Gee thanks for that

    update…Smartass”

    “Hey it’s far better to be a smartass then a dumbass.” Said Luke with a shit

    eating grin.

    Now it was Marion’s turn to smile.

    “Come on Marion. It’s time for breakfast and I’m starving. Plus, we have a

    lot to do today.

    “Fine” said Marion trying her best to sound cross but she couldn’t keep the

    smile off her face. Before long they were both laughing like idiots as they
    worked towards getting dressed. Luke took a bucket of water and a rag to clean
    Marion’s pussy up a bit, and then she took the rag and cleaned Luke’s cock off.
    When they were both happy, they got dressed and went down to eat. On the way
    out of the room, Luke made sure that it was locked and then he put one of his
    hairs carefully in the lock to tell him if anyone tried to get into his room
    while they were gone.

    Breakfast was simple, consisting of some bread and veggies. Luke then asked

    the cook if he could get some eggs made up. The cook looked at him like he was
    weird but made them anyway after all when the customer is bigger than a horse,
    it’s not a good idea to argue. Luke shared his eggs with Marion and she shared
    some of her stew with Luke. They both had an ale to wash everything down with.
    As they were finishing up, Cecilia came down the stairs. When Cecilia saw them,
    she went to sit at a table in the corner. If looks could kill then Marion would
    have been dead with the looks that she was getting from her sister, but by this
    time Marion didn’t give a shit about her anymore. Luke paid for their meal and
    he paid for Cecilia’s as well. He wanted to make sure that the innkeeper got
    the money due them because he knew that Cecilia had a habit of throwing her
    rank around to get out of paying for things.

    Marion and Luke went back upstairs and collected their gear. They both

    looked around both rooms to make sure that they didn’t miss anything. Then they
    locked the doors back up and returned downstairs where they paid for the rooms
    and returned the keys. Marion walked over to Cecilia and gave her the bag with
    her stuff in it.

    “Whenever you finish, Luke and I will be selling the extra stuff. You can

    come and find us.” With that Marion walked off without giving Cecilia a chance
    to say anything. The innkeeper of course knew what was going on because Marion
    had told him. Luke and Marion went outside and got the horses and carriage from
    the stable. The first stop was an armorer down the street. There after much
    bargaining, Luke managed to sell all the extra swords and knives they had. He
    also sold all the armor. None of it fit either of them so why keep it. The next
    stop was a cloth maker to sell the extra clothing that they had. This time Luke
    bought a new outfit for himself, one that actually fit somewhat comfortably,
    and so they went through the town. After they hit a dead end with the carriage,
    Luke had an idea. They broke the carriage down into its pieces and sold the
    pieces. They actually made much more money doing this then they would have made
    by selling it in one piece.

    “What made you think of that Luke?” Marion asked him after they had

    finished.

    “Back in my time, a lot of vehicles were sold that way. You would sell all

    the usable parts off then scrap everything else. Here we didn’t have to scrap
    anything, lucky for us” Luke whispered back.

    The last stop was to sell the extra horses. They only really needed three,

    but decided to keep an extra two just in case and as pack animals. As Marion
    and Luke were coming out of the stables, Cecilia finally caught up with them.
    To say that she was pissed was an understatement. It was now late afternoon and
    she had been going all over town looking for Luke and Marion. She couldn’t wait
    until she could get rid of Marion and get revenge on Luke. One plus side of her
    wondering the town was that she had met some old friends. After some short
    negotiations, Cecilia had another ambush set up. This time she made sure to
    warn them about Luke. The ambush would take place outside of town so that it looked
    random.

    As Cecilia came up to them, Marion told her that they would be leaving

    immediately since they had gotten everything sold. This threw a wrench into
    Cecilia’s plans however. She had figured that they wouldn’t leave until
    tomorrow. She had to delay them.

    “Are you sure, I mean there are reports of bandits out there?”

    “What, you scared sis?” teased Marion. Cecilia noticed that Marion was now

    carrying herself taller and she now wore a short sword and knife at her waist.

    “Where did you get those?” asked Cecilia pointing at Marion’s sword and

    knife.

    “Luke got them for me, from the armorer. He actually knows a lot about

    swords and knives.” Cecilia just looked at Luke.

    “Yep, guilty as charged. I use to make swords and knives when I was younger

    and I still make an occasional knife when I can get the chance.”

    From the looks that Marion was giving Luke, Cecilia was sure that they had

    sex the night before. “So, I guess that you finally started whoring yourself
    out, Marion. It was only a matter...” Smack! That was as far as Cecilia got
    before Marion knocked her to the ground.

    “You call Marion a whore again and you will be eating all your teeth”

    growled Luke with fire in his eyes. Cecilia sat on the ground more afraid than
    she had ever been because at the moment Luke didn’t look like a human, no, he
    looked like one of the Titans from Greek mythology that had come to life. Luke
    hunched back on his heals slightly and Cecilia actually peed herself because
    she was so scared. Many predators hunched back slightly before attacking and
    Cecilia was truly terrified of Luke attacking her with the anger that was still
    in his eyes. Marion patted Luke on his arm and the fire disappeared, from his
    eyes, and he relaxed.

    “Come on Luke, we need to get going.”

    Chapter 9.

    The three of them left town that afternoon. Marion was no longer afraid of

    bandits. Not with her new side arms and boyfriend. Now it was Cecilia who was
    terrified. She was still unarmed and worse still she had managed to thoroughly
    piss off Luke. After all this was a man that she had seen snap another man’s
    neck and elbow without breaking a sweat. To make matters worse for Cecilia, she
    had to watch as Luke picked Marion up and gently put her on her horse. He did
    this without struggling a bit. This was something that Cecilia had never seen
    before. She had never seen someone so strong and yet so caring and she was
    extremely jealous of Marion’s relationship with Luke. The whole way Cecilia was
    hanging behind, trying to slow Luke and Marion down, but they barely slowed
    down at all. Cecilia could see them talking and laughing, but she couldn’t hear
    from where she was at, and if she caught up so that she could hear then she
    wouldn’t be able to slow them down.

    After almost five miles, the trio came across a stream with a meadow next to

    it and with the sun setting Luke decided that this was a good spot to stop for
    the night. Cecilia was glad for she was exhausted. It really irritated her to
    see Marion still full of energy. Luke of course never seemed to run out. Marion
    started on the camp site while Luke caught some fish for supper after gathering
    firewood. Cecilia managed to take care of the horses. She didn’t tie the knots
    as good as they should have been, for she hoped that the horses would bolt
    during the night. She sat near the fire as Luke and Marion prepared dinner.
    Along with dinner, Marion was boiling the water for their canteens.

    After dinner, which was actually really good Cecilia had to admit to

    herself; she would never admit it publicly. Marion walked over to the horses.
    She had seen Cecilia tie the bad knots while she was setting up camp and wanted
    to fix them before bed. When she got back, she and Luke gave Cecilia an evil
    look which sent chills up and down Cecilia’s spine. She now knew that she
    wouldn’t be able to do anything else to slow them down. She got another
    surprise at bedtime; they were not going to be sleeping in the tent. Instead,
    all the gear went into the tent and Marion had the bedrolls set up outside. The
    final surprise came when Marion and Luke settled down under the same blanket.
    Luke was behind her with his arms around her. She was using one of his arms as
    a pillow and Marion passed out quickly.

    Cecilia watched for a chance to kill Marion, but Luke stayed alert all

    night. All he ever did was doze off and the slightest sound would cause him to
    wake up. To make matters worse for Cecilia, Luke had his handgun under one of
    his hands ready for him to grab at all times. Cecilia didn’t know what that
    devil device was but she did know what it could do. Eventually she gave up and
    fell asleep.

    The next morning, Luke was up with the sunrise as usual and Marion got up

    with him. They got the fire going and tore the tent down and hide it away. By
    now they had the routine down pat. This morning though was already a warm one
    and both of them had been sweating all night. Luke took Marion down to a pool
    in the stream and they stripped down. At first Marion thought that she was
    going to get laid again. Then when they were both naked, Luke picked her up and
    threw her in the stream.

    “Damn it, you bastard! It’s fucking cold in here” Marion cried out standing

    up. The water was up to the bottom of her tits. Luke just laughed as he jumped
    in and further drenched Marion with water. The two of them cleaned each other
    making sure that every nook and cranny was clean. They splashed each other and
    had a lot of fun. Luke made sure that Marion’s hair was washed out and that her
    pussy was thoroughly cleaned. Marion made sure that Luke’s cock and balls were
    clean enough to eat off of. Eventually they got out of the water and dried
    themselves off on a blanket that Luke had brought along, just for that purpose.
    They then put clean clothes on and went back to camp.

    There Cecilia was still sleeping so Marion walked over to her and woke her

    up with water to the face.

    “Hey time to get up!” barked Marion. Luke just stood back and laughed.

    Marion was starting to sound like some of his drill instructors. This time Luke
    fixed breakfast for everyone. Cecilia had bags under her eyes; she really hated
    mornings. By the time breakfast had been eaten, Cecilia was beginning to
    function and she had some questions for Marion as they were finishing packing.

    “Hey Marion, I got a question for you. When you woke me up, why were all

    wet?”

    “Oh, Luke and I took a bath in the stream.”

    “Why people will think that you’re a Jew or something?”

    “Luke said that he felt really grimy and that he couldn’t stand his smell

    anymore. I thought that we were going down by the stream for of loving but when
    I was naked, he picked me up and threw me in. He jumped in after me and we made
    sure that each other was really clean.”

    “If Luke said that he needed a bath then why were you surprised to be thrown

    in the water?”

    “Because he didn’t tell me that until after he had thrown me in.”

    Cecilia actually had to laugh. She couldn’t help it for it was too damn

    funny. It served Marion right for stealing Luke from her. Marion was beat red
    from embarrassment. This wasn’t helped when Luke came up behind her and gave
    her a big sloppy kiss. Marion started to laugh as she leaned back into Luke and
    wrapped his arms around her. She had never been this happy before. This display
    of affection wiped the smile right of Cecilia’s face. Finally, Luke announced
    that it was time to go. The three mounted up and resumed their travels.

    As they went along, Cecilia kept her eyes peeled. She was looking for the

    prearranged signs that the ambush was ahead. To her dismay she didn’t see one,
    however about noon, Luke stiffened up, suddenly stopped, and pulled his horse
    off to the side of the road. He just made it look like he had to take a leak.
    After he was done, he motioned for Marion and Cecilia to join him.

    “There’s an ambush about fifty paces ahead.”

    “How could you possibly know that?” asked Cecilia. This probably wasn’t her

    ambush but one ambush was as good as another as far as she was concerned.

    “Because I saw a glint in the brush near the road. The same place that I

    would set an ambush.”

    “You sound like you have experience with ambushes” Marion said.

    “I do” stated Luke in a hard flat tone that said the discussion was over.

    “So, what are we going to do?” asked Marion.

    “Simple, I’m going to ambush the ambushers.”

    “How?” Marion was almost crying now.

    “Just stay here and watch.” And with that, Luke pulled his handgun and knife

    out and disappeared into the forest. Within minutes, shots rang out up ahead
    and the ladies heard several screams. Marion looked like a ghost and even
    Cecilia had lost some color. Then everything was quiet. Both ladies were
    nervous; Marion for her lover and Cecilia because she wanted his knowledge.

    “Miss me?” Luke said causing both ladies to almost jump out of their

    clothes.

    “Damn it Luke” screamed Marion “Don’t do that to me ever again!”

    “What’s that?” now Luke was feeling mischievous.

    “I was so scared that you would be killed.” Said Marion so quietly that

    Cecilia could barely hear her. Luke just snorted.

    “Me killed by those idiots.” Snorted Luke “Not likely. Come on ladies, we

    got some bodies to loot.”

    Luke and Marion grabbed the horses and lead them to where the ambush had

    been. There was fifteen men laying on the ground.

    “We’re not going to worry about burying them. There’s a nice dip in the

    ground back there” Luke pointed behind him “That we can dump the bodies into.”
    The three of them quickly gathered all the gear that they could use. Luke of
    course policed his brass. They even found some more horses to carry the loot.
    Part of the loot was a large bag of money and some really nice swords. Marion
    recognized the crest on one of the swords as one that belonged to a very
    wealthy family that lived a couple of days ride from her own home.

    It was only the work of an hour or so to get all the new loot and get it

    stored for travel. As they were getting to leave, Marion heard more horses
    coming, and the three of them hid in the brush. Cecilia immediately recognized
    the men that went by, for they were the ones that she had hired. After they had
    went by Luke stood up.

    “Come on ladies, let’s get the fuck out of here.” The three of them mounted

    back up and continued on their journey. It was obvious that Luke was now on
    high alert for anymore ambushes. Fortunately, they didn’t see anything the rest
    of the day. Problem was that they hadn’t come across any good places to stay for
    the night. To Luke this wasn’t a problem; they would push on through the night.
    They had light cloud cover and a particle moon.

    “Hey Marion, how close are we, do you figure?”

    Marion purged her lips as she figured, “probably four or five days. Why?”

    “Okay, here is what we are going to do. I didn’t like the look of those guys

    that past by us earlier, and it’s too easy to ambush people in the forest so we
    are going to push on through the night.”

    “But how about our sleep?” whined Cecilia

    “Tired is just temporary, dead is permanent. We push on through the night,

    but if you want to stop for the night go ahead but I’m going to keep going.”

    “Marion are you going to stop?” asked Cecilia

    “Nope. I’m staying with Luke. I almost lost him once and I’m not going to

    make the same mistake twice.”

    Now Cecilia was worried. They would probably go right past her ambush during

    the night and her guys wouldn’t see them because no one ever traveled at night.

    Chapter 10.
    Marion readies her attack.

    The three of them pushed on through the night, just as Luke had said. By the

    next morning, Cecilia was almost asleep in the saddle and Marion wasn’t too far
    behind her. Even Luke was getting tired but he was used to it. When jetting all
    over the world ever week, you get use to not sleeping or grabbing cat naps
    whenever possible. They didn’t even stop to make breakfast. Today, breakfast
    was whatever was in the saddlebags that could be eaten cold. During the night,
    Luke had come up to a fork in the road and had decided to make a slight detour
    to Lincoln to sell the loot gathered from the ambushers. The ladies didn’t even
    notice the fork for they were both dozing off. Marion was the first one to
    realize that they were not on the road to York.

    “Of course, not” replied Luke “We’re on the road to Lincoln. I want to sell

    all the extra loot we got and get some comfortable sleep.”

    Both ladies agreed if only so that they could get some good sleep. Luke was

    quietly amazed; he actually got those two to agree on something. He still
    didn’t trust Cecilia any and probably never would. It was midafternoon before
    the trio got to Lincoln. It took them a couple of hours to sell the extra gear.
    While they had been going around selling the gear, they had found a good inn to
    stay at. Problem was that they were only able to rent one room. ‘Oh well’
    thought Luke. They finished selling the stuff and got back to the inn; they
    were glad that they had rented the room earlier for the inn was now packed.
    After a quick dinner, the three of them went to the room and settled in. Luke
    of course checked out the room. Cecilia was now curious:

    “What are you doing?”

    “Looking for hidden rooms or listening holes. I had a bad experience one

    time and ever since I always check out new rooms. Once in a while I actually do
    find hidden rooms or listening holes.”

    “Oh”

    “It’s far better to be safe than sorry.”

    Finding none, Luke started to settle down. Marion had already gotten their

    bedroll out. Cecilia was actually amazed that she didn’t have to fight for the
    bed. She soon figured out why for Luke laid down with Marion. Before long
    clothes were flying out from under their blankets. Cecilia couldn’t believe it;
    Luke and Marion were going to go at it right in front of her.

    Marion had just laid down and curled up under the covers. She so enjoyed the

    feeling of Luke’s bedding on her skin that she almost fell asleep immediately.
    She moaned slightly when she felt Luke lay down with her. Before long she was
    getting warm and not just from Luke’s body heat. Her hands started to move by themselves
    and soon locked onto Luke’s manhood. Luke wasn’t sure if they should do
    anything with Cecilia in the room but the feeling of Marion’s hands gently
    tugging on his cock settled that issue for him; to hell with Cecilia. His hands
    started to roam Marion’s body, their lips locked, and Marion moaned into his
    mouth. Their hands started tearing at each other’s clothing and they couldn’t
    get naked fast enough. Clothes flew out from under the covers for they didn’t
    want some clothes to get in their way. By the time she was naked, Marion’s
    pussy was gushing like the Amazon during the rainy season and Luke was hard
    enough that he probably could had smashed granite.

    Marion pushed on Luke’s shoulders, signaling that she wanted to start out on

    top. This was just fine with Luke. Marion impaled herself completely in one
    shot and started to ride him like he was a rodeo bull. Problem was that, in her
    haste, she had forgotten about her moaning, and by the time she started getting
    loud, about five seconds after bottoming out, she didn’t give a fuck anymore.
    She then became determined to give the inn some good vocal entertainment and
    announce, to the world, that Luke was hers. As Luke caught up to her, she was
    singing like an opera singer from a much later time, but she didn’t know that
    and didn’t care. Luke was again making her feel amazing. An added bonus for her
    was that Cecilia was in the room with them and Marion wasn’t about to waste
    this opportunity to show off what she and Luke could do together. Within
    minutes of impaling herself, Marion was cumming by the bucket loads.

    Meanwhile Luke hadn’t been quiet either and with Marion’s juices coating his

    balls he didn’t care. He was pounding away at Marion’s beautiful body from
    below and after she exploded, Luke flipped them over so that he was on top. It
    was time for him to show off a bit. He took Marion’s feet and put them on his
    shoulders. In this way he could bend Marion in half and drive deep into her.
    Just as he knew it would, this position caused Marion to start screaming at the
    top of her lungs. The biggest problem that Marion was having was being able to
    even form words.

    While Luke and Marion were fucking, Cecilia at first was disgusted with her

    little sister. After all, what god fearing woman would want to see her
    unmarried sister getting laid, never mind that Cecilia was no slouch in the
    getting laid department. As Marion was having her second orgasm however,
    Cecilia started to have strange feelings; she was getting wet between her legs,
    her pussy was getting hot, and her nipples were hard as rock. She couldn’t
    believe that she was getting aroused at the sight of her little sister getting
    the stuffing pounded out of her. Then Luke had rolled over and Cecilia got her
    first glimpse of Luke’s manhood. The sight took her breath away. It looked like
    Marion was getting fucked by a horse! ‘How the hell did she even get that…
    that… that thing inside her?’ thought Cecilia as her hands started rubbing her
    tits and pussy. Not getting the feeling that she was after; Cecilia flipped her
    nightgown up so that she could get unblocked access to her pussy.

    Cecilia saw Marion look at her and she was wasn’t surprised to see Marion’s

    eyes were completely glazed over and her jaw slack. As Luke pounded Marion;
    Cecilia matched his pace with her hand and quickly had a powerful orgasm of her
    own. As she recovered, she was amazed to see that Luke was still pounding
    Marion, only now the two of them were on their sides; facing Cecilia. Cecilia
    got to watch as Luke’s giant hands roamed all over Marion’s body, and Marion’s
    hands disparately trying to get a hold of anything so that she could maintain
    some connection with Planet Earth for she was now having almost continuous
    orgasms. Marion’s tits were bouncing in prefect sync with Luke’s thrusting.
    Cecilia figured that Marion wouldn’t be able to speak in the morning and that
    she herself would probably be hard of hearing.

    Finally, Luke rolled Marion back on her back, this time in the traditional

    missionary position, was now making full thrust, deep into Marion. She had
    recovered just enough so that she could kiss Luke as he thrust and could even
    urge him to fill her up. Of course, she paid no attention to how loud she was
    yelling but neither of them cared by this point, and for that matter neither did
    Cecilia for she was now having almost constant orgasms from fingering herself
    while smelling, watching, and listening to Marion and Luke. Marion knew that
    Luke was getting close when she felt his cock swell up even more. It got hotter
    still and his veins popped and gave Marion extra sensation.

    Then it happened, Luke exploded. Eight giant shots of hot cum were unloaded

    into Marion’s pussy and this caused Marion to again cum so hard that she
    blacked out. As Luke gently pulled out of Marion, a mix of cum came flooding
    out of her pussy and all over their bedding. Just like their first time, Luke
    rolled over so that he was on his back, Marion crawled up, and put her head on
    his shoulder and a leg over one of his. Luke somehow managed to find a cover
    and pulling it over them fell asleep. This was actually Cecilia’s best chance
    to kill Marion, but like the two love birds she too had passed out.

    To be continued in part 3, Based on a post by somethin fishy,

    for Sex Stories.

    52 min
  • Luke's HAARP Time Warp: Part 1
    Luke's HAARP Time Warp: Part 1
    A cosmic catastrophe.

    Based on a post by somethin fishy,

    in 15 parts. Listen to the Podcast at Explicit Novels.



    Chapter 1.

    Luke MacDougall was stretching out in his tent after his hunting the Brooks

    Range in Alaska. He had been hunting moose earlier this week, He bagged a bull
    moose on his first day up north, and his work horse of a snow machine was vital
    to hauling the beast back to the truck. By the time he got back to his house in
    the outskirts of Anchorage, It was just after the evening rush hour.

    This was too easy. His neighbor’s butcher shop was impressed when he drove

    up to drop off the field dressed carcass.

    “1022 pounds!” Mike told him when the winch scale steadied. “I didn’t expect

    you til Friday!” Mike loves the outdoors and in addition to hunting, he also
    loves fishing and seeing the beauty that is Alaska.

    “I think I’ll take my Polaris up the river to the east and see what’s out

    there, before the melt floods out the pass.” I’m going to make the most of my
    week off! Luke said, But Mike was busy rolling the hoist rack over to the meat
    locker.

    Luke owned his own engineering firm that worked all over the world, mainly

    for the chemical industry. Luke had master’s degrees in chemical and mechanical
    engineering plus a bachelors in metallurgy.

    He had been in the Marine corps, but a combat injury had forced him out.

    While in the corps he had been a combat engineer and he still did engineer
    consulting work for the Marines. He stood six foot eight and weighed two
    hundred and sixty pounds, and even though he did mostly desk work he was by no
    means out of shape. Not only was he very strong, but he was a hand-to-hand
    combat expert while in the corps, was one hell of a shot, and had gotten his
    black belt in martial arts after he had gotten out. He had thought about trying
    out to be a sniper, but figured that his size would give him away and therefore
    be a threat to his team mate, this he couldn’t live with.

    He had light brown hair that was kept in a crew cut and piercing blue eyes.

    Although he looked to be very definition of a hard ass, he was actually
    extremely considerate to those around him and always took the extra second to
    consider how his actions would affect the people around him.

    While he didn’t have a family, his older sister Mackenzie, did. Her husband,

    Dan, was one of Luke’s oldest childhood friends and they had two kids. Luke
    always made sure to spoil them rotten. Since he didn’t have anyone to spent
    money on, he had set up trust funds for both kids over his sister’s objections.
    His sister still lived on the same ranch that they had grown up on in Wyoming.
    Their parents had been killed when Luke was sixteen and Mackenzie was eighteen.
    Mackenzie, without thinking about it; cancelled going to college and stayed on
    the ranch to take care of Luke so that he wasn’t taken by the state. Luke’s mom
    had been a geologist and his dad had been a part time jeweler and worked the
    ranch in his spare time.

    Tonight, Luke had another reason to be happy. He had gotten the jewelry done

    for his niece’s birthday and had sent it to her the day before he left for his
    trip. Since he lived in Anchorage, Alaska it took some time to get there. He
    had made her a handmade necklace out of gold that he found in some of Alaska’s
    streams. In the pendant he had a large sapphire set in it, her birth stone. He
    had gotten that while working on one of his overseas jobs and upon smuggling it
    into the U S, had cut it to maximize its beauty. It had been in rough form when
    he smuggled it in. Luke’s jewelry making was a hobby of his to relax after a
    hard day in the office and actually knew how to cut and grind gemstones thanks to
    not only his dad but his mom as well. Going to sleep that night, he never in a
    million years would guess that his life was about to change completely.

    Luke’s Spring trip up the Matanuska River to the glacial basin, before the

    dangerous spring thaw, and flow.; was going to be a 4-day run via snow machine.
    He made great time and decided to extend his trip northeastward past Lake
    Tazlana, and perhaps even Mount Sanford.

    Having made great time getting to the headwaters, he continued east toward

    the Gakon River. At Glenallen he stopped for fueling up at a trading post; and
    for updates on the Mount Sanford melt. The locals told him to Stay on the north
    side of the Gakon River and he’d be safe. Continuing northeast, Luke was now in
    unfamiliar territory, so he focused on landmarks and wildlife. He watched two
    Grizzlies kill a yearling moose. He finally pitched camp due northwest of Mount
    Sanford; Just east of Gakona, and on the north side of the flooding river that
    rushed down from the high mountain peaks.

    His chart showed he was near the research facility known as the

    High-frequency Active Auroral Research Program (HAARP). Global rumors and
    conspiracy theories abounded, regarding the mega-high voltage compound, guarded
    by a very sophisticated security system and plain-clothes security people. The
    security protocols were strikingly identical to the Central Intelligence
    Agency’s standard operating procedures.

    Luke had heard that tonight might be an amazing display of the Aurora

    Borealis; or northern Lights. What Luke didn’t know was that he was closer to
    the security fence than he knew. Just one ridge of trees blocked his view of
    the high fencing.

    During the night, while Luke slept in blissful ignorance, a cosmic disaster

    struck. At one point Luke stirred a bit as a sound similar to a P A system
    having a feedback loop, was flaring. As it did, the waves and arcs of the
    northern lights danced radically across the sky.

    The sound and lights were clearly synchronized and getting brighter. But

    Luke uncharacteristically slept like a baby. This was a weird one, for the only
    known person immediately affected was Luke. Suddenly the sound was silent and
    the area was black. Pitch black. Again, Luke slept. And when the black hole
    sucked him, tent and all, Luke was sound asleep.

    This unexplained phenomena transported Luke across space and time. When Luke

    woke up the first time; he noticed was that it was a lot more humid and warmer
    than it had been when he had gone to bed. He then noticed that the bird sounds
    were different as well. ‘Okay this is weird’ he thought. He stuck his head out
    of his little tent and his confusion deepened for around him was a wild forest
    of deciduous trees. When he went to bed, he had been surrounded by scrub land
    with stunted aspen trees. ‘I must be dreaming, and if this is a dream, damn.’

    “Well, I guess I better have a look around” he said to himself. He spent the

    rest of the morning looking around his “dream world” wondering when he was
    going to wake up. His Polaris Snow Machine was no longer parked next to the
    south end of the tent. It wasn’t anywhere. Not that it would be all that
    helpful in this mild summer-like weather.

    He noticed that the sun was almost straight overhead and he had an idea. He

    would check the time on his phone and use that to figure out about where he was
    at. When he did it, he got an even bigger shock, his phone was nine hours
    behind. That combined with the tree species around him, put him in… ‘Hell, is
    this England?’ The weather plus the state of the leaves on the trees likely put
    it in late spring.

    “Well fuck me!” exclaimed Luke.

    For the rest of the day, he stayed near his 2-man tent. He found a stream

    nearby to get water and fish from. Hopefully he would wake up from this
    nightmare soon. When he woke up the next morning, he was starting to realize
    that something was truly fucked up with his world. He was still in the same
    spot. Figuring out that he was fucked, he did an inventory of his gear. He had
    his tent, sleeping bag, backpack, and camo clothes. He had his 9mm sig and his
    .338 rifle that his had picked up while in the Marines, and he had plenty of
    ammo for both. In his backpack he had is laptop and solar powered charger, one
    M R E, plenty of survival straws, matches, his extra canteen, and extra fire
    starters. Of course, he had his travel rod, a selection of terminal tackle, and
    some lures. He had re-spooled the reel right before going to the Brooks Range.

    All in all, he was in good shape. What really bothered him was that he

    couldn’t get any satellite lock or cell signal at all. After his inventory, he
    figured that he probably should get moving, so he packed everything up. While
    he was packing, he had water boiling over the fire to fill his canteens up.
    Checking his compass he decided to start moving East. He walked carefully
    through the woods for the rest of the day, stopping with about an hour of
    daylight left, at another stream, to make camp. First thing he did was get a
    fire going and got himself more water. He had managed to catch some fish and
    frogs for supper. Early the next morning he again topped off his canteens and
    started moving again, still heading East.

    The way he figured it, one of three things could be going on:

    one this was all some weird dream;

    two somehow, he had traveled through space and time;

    or three he was in an alternate universe.

    He was hoping that this was a dream.

    About midday he paused and rested for a bit for it was a warm, humid day. As

    he was getting up from a short nap, he heard shouting nearby. It sounded like
    English, well sort of. Now Luke was curious, for he had also heard metal on
    metal contact, so he headed toward it. Within a minute he came up to a dirt
    road. Looking North, Luke saw six men on horseback riding around a stopped
    carriage. On the ground were several dead men, all wearing armor. As Luke
    watched, two men burst out of the carriage and were quickly cut down there was
    nothing that Luke could do for them because he was too far away. The men on
    horseback now dismounted and approached the carriage. The next sound made
    Luke’s blood chill for it was a female scream.

    Not one but two. Two young women were yanked from the carriage. One had

    golden blond and wore a blue dress, while the other one wore a green dress and
    had brown hair. The younger one looked to be about eighteen or nineteen while
    the other looked to be slightly older. Two men grabbed each woman and pulled
    them in front of what Luke assumed to be the commander. While the men were
    occupied, Luke quickly closed the distance. As he got to within thirty yards,
    he heard something about the men having some fun with the woman. That was
    enough for Luke, he slipped off his backpack. He was still in his camo clothing
    and had carefully modified it into a ghillie suit. He stepped out into the
    road, mad sure to have his handgun ready and yelled;

    “Halt, Drop Your Weapons!”

    Chapter 2.

    Marion of York was pissed to put it mildly. She hadn’t wanted to come along,

    with her older sister, Cecilia, and father, Charles, to London. Normally she
    loved traveling to London, but this time it was for Cecilia’s engagement and
    her fiancé, John of Sussex, gave Marion the creeps. They had spent almost a
    week in London getting the wedding contract ready. When they were married, John
    would become the lord of Charles’s land and the land would then stay in the
    family. Marion would continue to live in the castle until she was married.
    Charles was making these arrangements to avoid a situation with his greedy
    neighbor who had been eyeing his land and daughters for years, and Charles knew
    that his health was failing and that he wouldn’t be long for this world. After
    the contract had been signed, John decided to travel back with them, as much to
    check out his new land as to check out Marion and the other woman of his soon
    to be castle.

    They had been traveling for three days when they were ambushed. Their guards

    were cut down within minutes, because although these men were very experienced,
    loyal, and brave; they had been caught by surprise. Soon all six men were dead.
    Three were John’s and three had been Charles’s. They had managed to cut down
    four of their attackers though. Soon the remaining six attackers were circling
    the carriage. Marion recognized the colors that the men wore. They belonged to
    their greedy neighbor, Richard. One of them, Marion personally recognized as
    Richard’s son, William. The same man that her father had kicked out of their
    castle when he had persuaded relations with Cecilia. This wasn’t good. Soon her
    father and John decided that their only chance was to try and kill the men
    attacking them. They both knew that if they surrendered, they would be killed
    anyway. They burst out of the carriage and were quickly cut down without
    achieving anything. This left the ladies defenseless. William ordered them to
    be pulled from the carriage. They were brought before him where he then told
    them;

    “Well bitches, we’re going to have some serious fun then you’ll both have to

    die. However, I will give you a choice. If you cooperate your death will be
    quick and painless, if you don’t well…”

    Both ladies started turning white for this was their worst nightmare come

    true. Both despised William, his father, and all the people loyal to them. As
    William was cutting the dress from Cecilia, they heard a booming male voice:

    “Halt, Drop Your Weapons!”

    The voice echoed through the forest and the trees even seemed to move at the

    sound of it. Although the words themselves were weird, the point was clear. The
    ladies looked up hopefully and the men spun around. There thirty paces in front
    of them was a massive humanoid creature. It was dressed with leaves and small
    branches and not a single patch of skin was visible. In one hand was a small
    black object, but it didn’t have any armor or any weapons for that matter. Then
    William spoke up;

    “Says who? A stupid, unarmed swamp thing?” His men snickered. Apparently,

    the humanoid had understood him.

    “’Says who? I’ll tell you; I am your worst nightmare come to life. A man

    that can kill you where you stand and you won’t be able to do a thing about it.
    Now this is how things are going to be. I am going to count to five. If you
    fuckers are not out of here by then, or I will kill you all.” The humanoid made
    this threat in a way that seemed like it might have ordered food, not facing
    six heavily armed men.

    William snorted; this was going to be too easy. Looking at his men:

    “Lads, time for some more entertainment. Kill that thing.” The ladies knew

    the stranger was dead. Suddenly the humanoid couched slightly and brought the
    small black object up to a horizontal position. The next thing the ladies knew
    there was a sound like thunder, the small black object jumped around in the
    humanoid’s hand, and a quick jet of flame shot out the end of the object. The
    men around them started falling with blood and meat exploding from their necks.
    Within seconds, only William was left and he was using a now nearly nude
    Cecilia as a shield. Cecilia was nearly nude because William had just finished
    cutting her dress when the humanoid interrupted.

    “So, I see mister tough guy in armor is actually just another coward that

    uses an innocent woman as a shield, how pathetic.” The humanoid stood very
    still for a short time as though he was debating something.

    “Get out of here, beast. Nothing here concerns you” commanded William.

    Marion thought this was a stupid move on William’s part but then again, he
    wasn’t known to be the sharpest tool in the shed. Her thoughts were confirmed
    within a second.

    “Beast is it now? Well tell you what is going to happen. You let that lady

    go and I’ll put my weapon away. Then we can see who is the better in a real
    man’s fight.” Luke knew this course was a bit dumb but one he didn’t want to
    risk hurting the lady even though the chances of that were slim. The other
    reason that he did this was that he wanted a bit more fun from this engagement.

    “Deal” said William and he released Cecilia and Luke put away his gun. As he

    released her, her dress fell away but this was the least of her concerns at the
    moment. She ran to Marion and embraced her. Then Marion asked the stranger:

    “Where is your sword, kind stranger?”

    “Sword?” snorted the stranger “Never used one and won’t be needing one.”

    ‘This man was more arrogant than most nobles. What kind of word is “won’t”?

    He is doomed.’ thought Marion. She had good reason to doubt the stranger would
    live for although William was an idiot, he was very noted swordsman.

    William made the first move toward the stranger. The stranger didn’t move

    until William was almost upon him, then with absolutely amazing speed the
    stranger side-stepped William’s attack and grabbed his right wrist. The
    stranger then took his other hand and struck William in the elbow snapping it
    and bending it completely the other way. William though, didn’t have time to
    register the pain for the stranger then grabbed William’s head and with a quick
    motion of his hands, snapped William’s neck with a loud crack; snapping it just
    as easily as someone would snap kindling for a fire.

    The stranger then moved quickly to check on the other men. For those

    attacking, to make sure that they were dead and for the attacked to see if he
    could give any of them aid. All of them were dead. The entire time the ladies
    cautiously watched his, Cecilia not even realizing that she was naked. When the
    man finished, he walked up to the ladies with his hands stretched out and with
    his palms faced the ladies so they could see that he wasn’t armed. As he passed
    the wagon, the man looked in a trunk and found another dress for Cecilia. He
    also removed the strange outer clothes that he was wearing.

    Luke was now dressing in a t-shirt and camo jeans. Finally arriving in front

    of the ladies, Luke handed the dress to Cecilia who quickly put it on. Marion
    was stuck by this act of kindness on the man’s part, for he at first seemed to
    be utterly ruthless. Something else Marion noticed was just how damn handsome
    the stranger was. He was clean shaven, with a strong chin. His blue eyes were
    lit with the look of not only intelligence but also concern. His shoulders were
    broad and his bare arms had well defined muscles on them. Marion could almost
    imagine those arms wrapped around her and this thought caused her heart to
    flutter and for moisture to form in between her thighs. No other man she had
    ever met had caused her to have thoughts like this and she had even met the
    current king of England, Edward the Confessor.

    Walking up to the ladies, Luke was having a hard time deciding on which one

    was better looking. Cecilia, the older of the two, had long and almost Chestnut
    colored hair, her skin had a very light tan, few freckles on her face, and warm
    brown eyes. Of course, the rest of her body was really good too, with about C
    cup tits plus large pink nipples. Her stomach had a little bit of fat on it but
    not bad, Luke liked his ladies with a little meat on them. He hated when women
    were so skinny that their bones showed. The worst thing from his perspective
    about her was that her pussy was a jungle, in fact he had never seen a bush
    that thick. He had been to some of the world’s most remote jungles and her
    pussy hair was thicker. The younger one though was stunning as well, although
    she wasn’t naked so Luke couldn’t make a direct comparison. She was slightly
    taller than the older one, probably about five foot ten or so. Her hair looked
    to be the color of twenty-four caret gold, and her eyes looked to be sapphires.
    Her skin, at least what Luke could see, was a pure white. To top things off she
    had nice full lips, a very cute nose and a perfectly oval face.

    “Good afternoon, ladies.” Seeing the fearful look on their faces, Luke

    continued: “You have nothing more to fear, for I will not harm you.” Cecilia
    was still in a state of shock, but Marion had recovered for the most part.

    “We thank you kind sir. I do not want to think what would have happened to

    us if you had not stepped in.” Luke gave her a slight nod “What be your name
    kind stranger?”

    “Luke. What be your name and the name of your companion here?”

    “I am Marion of York and this is my older sister Cecilia.” Marion was

    starting to relax a bit; however, Cecilia wasn’t, but this was normal for them.
    Marion had always been faster to react to changes.

    “So, tell me, Marion, what happened here? Why were you attacked?”

    “The men that attacked us belonged to a neighboring earl, Richard. He was

    been lusting after my father’s lands for years now.” Marion broke down a
    little, thinking about her father. “Sorry, Richard was furious when he heard
    that Cecilia here was to be married to John of Sussex. This would have kept our
    lands out of Richard’s hands. His men were waiting in ambush for us, and they caught
    our guards by surprise. Our father and John were in the carriage with us. They
    decided to rush out and attack the remaining men, once the guards were slain.
    They were killed without achieving anything.

    William was Richard’s son and the man you killed with your bare hands. He

    told us, once we had been pulled from the carriage that they were going to have
    fun with us and that we would be killed. How we died would have our choice, if
    we cooperated then death would have been quick and if we did not cooperate then
    we would have faced a long and painful death. William has killed many people
    before and he was addicted to killing, so I have no doubt that you saved us
    from a horrible death at William’s hands.” Marion finished, and broke down in
    tears.

    Luke kneeled in front of her and put one his large hands on her cheek. He

    then pulled Marion in and held her tight. As he did, he whispered to her,

    “You have no need to worry further for I will now be protecting you, that is

    if you want me to.” She pulled away slightly and looked into his eyes with a
    hopeful look on her face. She then launched herself back into his arms:

    “Thank you, Luke. But are you sure, we have nothing of value for I am sure

    that Richard has taken over our home?”

    “If I was not sure of it, Marion, I would not have made the offer. You two

    will have to do something for me, though.” Both ladies instantly stiffened and
    gained hard looks on their faces. “You two will have to learn how to defend
    yourselves In case I am not nearby when you are attacked next. Because, I am
    sure of this; when Richard does not hear back from his men, he will send more
    men to look for them and by extension you two.”

    Both ladies relaxed a bit, but were a bit confused for this was the last

    thing they had expected. “But we are ladies, we cannot fight” stated Cecilia.
    She had finally gotten over her paralysis. Hearing this, Luke’s face went from
    a concerned caring, to one of extreme anger. The ladies were completely taken
    back by this and instantly became fearful again. They didn’t even realize what
    they had done to change his mood so suddenly. But they quickly learned.

    “Let Me Get Something Straight With You Two, Right Now!” growled Luke as the

    ladies shrank from his fury. “You both Will learn how to defend yourself, for I
    will teach both of you how. This is the price for me staying with you. If you
    are not willing to at least try to learn then I shall take my leave of you.”

    At this Luke spun around on his heel and started walking away. He was a firm

    believer in woman being capable, despite their physical differences. He wasn’t
    however going to fight for his life to defend these ladies, if they were not at
    least willing to learn how to defend themselves. Sure, he would feel a bit
    guilty about leaving them but that was life. Luke figured that with the loot
    from the dead men around plus a couple of their horses, he could go anywhere.
    Luke hadn’t taken more than three steps when Marion cried out:

    “Wait! God, please wait?” Luke stopped but didn’t turn around. “If you are

    willing to teach us how to defend ourselves, then we would be deeply in your
    debt, kind sir.”

    “Never call me sir again, and you will not be in my debt. You’re learning

    how to defend yourselves will be enough payment for not only rescuing you, but
    also further defending you” stated Luke. “Do we have a deal?” he asked still
    with his back to the ladies.

    The ladies looked at each other and then back to Luke, “We have a deal,

    Luke” They said together.

    Luke turned back around, wearing a soft, warm smile. “First thing we need to

    do is to collect all the weapons, armor, and anything else useful from the
    dead. Then they will need to be buried for the last thing we need is obvious
    evidence of what happened here. After all that is done, it will probably be
    about time to set up camp for the night. Tomorrow morning your lessons start.”
    The ladies looked at him with confused looks “What ladies, I don’t want any
    arguments, get moving now” Luke snapped at them.

    Chapter 3.

    This got the ladies moving. Over the next few hours, they worked harder than

    they ever had in their lives, the dead were stripped of anything useful, even
    their clothes. All the loot was put in the carriage for transport. While the
    ladies were busy with the dead, Luke rounded up some of the horses. They had enough
    for each of them to ride their own horse and to have a spare apiece. On William
    they found a number of gold coins and some silver ones as well. This was added
    to the money that was being carried in the carriage. After Luke rounded up the
    horses, he began to dig a mass grave for the dead and place them in it. He had
    also policed his brass shell casings. He thought that with his knowledge that
    he might be able to make reloads, plus he wanted to leave as little evidence as
    possible. Finally, everything was finished and they still had about two hours
    before nightfall, so Luke set up camp away from the road, in a clearing next to
    a clear stream.

    As he began to set up, Cecilia and especially Marion were immensely curious.

    They had never seen gear like this before. Sure, they had seen satchels and
    tents before, but never made of this strange cloth. Luke got a fire going, and
    then started boiling water that he collected from the stream. Now the lady’s
    curiosity overrode their lingering fear.

    “Why are you boiling the water, Luke?” asked Marion.

    “Just making it safe to drink. By boiling the water you kill off the

    microorganisms, in the water, that can make you sick.”

    “Microorganisms?” asked Cecilia

    “Yep, microorganisms are organisms that are too small to be seen by the

    naked eye, but make no mistake they are there and the wrong ones can kill you”
    explained Luke.

    “Sounds like you speak witchcraft or heresy” stated Cecilia. She was

    devotedly religious. “God alone decided who dies and who lives.” Through this
    Marion wasn’t sure who to believe. Although the things that Luke said made
    absolutely no sense to her; what reason would he have of lying to them over
    something like this. Luke must have been in a good mood however for he wasn’t
    offended by Cecilia’s rebuttal. He actually looked amused.

    “Well, Cecilia go ahead and drink the water straight from that stream then,

    and when you do eventually get dysentery don’t complain to me about it. As far
    as witchcraft is concerned, stop being insulting, for there is nothing magical
    about anything I do for I am an engineer.”

    “You’re that confident that we would get sick from that water?”

    “Maybe not the water from that stream but why take the risk.”

    “I have a couple of questions for you Luke.” Marion continued when Luke

    nodded toward her “what does “don’t” mean, and what is an engineer?”

    “Oh, sorry about that. It is a speech difference from my homeland. Sometimes

    we would take two words and make them one. Doing this makes speaking more
    efficient. Don’t is actually do not. When this is done it’s called a
    contraction. It’s; is actually it is.”

    “Wow that is more efficient.”

    “And an engineer is someone who designs things to be made, or figures out

    why something failed, or figured out how to make things easier, mechanically”

    “Interesting, I have never heard of an engineer. So, another question for

    you, where is your homeland?” Marion was determined to learn everything that
    she could about Luke.

    “Well, originally I came from an area called Wyoming, but now I live, well

    lived in an area called Alaska.”

    “I have never heard of either of those places.”

    “That doesn’t surprise me for they are very far away. Across the western

    sea. The Viking raiders know of it. It is past Iceland and Greenland. ”

    “Father may have known about those lands, but it’s not something he felt

    women should bother with.” Marion wasn’t sure of what to ask next. She wanted
    to know everything about this man but she could sense that he was hesitant to
    talk about himself. She sat next to him by the fire and like him just stared
    into the flames. Cecilia had started her evening prayers by now.

    “Are you going to say your evening prayers, Luke?” asked Marion.

    Luke gave her a weak smile. “Sorry, I don’t pray.”

    “You don’t believe in God?”

    “Nice use of a contraction, Marion, and to tell you the truth, no I don’t. I

    never have for I have seen more destruction and suffering caused by differing
    religious beliefs then you could ever imagine. I do believe that you have the
    right to believe what you want and you have the right to peacefully practice
    your beliefs without interference.

    But I could never take moral guidance from folks that allow innocent

    children to be tortured and killed of no reason at all, or that preaches that
    half the human population are inferior because they were born as a woman.”

    “Maybe their torture was all God’s plan for them; and woman are inferior to

    man. After all, Eve was created from Adam and it was Eve that got them kicked
    out of the garden.”

    “Ya sure, “God’s plan”. I’ve been hearing that all my life and every time

    someone says that, it is usually to cover up for either them not caring or they
    were the guilty party. Problem with the Adam and Eve theory is that there is
    absolutely no proof that it happened and I find it ironic that the “first people”
    had European names. Plus, this sounds just what it is, a story that men use to
    keep woman subservient to them, makes me sick.”

    By now Luke had a faraway look in his eye. Marion realized that is his mind,

    he was somewhere else entirely; and he was. Luke’s mind had traveled back to
    his time spend in Iraq and the death he had seen firsthand that was caused by
    people’s differing beliefs, and these weren’t even beliefs in different gods,
    just different ways of worship. In his mind’s eye he also saw women that had
    been burned with acid or hot oil because they did something to “offend” their
    family. He saw what happened when men used their position to “marry” young
    girls and the horror inflicted on the girls. Eventually Cecilia got done with
    her prayers and came back over. Luke shared some of his food with her. He had
    lost his appetite. Anything he thought about his time in Iraq he lost his
    appetite.

    “Something bothering you?” asked Cecilia “You barely ate anything.”

    “It’s Just some very bad memories of a place that I was in for a time;

    nothing for you two to be worried about.”

    Eventually Luke stood up and stretched, Marion and Cecilia were almost

    asleep sitting by the fire. “Well ladies, you two should get some sleep. You
    two can sleep in my tent and I will sleep against that tree so I can keep
    watch.”

    “But we cannot sleep were you sleep. You need the sleep as well” protested

    Marion.

    Luke just gave a look and told her “Shut up and get in the tent, both of

    you. Make sure to take your dresses off before you lay down so that you don’t
    damage the bedding.” Both Marion and Cecilia knew that they wouldn’t win this
    argument so they did as Luke told them. They were amazed by how soft and
    comfortable Luke’s bedding was. It was simply the most luxurious thing that they
    had ever laid on. Within minutes both had passed out. Luke sat outside and kept
    watch all night. He would doze off for ten or fifteen minutes at a time. He
    would then wake up, look around and then doze off again.

    Chapter 4.

    Marion was the first of the ladies to wake up the next morning, Cecilia was

    really not a morning person. So, Marion carefully got up as to not wake
    Cecilia, she grabbed her dress, and stepped out of the tent. Luke was up and
    had the fire going. He had some fresh fish cooking, but he hadn’t realized that
    Marion was up yet. So, she stood quietly and watched him still holding her
    dress in her hand. The sun was just about to rise as Marion watched Luke cook
    the fish and boil water for drinking. Finally, she got the courage to walk over
    to him. As she did, she carefully laid her dress down. Now naked with nothing
    to hide her body, she walked up behind Luke.

    “Good morning, Luke. I trust that you slept well last night.”

    “Good morning, Marion. I slept decent actually. How about you?”

    “That was the best that I have ever slept. Your bedding is by far the best I

    have ever felt.”

    “Thank you, Marion. Breakfast will be ready in a bit. Can you wake Cecilia

    up?”

    “Can we talk for a bit first, please. Cecilia actually hates mornings.”

    “Very well then.” Luke turned around and his jaw almost fell off. Marion was

    the very definition of a goddess. Her skin was pure white. She had about the
    same size tits as Cecilia, but Marion’s tits were a bit firmer with smaller
    pink nipples. The flip side was that her nipples were much harder than
    Cecilia’s. Luke’s eyes traveled down to her stomach. It was flat, firm, and
    toned but not thin enough to show any bones. Traveling further south, Luke
    noticed that Marion’s pussy was covered in sparse light blond hair. He could
    see her pussy lips sticking out slightly and the there was a small gap between
    her legs, caused by Marion’s hips flaring out nicely. Her legs were long and
    strong, and her feet were even beautiful and Luke wasn’t a foot guy. Traveling
    back up north, Luke also noticed that Marion had a graceful neck that seemed to
    be screaming for him to nibble on.

    “Well how do I look?”

    “Are you sure your name isn’t Aphrodite? You are by far the most beautiful

    woman that I have ever met, and I have met some very beautiful woman before.”

    Marion smiled. From the sudden heat in her cheeks, she was sure that she was

    blushing crimson and she felt a sticky wetness forming between her legs again.
    Suddenly she was moving like another person. She walked straight up to Luke,
    reached up to hold his cheek and pull him down so she could kiss him. Kissing
    him was by far the best thing that Marion had ever felt. Her whole body felt
    tingly and she actually wondered if she might pass out from the pleasure. This
    increased when Luke carefully picked her up.

    Marion then wrapped her strong legs around Luke’s body. She could feel his

    cock getting hard and this only further drove Marion’s lust. She might have
    gone even further, but through her lust-induced trance, she heard the
    unmistakable sounds of Cecilia starting to get up. Marion and Luke let go of
    each other and Marion ran over to put her dress on. She got it on in record
    time and by the time Cecilia came out of the tent Marion was starting to eat on
    one of the fish that Luke had been preparing. Cecilia was clueless as to what
    Marion and Luke had been doing, for she just assumed that Luke would want to be
    with her because she was the oldest and she though the smartest. What she
    didn’t know was that Luke was deeply attracted to intelligence and Marion had
    her beat badly in this department.

    As the three of them ate their breakfast, Marion asked about the plans for

    today.

    “Well first we need to check out those clothes we got yesterday to see if

    you two can wear any of it.

    One; having pants on makes it easier to fight,

    and two; when we start traveling it will be much easier for you two to hide

    the fact that you are women.”

    Marion immediately could see the wisdom in Luke’s thinking; by hiding the

    fact that Marion and Cecilia were in fact women, even if it was only from a
    distance, then they wouldn’t attract as much attention to themselves. It was
    like Luke’s hunting clothes, in the woods, that she learned were colored in a
    pattern called camouflage. It would make them harder to spot. Cecilia of course
    was against the idea. She was a lady not some cross dresser, thank you very
    much, but when it was clear that even her sister supported Luke, Cecilia didn’t
    have much choice. They both found men’s clothes that fit them and Luke found
    some clothes that even fit him. He wanted to be dressed in the same clothes as
    everyone else so he didn’t stand out as much.

    Plus, by not wearing his modern clothes, he could save them for special

    occasions. After the three got changed, Luke started going over the ultra-basics
    of self-defense. Marion threw herself into learning and she learnt fast. She
    had been almost raped once and she wasn’t going to let that happen again if she
    could help it. Cecilia wasn’t really that interested. The way she looked at it,
    it was Luke’s job to protect her, not for her to protect herself. After a
    couple of hours all three were hungry and tired. Luke got the fire going again
    and started fixing the last of the food that had been in the carriage. As they
    ate, Marion sat as close as she could to Luke while not crowding him.
    Eventually Cecilia excused herself to relieve herself.

    “Marion, I have a question for you. Now before I ask, know this; know that

    the question will at first sound very stupid but once I explain I promise that
    it will make sense. And furthermore, I must insist that you never, ever tell
    anyone what we are about to talk about. If my secret falls into the wrong hands
    and used incorrectly the destruction that will fall on the world will cast the
    Battle of Armageddon in the shade.” Marion nodded nervously, “Okay, what year
    is this?”

    “Why this is the year of our lord 1065. Why, and why must it remain a

    secret”

    Luke closed his eyes, took a deep breath, held it for a second and slowly

    let it out. Marion was growing more concerned, she knew that Luke didn’t lack
    anything in the bravery department and yet here he was more nervous than she
    had ever seen him, and she had seen him take out half a dozen thugs without
    breaking a sweat. Slowly opening his eyes, Luke looked directly into Marion’s
    eyes and said flatly:

    “Where I came from it was the year 2021 A D.”

    “What?”

    “That’s right, Marion. I not only come from a different place but also from

    a different time. And since I have a decent understanding of my history, I know
    what the major events that are going to happen for the next almost thousand
    years and if the wrong people get hold of this then they might try to make
    short sighted decisions that would spell disaster for them and their people.”

    Marion was speechless and absolutely stunned after all she had been falling

    in love with this man and know she felt that she didn’t know him at all.
    Suddenly she stood up.

    “Marion!”

    “Get Away From Me You Bloody Devil! I never want to be near you again!” Luke

    bowed his head, accepting his fate. As Marion ran away, she didn’t see that
    Luke was starting to cry. He had just lost the only woman that he had ever
    truly loved romantically and this came on top of him losing his entire family
    and all of his friends. He hadn’t cried since he was five, but now he was
    crying now. Slowly he stood up and started to gather his gear up. Looking up he
    saw Cecilia coming back. ‘Just fucking great’ he thought.

    “Where’s Marion?” Cecilia asked. Knowing that not telling her would turn out

    badly, Luke decided on telling Cecilia a half-truth; he didn’t trust Cecilia.

    “I told her something about myself that upset her deeply.”

    “What, are you actually married?”

    Luke smiled slightly “If it was only that small of a secret, but no, my

    secret can change the world forever and if it gets used wrong then the horror
    that would be unleashed is far beyond anything you could ever imagine.”

    “Then why did you tell Marion, but not me?” Now Cecilia was getting pissed

    for she didn’t like the fact that that Luke trusted her bratty little sister
    and not her.

    “Why, because I am finding myself falling in love with her and the last

    thing, I wanted was to keep my biggest secret from her.

    Marion, in the meantime was stomping off. She didn’t even know where she was

    going, for she was furious. Eventually she found herself standing in front of
    her father’s grave. Luke had given her father his own grave and had even took
    the time to make a marker for him. She collapsed in front of the grave and
    began to weep. She was crying harder than she had ever cried before, the man
    that she had fallen in love with wasn’t even close to the man that she had
    thought that he was. Finally, she stopped crying and just stared at the marker
    that Luke had made for her father.

    Luke had taken her father’s sword and broke it in half. He then carved

    Charles’s name on it and had written something else. Then he drove the handle
    part into the soil at her father’s head. It took Marion a while to read the
    instruction. For one, it was written in an unfamiliar tongue and two her
    reading was just good enough to be able to slowly make her way through the
    bible. But eventually she was able to make sense of the writing and once again
    began to cry for Luke had written:

    “Here lies a proud, brave man that gave his life so that his family might

    live. If I, the man who buried his earthly remains, could be even a quarter of
    the man that this man was then I would be able to die a happy man. Go in peace
    now Charles of York. I promise that I will do everything in my power to
    continue to protect your family.”

    Marion knew what she had to do and she knew what she had done. She was so

    pissed with herself, for turning her back on Luke, that she could barely stand
    herself. After all, here was a man that had saved her from being raped and
    murdered, that had started to train her in self-defense so that if something
    like that ever happened again, she would be able to defend herself, and most of
    all here was a man that believed that women are at the very least equal to men.
    Sure, men are usually stronger and faster, but in mental abilities, where Luke
    seemed to be most interested in her, he had already stated multiple times that
    men and women are at least equals and, in some areas, women are for the most
    part far superior to men. She also knew that Luke would never hurt her and
    would die to protect her. Finally, she was able to stand up, she wiped her face
    off, turned around, and ran off to find Luke before he took off. She could only
    hope and pray that she wasn’t too late. Of course, he might turn his back on
    her and she wouldn’t blame him if he did, after all she had already turned her
    back on him once.

    Chapter 5.

    As fast as Marion ran through the woods, her mind was running faster. Would

    she be able to find Luke and Cecilia again? Would Luke even talk to her if she
    could find them? And perhaps the most disturbing thought, would Cecilia try to
    ensnare Luke? This last one was the worst for Marion because Cecilia could
    never stand to see Marion happy and always went out of her way to make Marion’s
    life as miserable as possible. Now that Marion had for all appearances rejected
    Luke, would Cecilia try and take Luke before Marion could come to her senses.
    Is water wet? With this in the front of her mind, Marion pushed herself to run
    even faster. The brush and branches that slapped her in the face and the thorns
    that caught her clothes couldn’t slow her down for her just had to find Luke
    before it was too late.

    Finally, she got to the clearing that they had camped in. Luke and Cecilia

    were gone. Looking around desperately, Marion found the tracks leading out
    toward the road. She also found a note written on some strange material. The
    fact that it was written was enough to prove that it was from Luke, Cecilia
    couldn’t read or write, but Marion would have known it was from him anyway
    because she recognized his writing style:

    Marion,

    “I am deeply sorry that I have angered you. I truly wish that the

    circumstances were different for I have truly fallen in love with you. I would
    not blame you if you never talk to me again for, I have realized that I
    completely overwhelmed you. I am sorry that I have hurt you. I have left, with
    Cecilia, to get her back home. After that I will be leaving England. I truly
    hope that you find the happiness and love, in life, that an outstanding woman
    like yourself deserves.

    Goodbye,

    Luke

    Marion was cursing herself too much to bother crying at the moment. She had

    turned her back on Luke when he tried to tell her the most important thing
    about himself. It should have been obvious to Marion, at the time, that Luke
    didn’t like to keep secrets from her, but then again, she had never known
    anyone that would tell her the simple truth without wanting something in
    return. Just to make herself feel even better, the one and only time that someone
    told her the truth without wanting anything in return, she ran away. Now Luke
    had taken reasonability for angering her, admitted to her that he had fallen in
    love with her, and told her where he was going. She had to catch him before he
    left England, at all cost. She knew that with the carriage that Luke would be
    slowed down a bit. Problem is that she didn’t have a horse or any other gear
    with her, but she didn’t care.

    As Marion began to follow the tracks, she heard a familiar sound coming from

    the brush. When she looked, she found a horse there with all the gear she would
    need. In the saddlebags, she found money and food. All this stuff she had seen
    very recently. It was gear that the three of them had collected from the dead
    after Luke had saved them. This could only mean one thing; Luke hade left it
    without Cecilia’s knowledge, for if she had known then she would have done
    everything she could have to prevent Luke from leaving anything for Marion.
    With the horse and the knowledge of where Luke and her sister were headed, and
    that Luke wanted her to rejoin him, Marion took off to find them.

    Once Luke had explained to Cecilia what had happened, leaving out the part

    about him being from the future, Cecilia pretty much demanded that Luke finish
    escorting her home. Luke was too broken hearted to care so he finished packing
    the gear and set off with Cecilia. As they left, Cecilia started pouring on her
    charm. Despite her many flaws from his point of view, Luke had to at least
    admit that Cecilia was beautiful and charming. With him being hurt so bad by
    Marion, Cecilia figured that it would be easy to get her hands on Luke.

    Still Luke maintained at least some of his wits about him. He wouldn’t show

    Cecilia his computer or rifle, and she wouldn’t be able to secretly look at
    them for Luke had them both locked in their cases, and the locks were highly
    advanced combination locks. Luke guarding his secrets so closely pissed Cecilia
    off to no end, but she couldn’t let it show, yet. She figured that it would
    take a few days but she would wear down Luke’s resistance to her. After all,
    she wanted the knowledge that Luke surely possessed for herself.

    Cecilia and Luke made pretty good time, after they broke camp, traveling

    until they had to stop and set up camp. Luke still wouldn’t take the chance on
    getting a room at an inn. Cecilia of course wasn’t happy about this, but since
    she had set herself a mission, she wasn’t about to complain about it. After
    Luke got the campsite set up, Cecilia was too much of a lady to help, he went
    to get some food. While he was gone Cecilia went through his gear and found
    many clues as to who Luke really was. At least she would have if she could read
    that is. She decided that when they got home, she would have Luke arrested for
    something and then take his gear to a monk that she trusted and knew loved to
    read.

    Seeing Luke coming back with food, Cecilia continued to pour on the charm.

    “See unlike my stupid sister, I would never leave you, Luke. She never did

    care about anyone but herself and you deserve a woman who knows how to pleasure
    and care for a man. That woman is me.” Cecilia curled up to Luke and began to
    caress him softly. Luke barely reacted to her, but she had expected that. He
    had been badly damaged, by her sister, and Cecilia knew from long experience
    with men that it might take her a little bit longer to get what she wanted from
    Luke.

    That evening, Luke again set up the tent. This time, Cecilia insisted that

    she was terrified of nightmares and was afraid to sleep alone.

    “It was fine before Marion ran off because there was someone there with me.

    With her now gone I am terribly afraid that I will start having nightmares.”

    “Sorry, Cecilia but someone needs to keep watch during the night. If you get

    nightmares, I will be right out here for you.”

    Finally, wondering at how Luke could still have the ability to reject her,

    Cecilia went to bed. Luke sat around for a while and just thought about
    everything;

    Him losing his parents, getting a medical discharge from the Marines because

    of a roadside bomb, losing the rest of everyone he had every known because of
    some fucking cosmic freak job, killing those men to protect two women who he
    didn’t know

    Then losing Marion because he had told her the truth, and finally Cecilia’s

    rather obvious and frankly annoying attempts to seduce him. Thing was that the
    harder Cecilia tried, the more she drove Luke away. She didn’t know this of
    course and Luke wasn’t about to tell her.

    He had promised to get her home and he would. As soon as he did, he would

    get to a port as fast as possible and get a boat to the continent. Finally, he
    fell into a fitful slumber.

    Marion drove her mount as hard as she could to make up some time. As she

    went, she would ask people coming from the other direction if they had seen a carriage
    with more horses then would normally be around and was headed in the same
    direction she was. A few people had and she had learned that she was about a
    half day behind. If she got what she thought was truthful information, she
    would pay the person who had given her the info. As it got dark, Marion
    continued to travel until she couldn’t see anything anymore. When at last she
    had to stop, she took care of her horse for without it she wouldn’t have a
    chance to catch Luke, then she ate some of the food that Luke had left her, and
    finally dozed off to sleep. Before she went to sleep though, her mind drifted
    back to when she had been naked and had been picked up by Luke.

    This memory made her wet between her legs and it felt like she was on fire

    with the fire being centered in her cunt. It didn’t take long for her to start
    rubbing herself with one hand rubbing across her tits and sensitive nipples and
    the other rubbing between her legs. Since she had never done this before, it
    took her a few minutes to figure out what felt good. Eventually she found a
    small bump that when rubbed sent shock waves through her body. The more she
    rubbed that spot the better it felt, until she started to thrash around and
    nearly blacked out.

    As she recovered, she felt several emotions running through her. One was

    guilt, what she had just done had been preached against as a mortal sin for as
    long as she could remember and, now she figured that she was going to hell
    because of it. The second emotion though took some of the guilty edge off for
    she felt an amazing calm descend on her. She just didn’t give a fuck what those
    priest and nuns said. This feeling was new to her but didn’t take her long to
    figure out that Luke had led her to this feeling and the more she thought about
    it the more that she realized that Luke had been right. This was after all Her
    body and what she did with it was Her business. One side effect that she didn’t
    expect was that making herself feel good like that, also helped her get to
    sleep easily.

    The next morning, Marion was up before the sun and felt more rested than she

    had in years. One other affect that Luke had on her was that she just didn’t
    feel any need to pray and definitely didn’t feel any need to visit a priest to
    ask for forgiveness. Quickly she ate a bit and got the horse ready. She knew
    that Cecilia wasn’t a morning person so she figured that she could make some
    serious ground up. Marion had her dress packed away in a saddlebag and was
    wearing some of the clothes that they had gotten off the dead guys. At first,
    she felt bad about this, but seeing the reactions of the people that she met on
    the road, made her fully realize Luke’s wisdom for nobody realized that she was
    in fact a woman.

    She had been traveling for a couple of hours when she came upon a campsite

    that had been recently abandoned. Checking it out, she found a small pouch with
    some money, a short note, and some food. Again, she recognized the pouch and
    the writing. This time the note informed Marion that her sister was up to no
    good. She estimated that she had only missed them by about an hour or so,
    judging by how much heat was in the embers. She easily got the fire going again
    and boiled some water. She remembered the warning that Luke had given her about
    contaminated water.

    After boiling enough water to refill her canteen and making sure that her

    horse had gotten enough water and grass to eat, she set out again. Again, she
    traveled to nightfall, but this time when she stopped, she could see a small
    campfire in the distance. Now she began to plan what she was going to do when
    she caught up with Luke and Cecilia. With her sister’s two-faced nature, Marion
    would have a hard time of it just showing back up in camp, but she also really
    wanted to meet up with Luke and apologize for turning her back on him and
    running off. Finally, Marion had a plan and she started to rub herself again.
    This time, she was able to start with what felt the best and within minutes had
    cum so hard that she saw stars and passed out.

    The next morning, Marion got up as the sun was coming up and got underway

    extra quick. Sure enough, the fire that she had seen the night before was from
    Luke and Cecilia. When Marion came to the edge of the camp, she dismounted and
    quietly began to investigate. Luke wasn’t there, but Cecilia was and was still
    sleeping. Marion then retreated to a good hiding spot near her horse to watch
    for Luke. After an hour, Marion began to get worried. There was evidence in the
    camp to say that Luke was still with Cecilia but Marion hadn’t seen Luke anywhere.

    She was watching so intensely that she didn’t hear someone come up behind

    her. Suddenly a strong hand was across her mouth, and Marion reacted in the way
    that Luke had taught her, but whoever was behind her was very strong. Marion
    was now fighting for her life and felt like she was stronger now then she had
    ever been. Finally, she was able to face who had attacked her and was surprised
    to be looking into a giant’s chest. She glanced up and was astonished to see
    the person, who had attacked her, was none other than Luke. Without thinking
    about it, she slapped him hard across his face and then jumped up and grabbed
    hold of him, and started kissing him fiercely.

    To be continued in part 2, Based on a post by somethin fishy,

    for Sex Stories.

    0 min
  • The Bishop’s Hotwife: Part 5

    The Bishop’s Hotwife: Part 5Some things are not negotiable..

    Based on a post by Wendy Trilby, in 5 parts. Listen to the Podcast at Explicit Novels.




    Chapter 10: So What Happens Now.

    That

    was the last I saw of Mrs. Barton. Two days after that conversation, I
    headed back to Boston to complete my final year of law school.

    I had two choices: dwell on the love I had found and now lost or apply that energy into my studies. I chose the latter.

    Mrs.

    Barton would text me from time to time and even ask if I was coming
    home for the holidays. I could have ignored her texts, but instead, I'd
    reply with one-word answers.

    Busy.

    Can't.

    No.

    I wasn't trying to be rude, but I was still processing this strange brew of deceit and devotion, that had left me so fucked up.

    At times, I would masturbate to the memories of our time together, but visions of The Bishop would cloud those thoughts.

    I

    spent Christmas in Boston, telling each of my friends a different story
    about where I would be. Although I had lost control of my life last
    summer, I knew that if I focused on my studies, I could gain control
    over my thoughts.

    But

    I could not control my dreams, and nearly every night I'd be with
    Mandy. The Bishop was never in those dreams, just she and I. The dreams
    were almost never sexual. It would be us spending time together. At
    most, we held hands or kissed.

    I

    knew I should see a therapist about my experience, but I remembered the
    threat Mandy said could come to her if our tryst was made public in any
    way or form. Time and distance would have to be my therapy.

    It was mid-January when I came out of Langdell Hall on the Harvard campus and saw her standing there. She was all alone.

    I

    assumed I was dreaming. I must have been asleep, but a student on a
    Citybike nearly hit me, and I realized I was very much awake.

    Her face showed a little weight, but in her winter coat, you couldn't tell she was six months pregnant.

    I asked her why she was there. Was everything Okay? Was she okay?

    Her answer was unexpected. Everything was fine. Perfect. Except she felt lonely.

    She

    shared that she had cried uncontrollably every morning since our last
    day. She sank into a depression and spent several days at my house,
    lying in our bed.

    The

    Bishop had hired a nanny to cover for her time away from home. None of
    this was planned for in the grand scheme and The Bishop had grown angry
    with her and livid with me.

    I

    had so much to say to her. I had rehearsed countless ways to insult
    her, to bring her down. She had used me in the worst possible way and
    had exploited my father. For eighteen years, she and The Bishop had
    manipulated us so that he could appear to be a virile man of the church.
    Meanwhile, he degraded his wife to maintain that stature. I was
    prepared to unleash my hatred on this woman.

    So here she was, and I; didn't say any of that.

    She didn't need my semen, my support, my permission. She was here for me.

    "Can we talk?" she asked.

    We walked through the campus, coming to a quiet place to sit and talk.

    "Does The Bishop know you're here?"

    "No, I'm in Boston for a physical at Brigham and Women's. A woman at forty, they treat a pregnancy like it's high risk."

    "You came to Boston for a physical?"

    "I'm at seven months, so I won't be able to travel soon."

    "But there's nothing wrong? Nothing that requires you to be here?"

    "Yes, there is. You."

    She had a difficult time making eye contact and looked at her lap as she spoke.

    "I've

    missed you. I realized how hurt you were when summer ended. We had so
    much fun, shared so much together, and then the truth; "

    "Yeah, the truth. That was a hell of a lot of truth."

    "I know. I didn't see it coming. It was different with your father,"

    "See what coming?"

    "My feelings for you. I mean, with your dad, it was fun and comforting, and we never let emotions get in the way."

    "Well, I'm not my dad, I guess. I've only impregnated you once."

    I

    rolled my eyes. That wasn't necessary, and it wasn't what I wanted to
    say. I was overjoyed she was here and insulting her wasn't what I wanted
    to do. Thankfully, she let it go.

    "I

    never felt for your father what I feel for you. That's what I came here
    to say. I thought this feeling would go away when you left. It didn't,
    it got worse."

    We sat there in silence. She had, without stating the words, seemingly proclaimed everlasting love for me.

    "So, what happens now?"

    I

    return to Utah tomorrow. In two months, our daughter will be born.
    Three months later, you graduate, and hopefully, three months after
    that, you'll let me come to you when I'm ready for another child.

    "So, nothing changes? This charade continues?"

    "Everything changes. I think I made it clear how I feel for you. Do you understand how complicated that is for me?"

    She was a master of bringing the story back to herself.

    Complicated for her? She had created this world, she chose it; I had been conscripted.

    Still,

    I did feel for her. I knew how much I wanted to be with her, and if her
    desire for me was even a fraction of that, her days were long and
    wanting.

    She got up to go.

    "I have an appointment. But I'm staying at the Copley Plaza if you want to come by and say goodbye or talk some more."

    She

    stood before me with a glow that only a pregnant woman can achieve. Her
    hair was thick and lustrous, her face was full, and her belly was
    distended with our child warm inside.

    I stood to face here.

    "Of course, we don't have to talk," she said, then turned and walked across the quad toward a waiting town car.

    It was early evening when I arrived at the Copley Plaza Hotel. I went to the front desk to find her room.

    "Can you call Amanda Barton's room for me. Tell her Ethan is here?"

    The clerk handed me a room key.

    "She said her husband was coming by. Ethan, is it?"

    "Yes, Ethan. Her husband," I said, trying to sound sincere. "I'm her husband."

    The clerk handed me a room key and gestured to the elevators.

    "14 23, and congratulations."

    I

    smiled and nodded. I was her husband again. Apparently, I was to be
    congratulated for that. Oh, wait, he meant for her pregnancy. Okay,
    whatever.

    I

    gently knocked on the hotel room door, but with the key in hand, I
    unlocked it and entered. It was a two-room suite, and I could hear the
    shower running.

    "Ethan?" she asked from the bathroom.

    "Umm, yeah. They gave me a room key, so I let myself in."

    I

    heard the water shut off, and a few moments later, she walked into the
    suite's living area wearing a thick hotel robe and drying her hair.

    "I might have gone heavy on the coffee today."

    "Should you even be drinking coffee?"

    "Decaf. Not as much fun, but it turns out the poop effect is the same."

    "And so, the shower."

    She smiled.

    "You know me. Poop and a shower. Some things don't change even if my body has."

    I

    was trying to visualize her beneath the robe. We had spent most of the
    summer naked and in each other's arms, but there was a different body
    under that terrycloth, and I longed to see it.

    Perhaps my gaze betrayed me.

    "You're curious, aren't you?" she said with a mischievous smile.

    "Very."

    I could tell she was anxious, which was a notable shift from her typically confident demeanor.

    She

    kept her gaze on me, and she reached for the tie of her robe, fingers
    trembling slightly, and then let it slip away, revealing her heavily
    pregnant form.

    I

    noticed a line of skin discoloration from her cunt up to her belly and
    beyond. She had always had protruding nipples due to her breastfeeding,
    but I had never seen her areolas so large and dark.

    I had so many questions about female physiology during pregnancy, but this didn't seem like the right time to ask.

    I

    thought I might be put off by seeing her pregnant, especially with my
    child; however, I'm not sure if it was me or nature, but I found myself
    turned on.

    She

    placed her hand on the swell of her belly and gently bit her lip,
    waiting for my approval or fearing my disapproval. Her tits were once
    again heavy, her nipples thicker and darker than I remembered, pointed
    down.

    "You look; incredible," I said, closing the distance between us.

    "I've missed you. I wanted to come here so many times to see you and;"

    I cut her off.

    "I missed you, too."

    "With

    your father, he was next door, and I would go over to talk with him.
    But he was just a friend. I didn't need him like I need you."

    "But you got what you needed from both of us."

    She looked down and rubbed her belly with a smile.

    "Not this," she said, referring to our child within her.

    "This," she said as she moved in and kissed me passionately.

    The

    familiarity, the plumpness of her lips, the taste of her mouth, the
    smell of her skin, brought back the feelings of elation from the summer,
    and we practically melted together.

    She

    wrapped her arms around my shoulders, clinging to me. Our kisses grew
    deeper as the primal urge for us to reconnect intensified. On an animal
    level, her body sensed that I was the father of her unborn child, and
    her hormones sent signal after signal to her brain to draw me close, to
    give me pleasure, to keep me nearby, and let me protect her.

    My body responded in kind. I wanted to join her, but was unsure how.

    "How do we do this?" I asked, genuinely bewildered.

    She

    backed up to the bed and sat so her face was at my waist. She didn't
    speak but went to work unbuckling by belt and a moment later, freeing my
    cock.

    She

    smiled at seeing it once again. Moving her hair to the side, she took
    it in hand and brought her mouth down on my shaft, warming it with her
    saliva. The feeling was familiar, and I sighed in relief. She continued
    to work my cock, gently massaging the shaft.

    Having

    never had sex with a pregnant woman, I wondered if this was it, but I
    recalled her one command, that I always finish in her pussy. Then I
    remembered that was probably just part of the ruse.

    Perhaps this blowjob is the end game. I'll just let her lead.

    After

    a while she released my cock from her mouth and crawled back on the
    bed. Her pussy was shaven, More so than in the summer. She lay on her
    back, her arms out, and then beckoned me to join her.

    I

    crawled to her side, she took her tit in hand, holding it out for me.
    Careful not to put my weight on her, I brought my mouth to her thick
    nipple. It was plumper than last summer and incredibly swollen. I gently
    played and applied pressure with my mouth, as when she fed me in the
    past, but nothing came out.

    She

    stroked my head gently, then brought her fingers to her tits. I
    released her nipple and watched as she tugged and manipulated it until a
    thick ooze of cream trickled out.

    "For

    you," she whispered, and I returned to her nipple and her nurturing of
    me. I often wonder if my desire to nurse on her tits stemmed from not
    having a mother in my childhood.

    But

    this wasn't one of those moments of wonder regarding my issues; this
    was her offering her body to me. With my other hand, I gently kneaded
    her right tit.

    Her

    legs were akimbo, and my feet were on the ground as she scooched to the
    corner of the bed. She held my shaft and gently guided it in. Despite
    all our other positions, this was the perfect way to end this session. I
    supported my body with my arms, gently pressing against her belly, but
    with no pressure. Her soft tits swayed with the rhythm my cock sunk into
    her.

    She

    dug her nails into my back as my cock pushed the walls of her labia. I
    could feel them close in and gasp my shaft with each push and pull. Her
    body seemed to recognize and anticipate my impending ejaculation, and a
    rush of hormones thickened her vaginal lubricants into a milky lather,
    creating an intense friction. It was as if her body was rewarding me for
    siring her in utero child, creating a velvety smoothness to in exchange
    for the gift of life. She could hear my moans, louder than in the past.

    "It's different, right?" she said between gasps.

    "It's amazing," I managed to reply.

    "My body has selected you. It's rewarding you. Go ahead, you can ride me hard. I want you to feel this."

    I increased my thrusts, enjoying each sensation from the exquisite lubrication she was creating within her.

    The

    slick velvet of her walls seemed to close in on my shaft, like closing
    time in a bar. I brought my mouth to hers, pressing against her flesh. A
    trickle of her creamy colostrum dribbled from her thick nipples without
    any provocation.

    Our

    mouths met, tongues battled and then I felt myself beginning to cum.
    She felt it, too, and pulled me in tighter so my seed would not escape.

    Pulse

    after pulse, each depositing an excess of my semen, useless as it may
    be, filling her folds. She bit my lip as her orgasm hit, unintentionally
    drawing blood that intermingled with our kissing.

    As

    our twin orgasms subsided, I remained deep within her per her original
    instructions. Never remove myself without her permission.

    Finally,

    she nodded, which was permission to withdraw, and I gently pulled out. A
    rush of cum followed along with an unladylike slurping queef.

    She winced. But not in pain, but loss.

    "I hate that feeling. When you pull out, I hate it."

    She

    was still panting, and I was exhausted as I carefully rolled off her
    and then moved in behind her so my thick, potent cum mixed with her
    creamy, velvety fluid, rested against the crack of her ass as we both
    came down together.

    She

    pulled me in, savoring the comfort of our embrace, as she began to
    contemplate the reality of our actions. I could tell she loved being
    cradled in my arms as my warmth filled her inside. She had no regrets
    about this moment.

    On

    the other hand, I wished this weren't just a one-night event and that
    she would stay here in Boston with me. But in the morning, she was on a
    plane back to Utah, back to The Bishop, ready to bear our child, whom he
    would claim as his own.

    I hated that man for possessing two things that were rightfully mine.

    Hated him.

    Chapter 11: This Is Not A Negotiation.

    It

    was late April when Nelly was born. I received a birth announcement
    featuring the entire Barton family gathered around Mandy and my baby.
    There they were; my brothers and sisters, along with The Bishop. I felt
    his gaze as if his eyes were looking directly at me from the still
    photo. His smile conveyed everything.

    You provide, and I'll take it all.

    If I told you the name Daniel Plainview, and said you knew who that was, then know this: The Bishop was worse. I hated him.

    My

    graduation came and went. Mandy and the family sent me a card, but none
    of them came to see me walk across the stage. Why should they? I'm just
    the nice guy from next door. Nothing more. I had to remind myself that
    these people were not my family. That child wasn't mine to raise.

    As

    emotionally painful as it was, my association with The Bishop has paid
    off. I gained admission to a prestigious law school and now held a
    position at a prominent law firm in Denver, with the chance to become a
    partner by the time I turn thirty. I owed all of this to The Bishop, and
    that infuriated me.

    My

    office in Denver overlooked the distant Rocky Mountains. I know I could
    have achieved all this on my own. I could have been accepted into
    Harvard Law and secured this job; I was certain of it. Well, I was sure
    of it. My college grades were good, and I tested well.

    Who was I kidding? This was all part of a transaction. And that would be fine if I hadn't fallen in love with Mandy.

    Who wouldn't want a no-strings relationship with an attractive woman in exchange for success? Everyone benefits.

    So why did I feel like I made a deal with the Devil?

    Speaking

    of the devil, I had been dwelling on this because of the meeting I had
    scheduled for 11 o'clock. The Bishop was in Denver on business and had
    asked to meet with me. He insisted on it being in my office.

    It

    was fifteen minutes late when my secretary informed me that he was
    there. A classic power move: keeping me waiting to show his dominance.

    Throughout

    all the years I had known The Bishop, I never had a private
    conversation with him. Honestly, I don't think we'd ever discussed
    anything substantial at all.

    He

    entered and surveyed my spacious office with admiration, then took a
    seat and fixed his gaze on me. He was a large man, exuding pride and
    power, and he maintained his stare until it became uncomfortable.

    "You can say, thank you," he began.

    "Excuse me?" I replied, already lost.

    "That view, this office, that degree, and my wife. You can say thank you."

    You son of a bitch.

    "Thank you. I'm pretty sure I've said it before."

    "I like to hear it from time to time."

    "How is Amanda?" I asked. She was my only concern.

    Mrs.

    Barton is well. The baby is healthy. She's gotten back in shape. That
    child is a blessing from God. The entire Temple is excited about our
    gift."

    "I'm happy for you."

    "I don't have a lot of time, Ethan. I've come here to discuss the final chapter of this story."

    And here it was, another transaction.

    "Mrs. Barton is ovulating again. She's cut short her breastfeeding for Nelly and is ready to conceive our 7th child."

    "How does she feel about this?" I asked.

    "She's a dedicated wife of a bastion of the church. That woman understands her traditional role in growing our family.

    "Traditional?"

    "Yes, Ethan, traditional."

    His face was serious and almost deadly. He was threatening me without words. The man was worse than a mob boss.

    I held up my hands in mock surrender; I'd not push the issue further.

    "You

    will inseminate Mrs. Barton. I've had your schedule cleared in two
    weeks. You'll pick her up in Breckenridge. We have a Chalet high up the
    Telluride mountainside. It's private, remote, and perfect for this job.
    You'll spend the week together. Knowing her fertility and your motility,
    that should suffice."

    "And then?"

    "And

    then she returns home, you return to Denver, and you never come back to
    Provo. I've already begun the process of selling your Father's home."

    "It's my home and I don't want to sell it."

    "But you will. The paperwork is on your desk. You'll get far beyond market price. I'll make sure of it."

    "Mandy likes to use the house, and I have no problem with that."

    "She'll have no use for that house with seven children. And, as I said, your privileges in Provo, in all of Utah, are revoked."

    The nerve of this guy, telling me I could never go home again. He was exiling me. Of course, I knew why.

    "If

    there are no more questions, we don't need to see each other again.
    Please respect Mrs. Barton, I'm sure you will, and we'll conclude this
    arrangement neatly."

    He turned to leave.

    "I don't think we have closed the negotiations yet."

    The Bishop turned to look at me, sizing me up.

    "Negotiations? This is not a negotiation."

    "Well, if I have something you need. This continues to be a negotiation."

    "So, what is it, money? I know what they're paying you here. I don't think you need to put the bite on me."

    "No money."

    "Then, we're done."

    "I want you to watch."

    He looked at me coldly and hard.

    "I

    want you to watch me make love to your wife. I want you to see me enter
    her body. I want you to hear her pleasure. I want you to smell the
    sweat our bodies create and the room's heat. I must watch her cunt drip
    with the juices of her arousal. You’ll watch my turgid cock slide deep
    into her hungry cunt. Watch me kiss her and fondle her pendulous tits.
    You’ll see my cock pound her cunt and erupt my cum. My verile Bryant
    balls will fill her, find her fertile egg, and claim; before God and all
    creation, that a Bryant child has been created. You will watch me put
    my child in her. That's what I want."

    "You think that will bother me?"

    "No,

    I don't think you have a conscience. But I want you to see Mandy in a
    state of bliss you could never provide. But you will, by your own
    beliefs; be revealed for all eternity, to be a fraud. I may not be as
    devoted to your LDS club, but I do believe that what a man sows, he
    ultimately reaps."

    He smiled and turned to leave.

    "Quid pro quo. If I have to watch, so do you."

    "Watch what?"

    "Did

    you know that each night when she would come home from being with you
    or your father, I would have sex with her as well? Every time, I would
    ejaculate inside her along with your semen or his. I even recorded it."

    He held up his phone.

    "Do you want to see the videos?

    The thought of him doing this was obscene. "Why?" I didn't have to ask, I understood the reason.

    I

    had studied this in law school. I was the putative father of Nelly; my
    father was the putative father of the other kids. Our legal parental
    status had never been established, and The Bishop had ensured it would
    never occur.

    My

    Father or I could claim paternity, but unless The Bishop permitted the
    children to have their DNA tested, a claim wouldn't go anywhere.

    Even

    if I obtained some kind of court order, The Bishop's assertion of
    having had sex with Mandy on the same nights as I did, established him
    as the presumptive father. The videos of served as undeniable proof.

    In shorthand, he was a wolf who routinely marked his territory to keep other Alphas at bay. And he was good at it.

    "I'll watch, then you watch and I hope you enjoy the show."

    He got up and looked at me with a condescending sneer.

    "For a Harvard man, I expected a much more rigorous negotiation."

    He left.

    That motherfucker!

    I'd have gladly paid him for being with Mandy again. But somehow I just turned this into a tag team cuck show.

    I only hoped she would be okay with the strange arrangement.

    He's Out There.

    The

    arrangements were made. The Bishop would bring Mandy to their ski
    chalet in Breckenridge. She and I would spend the better part of a week
    together and have sex at least twice a day.

    I drove along the twisting, turning road up the mountain, glad to have four-wheel drive because these roads were treacherous.

    The

    charming A-frame perched on the mountainside was romantic, offering an
    endless view of the Rockies. This structure exemplified classic A-frame
    architecture, with soaring glass windows rising to meet the pointed
    roofline. Built into the hillside, the second floor opened onto a
    hilltop patio that featured a hot tub.

    Inside

    the chalet, the wall of windows offered a sweeping view of the 10-mile
    range. There was no bedroom; only a large loft upstairs above the living
    space, featuring a huge king-sized bed directly beneath a skylight that
    offered endless views of the universe.

    The

    kitchen was stocked, and I found four bottles near the coffee bar;
    Kahlúa, vodka, Baileys, and what looked to be very expensive bourbon.

    I

    could hear a car approaching the narrow drive and prepared myself. I
    had requested this, so if this was fucked up, that was on me.

    The door opened, and Mandy walked in alone.

    I was relieved.

    "So, he didn't come," I said as we met in a tight embrace.

    "He did. He's out there. I asked him to wait."

    "I'm sorry about this," I blurted out, "I was only thinking of myself. I wanted to get back at him."

    She held my face and gently kissed me, stopping me from continuing.

    "No, it's all good. I want this too. He needs to see what love is. Something he's incapable of providing."

    As she kissed me, memories of all our encounters flooded back. I desperately wanted her now.

    "We drove here from Provo. We never talked once."

    She was dressed warmly, but the fire was making the chalet toasty. She took off her coat to reveal a modest outfit.

    "I wanted to wear something a little sexier, but The Bishop chose my clothes."

    She then bit her lip in that sexy way that drove me nuts.

    "He

    even made me wear my garments; six hours in the car. Six hours in those
    garments, thinking of you," she said with a wicked smile.

    My

    cock was inflating as she spoke. The Bishop had unknowingly made her
    wear the very garments that fed my kink, the creation of her
    intoxicating essence, her personal aphrodisiac just for me.

    "Does he know?" I asked.

    "He has no idea," she said with a giggle.

    She

    led the way up to the loft and approached the dresser, where she began
    to remove her jewelry. As she always did, she took off her wedding ring.

    "Put it back on," I whispered.

    She smiled and obeyed.

    "Lay on the bed, head off the side," she whispered, "I have a treat for you."

    I

    took off my shirt, then my pants, then lay across the width of the bed
    with my head tipped back off the side as I watched her undress from this
    upside-down position.

    "Is he coming in?" I asked.

    "Don't think about that," she whispered. "Think about this."

    With

    that, she slid her skirt down to reveal the thick, awkward
    undergarments that her religion expected her to wear. She took off her
    top and as usual, she wore her bra over the upper garment, which she
    quickly unsnapped, allowing her large tits to drop slightly yet still
    shrouded in the white undergarment.

    "The

    car was extra warm," she whispered as she approached my tipped-back
    head. "The Bishop wanted to turn down the heat, but I wanted to heat up
    my body; for you."

    My

    head remained tipped back off the side of the bed as she brought
    herself to me, then straddled my face and lay across my so her garment
    clad pussy was near my face and her head was near my cock. I could smell
    her essence and desperately wanted a taste, but she liked the slow
    burn.

    I

    wanted The Bishop to see this. I'm sure he thought Mandy and I had
    conventional, conservative vanilla sex. But here she was about to feed
    me her cunt for the sheer pleasure it gave us both.

    I knew vanilla wasn't her favorite flavor. Did he?

    As

    for me, my favorite flavor was hanging less than an inch over my face,
    marinated by a long drive, ripe with anticipation of being tasted.

    Her hands slipped across my torso.

    "I

    missed this body," she purred as she located my cock about to burst
    through my underwear. She gently massaged it as I pushed my face into
    the wetness of her garments. The thin cloth of our underwear remaining
    the only barrier between us.

    She began to massage my cock through my underwear, but could longer bear her undergarments blocking my tongue from her clit.

    She

    stood up, stepped back, put her hands to her hips and gently pulled
    down her garments to reveal her pussy, thick with a dark bush. Usually,
    she kept it very modest, or clean-shaven, so this was different. She
    moved forward, once again straddling my face, her thick black mat of
    pubic hair, strong with her enticing odor.

    "I let it grow for you," she whispered.

    The

    thick, wet pubic hair had a heady aroma of a woman in heat. No sweet
    perfume here, only the honest, natural fragrance of her arousal.

    Her

    large clit poked through the dark matt of black hair. A thin drip of
    clear liquid gathered on the pink round button and held. She waited,
    hoping it would drip.

    Bending

    her knees, she brought her soaked and fragrant pussy to my face,
    planting her slit over my mouth with my nose pressed against her ass. I
    inhaled her essence as she exhaled in pleasure. Slowly she dragged her
    pussy forward and back across my face with gentle moans.

    Her

    thighs trembled with her arousal. A second wave of her pungent but
    feminine aroma filled my senses. She began to grind gently then lay
    naked across my body her head ever so close to my waist.

    She peeled my underwear back to reveal my cock, and smiled, giving it gentle kisses while she masturbated me.

    She

    stood up, keeping over me her pussy on my face and moaned as my tongue
    got to work. She gently peeled herself off, stepped back, and leaned
    down to kiss my face and taste herself on my lips. As much as I loved
    her fragrant essence, I think she enjoyed it even more.

    She

    crawled onto the bed where we intertwined, kissing as she pulled her
    top off, and I shed my underwear. We were now as we liked it best, naked
    and feeling skin on skin, our bodies moving against each other.

    I

    rolled atop her, pushing my manhood against the soft roll of her belly,
    the last hints of her recent pregnancy. Her tits hung left and right,
    summoned by gravity. She smiled and held her left tit up to me.

    I

    knew she was done breastfeeding, so there was little chance of drawing
    milk from her. But I tried, nonetheless. Feeding me or not, she enjoyed
    the sensation of my suckling and moaned.

    I

    backed off and looked at this blonde beauty as she put her arms up,
    grasping the bed sheets above her, symbolically surrounding her body to
    me.

    Pressing

    my cock against her the dark mat of fur that glistening from the
    wetness of her folds I guided my mushroom cap cock tip up and down her
    opening, teasing it.

    Her

    clit had swollen with the slow burn and when my cockhead glanced off
    it, she would suck in a breath and hold it, to prolong the pleasure.

    She was anxious to get to it and spread her legs wide, opening a pink pathway through her dark tangle of pubic hair.

    "Please," she whispered in gentle desperation.

    This

    was not a time for a slow burn and I slid my cock into her velvety
    wetness. She grasped the sheets even tighter as my cock distended her
    pussy walls. It was evident she had not had sex in a long time.

    She gently began to move her hips in a hula fashion causing her cunt to clamp on to my cock and massage it.

    Placing

    my hand on her soft belly, I enjoyed watching my cock disappearing into
    her slit. When I would pull out, her youthful pussy would remain
    clamped to my cock and her tight lips would stretch, not wanting to
    break their grip.

    There was no sound other than our heavy breathing and the wet noises my cock was causing her pussy to make.

    "I'm close," I whispered.

    It was happening faster than I hoped, but it had been too long, and per instructions, I hadn't masturbated in weeks.

    "Me too," she whispered.

    "Do it from behind," a voice said without emotion.

    I

    looked up and The Bishop was sitting in a chair nearby, a glass of
    whisky in his hand, which he gently sipped as he watched us.

    I

    pulled up and out and looked at the man. In my bliss, I had forgotten
    that I was the one who requested he be here, and now lost in my
    pleasure, I didn't hear him enter the room.

    "Greater odds of conception," he growled. "Do it from behind."

    I

    wanted him to see me, please, and inseminate his wife as some power
    play, but right now, with him in the room, it didn't feel like I hoped
    it would.

    "From behind," he said again in a tone that let us know this wasn't open to negotiation.

    She looked at me with eyes that seemed to say we should do as instructed.

    Mandy

    rolled from her back to her front, and her wet cunt released a gentle
    pist sounding queef, as if beckoning me to hear a secret.

    She kept her knees on the bed and assumed the doggy position with her ass presented toward me. She lowered her torso halfway.

    We had done it this way countless times, and I now knew why: to increase the likelihood of conception.

    I

    looked at her ass and her hairy back pussy, both presented to me and
    lost myself in desire. While this might be the best way to impregnate a
    woman, it was also the best way to pleasure her and the best way to
    stare her husband in the eyes as I did it.

    Her

    pussy lips were sealed with her glycine thick wetness. She widened her
    stance, reached back and drew a finger down her slit opening it for me.
    Her pink inside contrasted with the dark pubic hair she sported across
    her cunt and around her anus.

    I

    could smell the richness from her pussy. I knew the room was filling
    with the smell of our sex, another minor victory for me as I hoped the
    odor, which we both loved, was proving offensive to him.

    I

    placed my hands on her ass and moved forward. Her pussy lips were like a
    landing strip, and I walked myself forward sliding into her warmth
    where I belonged.

    For

    her part, she kept her head down, letting her hair spill over. Unlike
    when we fucked in front of Gideon and she enjoyed watching his reaction,
    she chose to keep her eyes down, not wanting eye contact with The
    Bishop.

    My

    cock was met with greasy sounds as I moved back and forth. In this
    position, her pussy was tight, and my cock went deep. I held myself
    inside simply for her pleasure, then out. Her sphincter, which we had
    put in play in the summer opened and closed with each thrust beckoning
    me to give it a taste of my cock, but we were here for procreation, so
    feeding that kitty was not on the menu.

    It

    had been so long since we had been together like this, we knew either
    one of us would cum quickly. It was Mandy who went first.

    She

    moaned long and low as she came. While my orgasm was required, hers
    only served to inflict emotional damage on The Bishop, who was hearing
    and seeing proof positive his wife wasn't in this just for my seed; she
    wanted the pleasure only I could provide.

    I

    could have prolonged my orgasm, but I had done what I set out to do. I
    had pleasured his wife in front of him, and now I would impregnate her.
    Two things he was incapable of doing.

    I

    let out a long, low groan as I watched The Bishop. I felt my pent-up
    seed pouring into her. Deep inside, I imagined it racing to every hollow
    spot, seeking her cervix and already pushing past.

    Feeling

    me cum deep inside her caused Mandy's orgasm to roll on long and slow. I
    ran my hands across her back, massaging it. Her moans turned to more of
    a hum as she kept moving her ass, doing her best to keep me inside
    until she had milked me dry.

    Our bodies came to a stop, and I slumped over her back.

    Finally, I relaxed and gently pulled out. I could see the familiar wince in her face, not from pain, but from loss.

    She rolled over, and I crawled forward. Her pussy, now filled with my seed, made another pist sound. She held me tight.

    She

    grasped my cock, coated in cum and her pleasure put the tip of it back
    in her pussy and gently masturbated it, coaxing a few last drops of my
    sperm.

    We

    then lay there as I rolled back to get my breath. The room was silent,
    the air thick with our bodily aromas and the smell of the fireplace
    downstairs.

    The

    Bishop rose from his chair, coming into the light created by the fire.
    He looked down on the two of us, and then took his right hand toward
    Mandy and slid a finger inside her.

    Mandy

    shuddered as the intrusion had all the emotion of a gynecological exam.
    He removed his fingers and examined them. I could see he was looking to
    confirm that I had cum in his wife.

    When satisfied, he wiped his fingers on the sheets and headed down the stairs to the big room.

    I could hear him rummaging around downstairs as Mandy whispered to me.

    "He's going to leave soon, so we'll be alone."

    "What about the part where he has sex with you? That paternity nonsense he talked about."

    "I'll go downstairs and take care of it. I don't want you to be a part of that."

    I

    was grateful not to have to see him with her, but I was also worried.
    What if she liked being with him? A million thoughts went through my
    head.

    Mandy got up and put on a robe.

    "I'll come with you," I replied.

    "No, you don't want to do that. I'll be right back."

    She

    left me with a gentle kiss and walked down the stairs to get faux
    inseminated by that beast so he could pretend that my child was his.

    Downstairs I could hear low voices, and I had to resist the urge to go down and intervene. I knew what he was doing to her.

    I heard the door to the Chalet close, and then Mandy returned to the room. She was silent and resolved and sat down on the bed.

    I moved in next to her and held her tight.

    "Did he;"

    She shook her head no.

    "He tried," she began, "but he couldn't get an erection. Maybe the whisky."

    "He's coming back tomorrow to try again."

    "Let's get out of here. We can find another place. You can come back to Denver and be with me."

    She moved in close to me and held on tight.

    "You know how this works, Ethan. I can't just follow my heart."

    "So, you admit you want to be with me."

    "You know that."

    "But I want to hear it from you, now."

    She looked at me with sincere eyes that telegraphed her lost situation.

    "I want to be with you forever; " she whispered.

    Hearing those words filled me with hope. She loved me, just like I loved her. No more playing pretend; this was real.

    She

    moved her body across me, straddling me. I could feel the wetness of
    our lovemaking on my cock, which had already grown past half mast. She
    leaned forward, allowing her folds to open and creating a path for me to
    reenter her.

    "I

    want you to raise our children together," she said, "I want to raise
    your siblings as our children. I want you to give us another child."

    These were my desires too, but in a few days, she would be gone, and it was unlikely I would ever see her again.

    She

    let her body drop and my cock slid deep inside her. I wasn't sure what
    the future had in store for us, but The Bishop was gone, the fire was
    hot, and so were we.

    I was always amazed how quickly I could refract with her.

    Chapter 12: It Was Him.

    The

    sun rose to reveal just how much snow had fallen during the night. We
    spent the day in our robes, enjoying time by the fire while watching the
    snow blanket the mountains. More than once, I started to fondle her,
    but she hesitated.

    "I just want him to return and finish this part."

    "Look at that snow, he's not going to drive up in this weather. Can you track him? Track his phone, see if he's on the move?"

    "No, I'm not allowed to track his phone," she said.

    The heavy snow offered us a sense of peace, knowing that he wouldn't drive until the weather improved.

    It

    was our third day at the chalet, and we were still asleep when a
    persistent knocking woke us. Mandy threw on her sweats and went
    downstairs to see who was at the door.

    I remained in the loft, listening to see if it was The Bishop.

    It wasn't.

    I looked outside to see two police four-wheel drive vehicles from the Summit County Sheriff’s department.

    I snuck to the stairs to listen.

    "There's

    been an accident. Your husband's vehicle went off the road about four
    miles from here. It tumbled down Blue Creek Canyon and;"

    "My God, The Bishop! Is he okay?"

    "The Bishop?"

    "Rob Barton. My husband's church title is Bishop. Where is he? I'll get my coat."

    "I'm sorry, Ma'am, I wish I were here with better news, but;"

    "Oh, God no. Please no. Don't say that; "

    I tensed up listening to the officer breaking horrible news to Mandy.

    "Looks

    like he went off the road about two days ago. The snow covered the
    tracks. With yesterday's melt, one of the plow guys spotted damaged
    trees, and when he went to investigate, he found the vehicle."

    "There must be a mistake. He left here to go back to Denver for meetings."

    The officers remained quiet.

    "That has to be someone else's car," she continued, begging for it not to be true."

    "No,

    ma'am, we have his phone and his belongings. From the looks of the
    accident and other evidence, we think he had been drinking."

    "Well, he doesn't drink."

    "Are you certain of that?"

    "Perhaps on occasion."

    The Sheriff looked at the bottle of bourbon on the counter.

    Was he drinking when he left here?

    "I didn't think he was drunk. I wouldn't have let him drive if he were."

    "Who does that other car belong to?" the Sheriff asked. "Is it yours?"

    "Umm, no. It's our lawyer's car."

    I froze. The Bishop was dead. And she had just told the cops who owned the car in the driveway.

    "Is he here? Can we speak to him?"

    "No, my son's here. He borrowed the car to drive up from Denver to see us."

    "Your son?"

    "Gideon. He's upstairs. I think he's in the shower."

    What the hell?

    She had been telling the truth up until now.

    Why did she just lie?

    Perhaps she didn't want to explain why I was there. Maybe it was a knee-jerk reaction. But now, I was part of this event.

    I

    dressed quietly, put on my winter coat, and stepped out of the chalet
    onto the hot tub deck. After that, I descended the steps and walked to
    the front of the chalet to see the police cars.

    A deputy sheriff was leaning against his car.

    "What's going on here?" I asked, pretending to be unaware.

    "The Sheriff is inside speaking with the homeowner. May I ask who you are?"

    I hesitated.

    Should I tell the truth? I mean, why not?

    "Your name?" he asked again.

    "Gideon Barton. This is my parents' place. What's wrong?"

    I could see why this guy remained outside. He was uncomfortable delivering bad news.

    "Umm, nothing. Why don't you go inside? The Sheriff can explain to you."

    I quickly entered to see Mandy sitting at a table, crying. She looked up at me and said;

    "Gideon; "

    "Mom," I replied. "What's going on?"

    The Sheriff turned to me.

    "And you are?"

    "Gideon Barton. Mom, what's going on?"

    The sheriff proceeded to tell me what he had told Mandy. And I pretended to be hearing it for the first time.

    This was Academy Award-level acting on my part.

    I went to Mandy and held her tight, making sure it was how a son would console his mother, not how a lover would.

    I was determined to show heartbreak when, in fact, I was elated. I don't wish death on anyone. Well, almost anyone.

    The

    Sheriff droned on and on about how sorry he was and that she needed to
    come to the morgue with him to identify the body. She agreed and asked
    if they could meet him there; she needed some time to prepare.

    When the Sheriff left, Mandy and I stood quietly in the chalet. If ever there was a need for a shot of Whisky, it was now.

    I took the bottle and poured a glass. She came over quickly, dumped it down the drain, and poured the bottle out.

    "That's expensive stuff," I replied.

    "My husband's dead because of this."

    I looked at her long and hard.

    "Was there something in the bottle, Mandy?"

    "Yes,

    sin and destruction. I never want to smell whisky again. All those
    times after I was with you, he would come to me smelling of this stuff
    and finish himself in me. It was horrible. Promise me you'll never drink
    it."

    "I'm not him."

    "Promise me."

    "Okay, I promise. I don't even like it that much."

    She came to me when she felt I was sincere, and I embraced her tightly.

    "I'm not sorry about what happened," I whispered.

    I know it was too soon, but I needed to see if she felt any feelings for him.

    "I

    have wished for this day pretty much since the first time you and I
    made love," she said, still holding me. "I'd never experienced anything
    like that."

    "You said I was Gideon. Why lie to a police officer?"

    "Do you think I should have said you were my fuck buddy? You were my inseminator?"

    "So, what if you did?"

    "I have an image to uphold. I'm a good woman of the church. This thing, you and me, The Bishop and all of it. It can't get out."

    "It never will, but remember I'm a lawyer. Talk to me before you talk to anyone."

    "Is it bad? What did I do? Is it bad?"

    "No, he drank too much and drove off a mountain road. Hell, that hill is scary when sober."

    I looked at her with assurance in my eyes.

    Go

    in, identify him, and leave. If they want a statement, tell the truth:
    he left here two nights ago to go to Denver. He said he would come back,
    but with the snow, you weren't surprised when he didn't. There's no
    cell phone service up here, so you were unaware he was missing.

    "What if there is an autopsy?"

    "That's good, it'll prove he was drunk."

    "I don't want an autopsy."

    "Why?"

    "I

    don't want to violate the sanctity of the body. It's my personal
    feeling. Besides, we know how he died. They know how he died."

    "Fine, you can refuse an autopsy. But if you do, say it's for religious reasons."

    "Well, it is."

    "Just say it that way then."

    I drove her to town, but did not go into the morgue with her.

    She was in and out of the morgue fast. She exited with tears, and I saw her thanking a police officer for his kindness.

    I

    wondered if I should intervene; the circumstances surrounding The
    Bishop's death were unclear, and a misstatement could bring unintended
    scrutiny.

    But as she approached me, I could see a subtle smile. The tears were for show.

    She got in the car and took a breath.

    "It was him."

    I breathed a sigh of relief, aware that The Bishop was out of my life and hers.

    She held up his phone and handed it to me.

    "Please destroy this."

    I

    knew why; it contained the videos of The Bishop essentially forcing
    himself on her after each of our sessions; his attempt to provide
    evidence of paternity.

    "Please don't watch any of it."

    "That's the last thing I would ever want to do."

    The

    challenging part was still ahead; she had to return to Provo and inform
    her family. She would also need to notify the church. This was going to
    be difficult, and she would have to face it alone.

    We drove to my apartment in Denver and made plane reservations for the morning.

    "I'll accompany you home," I offered.

    "No, I'll do this part alone. But you should show up in a few days to console me. Friend of the family and all."

    She was building the next stage of her life.

    "And after I console you?"

    "We build our relationship organically. You're there to help; we find each other in need. And it develops."

    "This sounds like an alibi."

    "Because

    it is. Not because of The Bishop and how he met his end. But I'm a
    devoted LDS mother of six. I've lost my husband. I need to grieve, and
    that takes time."

    She was cunningly calculating, and I was glad to be on her side of the equation.

    I agreed to her terms, just as I had on the first day we had sex.

    If a slow roll were needed for us to be a couple, I'd pass the time well, knowing we would be together.

    Chapter 13: Is There Something You Want To Tell Me.

    I sat on the couch, exhausted. Tomorrow, she'd return to Provo, and I'd follow in a week.

    I

    regretted my demand to have The Bishop watch us, but no matter how hard
    I tried, I did not regret his death. Still, the circumstances could be
    problematic for her or even me. My last words to him now seemed like a
    prophetic rebuke. I was this strange ‘John the Baptist’ unorthodox
    figure; Not approved of by the religious society, yet honest enough to
    be used by God to expose religious hypocrisy.

    She was in the other room, talking to family and breaking the news. I couldn't be a part of that.

    I

    saw her purse on the couch and intended to bring it to her. It was
    open, and while I'm not one to snoop, I casually looked inside.

    Inside,

    she had an assortment of items: lip balm, her wallet, some lotions,
    lipstick, a few makeup items, and a box with the Pfizer logo. I examined
    it. It was the Xanax she occasionally took.

    I

    was impressed she could sit in the car with The Bishop for four hours
    as he drove her to see me. I imagined the two Xanax’s she took before
    she left helped her through the trip.

    The

    prescription was for 25 pills. It was a box that contained five sheets,
    each with five tablets, the kind you punch out as you take them.

    The sheet had three pills missing.

    I saw her standing in the bedroom doorway, looking at me.

    "You're looking in my purse?"

    "What? No. I'm just;”

    "It's okay if you do. You and I don't have any secrets."

    She walked over to me and took the purse, then pulled out the Xanax.

    "I need to throw these out."

    "Why? Is there something you want to tell me?"

    She held up a pee on the stick pregnancy test with a bright blue plus sign.

    "Not good for our baby," she said with a smile.

    You're?

    She nodded her head yes.

    "Is this the right time? I mean with all that's happened and everything ahead; "

    "It's the best possible thing. It's what I wanted."

    "What we wanted," I added in.

    She needed to know I was onboard.

    I embraced her tightly. Our last few days had gone from bliss to horror, and this news was a light at the end of a dark tunnel.

    She had it all thought out, as if she had planned this for months.

    She

    would return home and mourn with her family. There would be sadness in
    the community. The Bishop's accident would be attributed to icy roads,
    not to drinking.

    I

    drove her to the airport, and she kissed me goodbye in that special way
    you do when someone you love is leaving for an uncertain amount of
    time.

    It's

    a kiss you remember because, when it ends, it feels like the beginning
    of a story that will finally find closure when we kiss again.

    I

    followed her request and disposed of the Xanax. It was then that I
    noticed there were only four sheets in the box, not the prescribed five.
    She had kept one.

    The upcoming weeks would be challenging, but she would need to cope without medication for the sake of the baby.

    I called her when she landed in Salt Lake.

    "I know about the Xanax," I told her.

    "How? What did you;"

    "You

    can't take them now. You know that. I know you're depressed, I know you
    need to sleep. But please don't take anything that could hurt our
    child."

    There was a long pause as she considered what I said.

    "You're

    right," she replied. "I was weak, and I thought I might need them when I
    went to the temple. But I'm throwing them in the garbage right now.
    Gone."

    There was quiet on the line.

    "You trust me, don't you?" she asked.

    "You know I do. I'll be there next week. I'll help you through this."

    "I love you," she said.

    "You know I do, too. I'll help you through this, I promise."

    "You already have," she replied, and we ended the conversation.

    When

    she returned home, the support she received was overwhelming. Her
    children took the news in stride, which made me wonder if they lived in
    fear of the man who claimed to be their father. Perhaps they had some
    sixth sense about the fact he was an interloper.

    I

    arrived a week later and began the process of organizing The Bishop's
    estate. To achieve this, I needed to spend countless hours with the
    widow Barton.

    Chapter 14: A Father Of Seven.

    The Bishop was three months buried when she announced her pregnancy.

    He was seven months dead when she and I went out together in public.

    He

    was nine months dead when our daughter, Eliza, was born, and it was
    just over a year ago when Mandy and I were married. I adopted my two
    biological children and my five biological siblings, making me a father
    of seven.

    We

    sold two homes in Provo and bought a spacious house in Littleton where I
    could commute to Denver while Mandy could raise our children.

    As

    her lawyer, I was finally putting the last of The Bishop's affairs to
    rest. The only thing left to do was sell the Telluride chalet. Despite
    it being the site of our youngest child's conception, Mandy had no
    desire to return there, so I went alone to meet the realtor and sign the
    papers.

    When I arrived, she had a roaring fire and was setting up for a prospective buyer.

    As

    I signed several legal documents, I clumsily dropped my pen, which
    rolled under the couch. I got down on the floor, reached underneath, and
    found the pen; and something else: an empty sheet of Xanax pills. All
    five tablets had been removed from the foil tabs.

    The missing sheet of Xanax. The ones Mandy claimed to have taken back home and then thrown away.

    There's

    no way to prove these pills came from her prescription. For all I knew,
    they could have been under that couch for 10 years.

    I

    looked up at the loft, remembering the last time I saw The Bishop as he
    demanded I inseminate his wife from behind, and remembered how I wished
    him dead in that moment.

    I

    tossed the empty sheet of Xanax tablets in the fire, watched it burn,
    thanked the realtor, and drove home to be with my family and make love
    to my devoted wife.

    The End

     Based on a post by Wendy Trilby, in 5 parts, for Literotica.


    54 min
  • The Bishop’s Hotwife: Part 4

    The Bishop’s Hotwife: Part 4Asking forgiveness instead of permission.

    Based on a post by Wendy Trilby, in 5 parts. Listen to the Podcast at Explicit Novels.




    "Saturday, Caleb has a soccer tournament all afternoon, and Sunday, oh, I know how much you love Sundays."

    Yes, I did, and she could see my eyes light up.

    "Tell

    you what, you come to church with us, we'll take the crew to Sonic for
    lunch and then home; I'm pretty sure I can be plastic balls deep in your
    ass by two."

    She was so matter of fact about this.

    "So, church?"

    I

    didn't want to go to church with her and the family, but there was a
    certain wicked allure to attending services, knowing I'd be feasting on
    her later in the day.

    "Can't I just wait for you until after church?"

    "If you're there with us, I know I'll be sweating just a little more than usual."

    She knew my kinks far too well. I couldn't resist her Sunday savor and quickly agreed.

    This

    strange conversation was made even stranger as she was now scheduling
    me to attend church with her, then the exact time she would sodomize me.
    Salvation and sin in a single afternoon.

    I

    didn't have to say yes, she knew I'd be there from the reaction of my
    cock that began to thicken rapidly. She gently stroked it and looked at
    it.

    "You're

    right, seven and a half inches. Would you be a dear and get the coconut
    oil and that big ass plug from the bedside table?"

    "Now?"

    "If

    I'm going to shove seven inches up your cute bottom tomorrow, it's only
    fair you should shove your seven and a half inches up mine today."

    "You mean; ?"

    She bit her lip in a sensuous way and rolled over presenting her ass to me.

    I move quickly to the side table, my breath quickening.

    "You're sure?"

    "I've been waiting for you to knock at my back door for a while. That Gideon thing really put a damper on our progress."

    We

    had done just about everything else we could this summer, and now she
    was offering me her ass. Of course there was a price, my ass in
    exchange.

    I

    and been fingers deep, I had probed with my tongue, pressed my cock on
    that pink knot of door and had surrendered to the notion it wasn't going
    to happen, but now she was granting me entry.

    I found the coconut oil and the large ass plug and returned to her. She met me with a gentle kiss.

    "Here's what I want you to do. Put that in me. All the way"

    She

    rolled over so she was face down, then took several pillows and shoved
    them under her tummy, so she was tilted down with her ass up. Relaxing,
    she and opened her legs, a trickle of my cum leaked from her pussy to my
    pillow covers.

    I

    approached her gently, smearing the soft coconut oil on her. The room
    was chilly enough that the oil was semi-solid, the consistency of soft
    butter. When it contacted her sealed puckernut, her body heat turned it
    to liquid in an instant. I wiped more on, gently poking into her tight
    ring with my forefinger. I pushed into the first knuckle and could tell
    she was receptive to what was to come.

    I took the large plug and pushed it against her ass. I was tentative, not wanting to bring any pain.

    "You can go harder."

    With

    her permission I pushed again, and her anus dilated, opening a small
    gape, but that was all I needed and fed the pointed end inside to trap
    her muscles open.

    Another

    push and her anus widened with remarkable ease. At its widest this ass
    plug was thicker than my cock so I was confident she could accommodate
    me.

    When her anus was opened to its zenith, the plug was half in and half out, a push could reject it. A pull could accept it.

    Her

    muscles took over, a gentle squeeze and a pull the entire ass plug was
    swallowed the plug sealing shut with gentle fart sound, leaving only the
    jeweled handle showing.

    "You've been practicing," I whispered.

    "I know you want to cum in my ass," she whispered, "do you have condoms?"

    "Really? We need condoms?"

    "You can cum in my ass inside a condom. But then you have to put the contents into my cunt."

    I didn't have to ask why. She had made it perfectly clear all summer where my sperm had to end.

    "No, I don't have any."

    "Go to my house. Bedside table, right side, under a booklet of evening prayers. There are some there."

    "You want me to go to your house for condoms?"

    "No one is home. Go now while I let this toy relax my muscles. Hurry."

    I sat up and thought about this.

    "This is nuts."

    "I want this for you," she whispered. "The backdoor is open."

    I

    assumed she meant the backdoor to her house, but either way, I jumped
    up, threw on some sweats, and hurried out of my house to the bushes
    separating our two homes.

    I

    looked around; no one was in sight, so I dashed for the back door. It
    was open. Inside, I hurried up the stairs, searching for the master
    bedroom.

    Once I arrived, I approached the bed, opened the bedside table, and saw a metal liquor flask.

    I

    then realized I was on the wrong side of the bed, so I jumped over to
    the right side, opened the drawer, shuffled through some religious
    materials, and found several condoms. I took one, shut the drawer, then
    opened it again and took two more. Why settle for one and done?

    I gazed at the enormous bed and envisioned Mandy in it with The Bishop. That diminished some of the excitement.

    But

    then I noticed her clothes hamper and lifted the top. Several pairs of
    her LDS garments were calling to me. I grabbed a pair and inhaled that
    scent that drove me wild. In seconds, I was back on track. I held on to
    the panties, stuffing them into my pocket to enjoy later, and I sprinted
    back to my house.

    Stashing

    the garment in a kitchen drawer, I wondered who I had become. Two
    months ago, if you had told me I'd be having an affair with the woman
    next door and now be stealing her used underwear, I would have laughed.
    But that was me now; and I didn't mind at all.

    I walked into the bedroom holding the condoms like a trophy.

    Mandy

    was on the bed, on her knees, facing away from me. I think she had been
    in this position since I left, enjoying the expansion in her rectum.

    Her hands were on her thighs just below where her ass cheeks met her legs. She was holding her ass cheeks open wide.

    The ass plug handle was glaring at me.

    I

    just stood there as she began to push. Her ass flexed and the ass plug
    pushed out then quickly retreated back in. She did it again, and again.
    Each time the plug came further out, widening her tight brown ring with
    each push.

    "Can you push it out, or should I pull it?"

    "What do you want me to do?"

    "Push it out," I said. Goddam I wanted to see this.

    She

    bent forward and placed her hands on her thighs to catch her breath.
    She resumed pushing, letting out a small moan with each push. From this
    view I could see her long pussy lips hanging below her, thick from her
    lust.

    She

    was both putting on a show to please me and training her body to obey
    her commands, rather than nature's instructions. So, I practiced the
    virtue of patience.

    She

    gripped her cheeks and gave a strong push, the egg-shaped toy crowned.
    She gave another push, and it popped out, followed by a small rush of
    fouled coconut oil that had been trapped inside. There was a little
    noise, half air, half wetness.

    Then

    her asshole closed and quickly opened again. She flexed her core, and
    it remained open like a small mouth, fixed to whistle, ready for me to
    enter.

    She

    had a penchant for doggy style, something I realize other women liked
    as well. I always felt self-conscious in this position, because it felt
    so dominant, and I wasn't sure if that was my sexual personality; until
    this summer when Mandy assured me, she was mine to do with as I wanted. I
    grew to love the control doggy style gave me over her.

    Strangely,

    she had trained me to be more assertive, to encourage and bring out any
    dominant traits I had kept buried. So, as she presented her ass to me, I
    knew it was mine to enjoy; so long as I didn't cum in there.

    I

    quickly unwrapped the condom and rolled it on my cock. It was
    pre-lubed, but so was her ass as clear drips of coconut oil dribble down
    her perineum to her cunt.

    I

    chose to stand, bending my knees to bring my cock to the waiting hole.
    Her sphincter looked like a large round bullseye against the paleness of
    her ass. I wasn't sure how long she could keep it open, so I grasped my
    cock and pushed the thick cap past the open barrier.

    She groaned with pleasure as I expanded her slightly upon entry. Putting a hand back to my thigh, she slowed me.

    "Give it a second, baby, just a second."

    I paused and could feel her tight muscles on my cock tip, slowly that grip faded and pushed forward.

    "Easy now,"

    "Oh my God, you're big. You're;"

    I

    wasn't sure if she was just trying to stroke my ego or making a
    declarative statement. I put one hand on her back, the other on my leg
    and continued inward.

    She let out a high-pitched howl, three times in a row, something I had never heard before.

    I gave a hard push.

    "Oh my God, not all the way in yet, please." She begged.

    I

    hesitated. Then decided I was in charge and pushed inward. She reacted
    with a long groan. I gave several pushes then withdrew to admire her
    open ass.

    Holding

    my latex covered cock in hand I admired the view of her waiting for my
    next plunge. Her unused pussy lips were visible below, confused by the
    blood swelling them, but lack of attention.

    I

    thrust deep in her ass this time driving myself to the hilt. While the
    ass plug might have been wider than me at its midpoint it wasn't longer,
    and my cock entered the deeper areas of her rectum unexplored by
    fingers or toys.

    Her

    internal muscles went to work on my cock enclosing around it and doing
    what nature created them to do, ripple and pulse to expel anything in
    the area. So, while her rectum tried to push me out, I overpowered it
    will be pushing inward, and the battle of pleasure began for the two of
    us.

    I let out a low groan.

    "You like that filthy hole, don't you?" she said.

    I

    certainly did, and I also enjoyed hearing her speak in this manner. Not
    that she didn't speak during sex; she was always vocal. But she didn't
    say things like that.

    "All I could think of in church was that thick cock of yours in my ass," she continued. "I soaked my panties thinking of you."

    Wow,

    she was going places, but I didn't reply instead began to push and pull
    my cock creating a frenzy of pleasure. I responded with a groan, but
    she wanted more.

    I tried my hand at it.

    "All I could think about in that hot church was to bend you over the pew and fuck your ass in front of the entire congregation."

    I

    pressed harder to emphasize my claim on her, and she responded with a
    long, submissive moan. I was confident the mental imagery I painted in
    her mind was compelling.

    "I would make The Bishop watch me defile you."

    She liked that and replied.

    "He would be so angry, knowing I let you in my ass."

    As

    obscene as that image was, it emboldened me to fuck her ass harder as I
    fantasized about The Bishop being forced to watch me take his wife in
    that sacred sanctuary.

    I could have finished but the position was causing my legs to cramp.

    I

    withdrew, my cock to with a loud fart sound from the air I had pushed
    into her colon. She was caught her off-guard, but I gave her no time to
    react and then dragged her body back, so her feet were off the bed,
    torso on the bed, and her ass was presented to me at the perfect height
    to defile it.

    A

    thick glob of coconut oil mixed with her anal moistures rolled down her
    inner thigh as I was quick to reenter her, only now I was pushing hard
    and no longer exploring her ass, I was fucking it mercilessly.

    But this position wasn't perfect either. I pulled out to another rush of air and noise.

    "It feels numb; It's so good. Keep going," she begged.

    I

    moved her forward, this time flat on the bed, her legs spread open. I
    crawled on the bed on my knees, her ass under my balls. Guiding my cock
    back to the hole I desired. Perfect. This was the way to fuck a woman's
    ass.

    She made that strange sound of pleasure.

    "That's it, baby. Deeper. I can take it,"

    I

    put my hand on her shoulders so I could lean on her, and it was game
    on. I was pumping away furiously at her ass, the bed which was usually
    sound and secure was rocking. The room was heating up, and the smell of
    our illicit conjunction filled the room.

    "I'm going to cum," I declared.

    "Do it Baby, you can come in my ass," she reminded me.

    There

    was a hitch in her breathing, her body began to tighten, and her legs
    twitched. That was the last thing she said as her orgasm hit her with a
    surprise.

    Her

    anus constricted against my cock, and I felt the familiar muscle
    contractions of an orgasm, but with my cock sleeved in her tight flesh
    tube, it was far more intense on me.

    Despite

    the condom, her anal orgasm was incredible. She howled a cry of
    pleasure, and she released a small shot of piss that I didn't bother to
    point out followed by an intense massaging on my cock by the muscles of
    her pelvic floor.

    My

    orgasm was intense. As the semen exited my cock it immediately shrouded
    my cock with its sticky warmth. The condom held and contained my sperm,
    which I imagined was teeming with life-giving DNA, slamming against the
    walls of their latex prison looking for a warm body to impregnate.

    She

    lay there spent, but very much aware. This wasn't over. We had both
    enjoyed the moment, but according to her wishes, we needed to complete
    God's will and deposit my seed inside her vessel.

    I

    withdrew slowly, holding the condom to my cock so it wouldn't slip off
    insider. Her anus closed with a confused sputter, spitting out drips of
    coconut oil, air and other sounds.

    I pulled back, and she rolled over to ensure I had done as promised.

    My cock was semi hard, and I gently slipped the condom off, holding it closed.

    She pulled her legs back, grasping each by the thigh,

    She

    and watched as I careful squeezed my sperm out of the condom into the
    folds at the top of her cunt. She brought her fingers to catch any stray
    drips, making sure most, if not all, found its way inside her.

    When

    she couldn't get any more out of the condom she found my cock, still
    semi hard enough to enter her and placed the condom back on me, this
    time inside out to create a cum covered sheath.

    I

    recognized her intention was for me to insert myself and push the
    excess cum into her. It seemed like the exact opposite if what a condom
    was intended for, but was different, as was everything to do with this
    woman, and I rode her semi soft until the condom came out clean, washed
    by her cunt that greedily claimed all traces of my thick white seed.

    We

    collapsed on the bed next to each other, but that moment was
    short-lived. She then sat up to get dressed and go pick up one child and
    drop off another, then prepare for a bake sale, a PTA meeting, and find
    time for a manicure.

    "Don't you get tired?"

    "Exhausted. But this is my life, I chose it, I love it. I really do."

    "This part too?"

    "Oh, I love this part so much. What I get to do over here is my reward for everything else I do the rest of my day.”

    She opened the bedside table drawer and took out the smallest ass plug, then threw it to me.

    "You might want to start training that gorgeous behind of yours for Monday."

    She

    gave me a gentle kiss and was gone. I was left holding a bejeweled ass
    plug sitting naked atop sheets that were stained with a variety of
    liquids.

    I

    had two dates lined up with Mandy: Costco and church. On the sexy date
    meter, these two destinations probably wouldn't even register a 1 out of
    10, but I was as excited as I had been for my senior prom. The prom
    came with the promise of a blowjob from Cindy Taylor, and all Costco had
    in store for me was schlepping Mandy's stuff from the store to her car,
    but couldn't wait.

    I

    was out front and ready for our Costco date. As we walked into the
    store, sure enough, she ran into several people she knew. Mandy knew
    everyone.

    She

    was cool, casually introducing me as her husband's intern. No one would
    suspect anything else. Inside the big-box store, she was an expert,
    filling two carts. I learned a lot about Kirkland versus name brands. I
    made sure to keep my distance and prevent my hands and eyes from
    wandering and having a wonderful time.

    As

    we rolled down the aisle with baking goods, she asked me to go get the
    huge tub of coconut oil down from the shelf. Since there was no one
    around, she whispered in my ear.

    "Better get two, who knows, I really might like fucking your ass."

    I was blushing, but I obeyed and grabbed a second jar of the best lube around.

    I

    bought her a hot dog at the food court, and she shared gossip about all
    the people we had seen in the store. I noticed she had purchased a
    bottle of whisky, hidden in the cart by toilet paper and paper towels.

    "What's up with the whisky? You trying to take our coffee game up a notch?"

    "Is whisky good in coffee?" she asked with genuine curiosity

    "The Irish seem to think so."

    I'll have to give it a try. This is for The Bishop. We all have our vices; his is a small taste of whiskey once in a while.

    I recalled the flask in his bedside table. It was an interesting tidbit of information.

    We

    changed topics, but it did leave me wondering about The Bishop and what
    it was about him that bothered me, aside from the fact that he was
    Mandy's husband.

    We

    had to cut our fun short because the frozen items were thawing, but I
    can't remember the last time I had such a great meal with a woman.

    Actually,

    I could. It was our lunch date at Georgetown before my senior year. A
    date, whether real or not, isn't about the food or the atmosphere; it's
    about the company you keep. I wanted to keep her forever, but not in a
    creepy way.

    We got to her house, and I helped unload the car and stock the shelves.

    "I had a great time," I said.

    "Great time, where?" Hannah said as she walked into the kitchen.

    "Costco, your mom took me to Costco. I've never been there. I got socks and some other stuff."

    Hannah looked at me nonplused.

    "Wow, Ethan, Costco. So exciting?"

    "Ethan is learning about the simpler things in life. He's coming to church with us on Sunday."

    Hannah brightened up.

    "Then I guess Costco will be the highlight of your week."

    She left.

    "Don't listen to her. You'll find church to be very uplifting."

    As long as I was there with her, I didn't mind all the fire and brimstone they could throw at me.

    I

    woke up early on Sunday, showered, shaved then shaved my balls, crotch,
    and even my ass. I wanted to be ready for what Mandy had in store for
    me.

    The Amazon box arrived two days ago, and it had been several days since we were intimate.

    I

    walked to the Bartons' and climbed into the passenger seat of the
    Suburban. The Bishop took his car because Sundays were an all-day event
    for a man of his stature.

    Amanda

    wore a properly fitted green linen dress with large buttons. The
    outfit, along with the LDS garments she wore underneath, kept her large
    tits subdued. Her only indulgence was her matching green heels.

    The Bishop wasn't sitting with us, but rather in a pew alongside other Bishops and elders.

    The

    speaker's sermon focused on readings from Genesis 2:18. The reading was
    clear in its purpose: "And the Lord God said, It is not good that the
    man should be alone; I will make him a helper fit for him."

    Mandy leaned over to me. "Is that me? Am I your helper?"

    As

    I processed the sermon, which focused on God's design for marriage and a
    one-flesh union, I could see how she was helping me. I had never cared
    for anyone like I did for her. I grew sad that she might be helping me,
    saving me from being alone, but what I needed was for us to be together,
    in a deep and meaningful way.

    She let the side of her pinky finger graze the side of my hand, sending shivers through my body.

    The sermon continued.

    "That's why a man leaves his father and mother and is united to his wife, and they become one flesh."

    Again, our hands touched briefly. I could feel the heat of her touch on my skin.

    "Adam and his wife were both naked, and they felt no shame."

    That

    was it. That was my defining statement. I felt no shame. I looked at
    Mandy, and she gently gazed at me, our pinky fingers hooked together in a
    hidden embrace. It was like a pinky promise that neither of us would
    feel shame, now or ever.

    The

    room was hot; our bodies were hotter. A single drop of sweat trickled
    from her scalp. LDS sermons were never short. Time was standing still.

    Amanda

    always had things planned to the minute. After church, she piled
    everyone in the suburban, we stopped at Sonic, picked up the order, and
    headed home. She dropped me at my house and then drove off.

    Chapter 8: The Lord Will Forgive.

    That

    had to be the longest sermon I've ever endured. It threw my impeccable
    timing off. I hustled everyone into the car as Ethan slid into the
    passenger seat.

    He could see how rushed I was. The sweat was beading on my brow.

    We hit the drive-through at Sonic. As usual, it was a mess with each kid changing their order.

    Food in hand, we raced home. I dropped Ethan off at his house, thanked him for attending church, and was off.

    At home, I made Hanna organize her brothers and sister. Food on the table, educational TV on the set. And I was off again.

    "I'll be with The Bishop for the afternoon meetings," and headed out.

    The rush, the heat of the sun, was making me sweat; something I'd normally hate, but not today, not on a Sunday.

    I

    drove out of our driveway, then turned down Ethan's driveway and
    clicked open his garage. I parked inside, closed the door behind me, and
    took a breath. This was my first moment of privacy all day since my
    morning poop.

    I

    was tempted to just sit here, maybe let my fingers explore myself. I
    adjusted myself and then it was out of the car and into Ethan's kitchen.

    He was waiting there. His jacket was off, but his shirt and tie still on. I looked right at him with an almost animal desire.

    It

    had been quite a morning, sitting next to each other, aware that he
    could sense the desire radiating from my body, listening to the words of
    God preaching about a man and a woman and their one-flesh union. I'm
    sure lust was also on the menu, but I lost track during our innocent
    pinky play.

    I approached him with intention.

    "On your knees," I said dispassionately.

    He obeyed. I pulled up my dress to reveal the LDS undergarments I knew he loved. He could see I soaked right through them.

    He

    moved in, but I held his head, only allowing him to inhale my rich
    scent. I had never smelled another woman's cunt, but there must have
    been something to my hormones and ph, because Ethan wasn't the first to
    be enraptured by my flavor.

    I let go of his head and he brought his hands up to pulled down my LDS panties and reveal my soaked pussy.

    As he did he was met with a wet smack as my bright pink seven-inch lady cock flopped out surprising him.

    He looked up at me and marveled.

    "You wore it to church!"

    I bit my lip innocently and nodded.

    He

    proceeded to pull my garments to the ground as I held my dress up with
    one hand and gently stroked my lady cock with the other.

    The

    pink semi-realistic looking dildo was mounted to straps that held it in
    place just above my cunt. It made out of silicone that had the firmness
    of a hard cock with a little bit of give. I purposely chose one without
    the balls, because I honestly didn't know if that would turn him on or
    off. Best not to take chances.

    If he wants balls after today, I'll get another.

    It

    took me 20 minutes to position it perfectly under my dress and LDS
    garments, so that it hung down against my thigh without tenting my
    dress, creating an unwanted spectacle.

    It

    wasn't comfortable at first, but once I was dressed and looking at
    myself in the mirror, knowing I was hiding seven inches under my
    clothing, was oddly invigorating.

    No one in church knew, not even Ethan, and that alone caused me exhilaration.

    Now,

    about to receive his tongue, I held my lady cock up, giving gave him
    unfettered access to my cunt, the only thing I wanted him concentrating
    on right now.

    I

    had visited my esthetician yesterday to have my pubic area perfectly
    manicured. She's an artist and left me with a thin coat of pubic hair
    that tapered off where my labia started and cleaned away anything below
    the top of my slit. I loved having fine hair above my cunt but having my
    tenderest parts hairless.

    I could smell my mating scent and a hint of the silicone from my lady cock as the room filled with the odor of impending sex.

    Ethan

    remained on his knees, and I lifted my right leg and placed it over his
    shoulder resting my foot on a chair, opening my pussy directly in his
    face.

    He

    grasped my ass cheeks, one with each hand and brought my fragrant
    garden into his mouth. Attacking it with loud and hungry slurps.

    Oh God, he's good at this. So good.

    My

    one hand gripped my dress and the lady cock, keeping them both out of
    the way, the other hand grasped the curls of his hair as if bridling a
    wild horse.

    He

    turned his head, so my pussy lips met his like two mouths in a make out
    session. His tongue pushed inside me, and I could feel my clit rise to
    meet him.

    I

    tilted slightly left offering his mouth access to more than my slit. He
    took the bait, and I felt his tongue gliding down my perineum, wetting
    it, approaching my furled knot then returning to my cunt, a move I
    rewarded with a gentle moan.

    I

    silently thanked Raj, the dictator who ran my Pilates classes, because
    this wasn't the easiest position to maintain. My leg muscles had been
    trained, and I held firm, giving him unfettered access despite the
    threat of leg cramps.

    I

    gently bounced on my left leg letting my pussy slide back and forth on
    his mouth. I was unsure what to do with my hands so I gently began to
    masturbate my lady cock. Of course, that provided no sensation, at least
    not physical, but the act of stroking myself like a man, that must have
    been some kind of mental trigger, because my brain rewarded me with a
    rush of dopamine.

    I

    covered his head with the bottom of the green dress, forcing him to
    inhale my essence. If my pussy smelled as good as he had told me, then
    this would be heaven for him.

    He

    gently massaged my thigh while slurping away at my thickening labia
    lips. This was loud, vulgar oral sex. He washed his mouth with my
    wetness, and I moaned in response. It was crude, and it was
    invigorating.

    My

    climax was coming fast, I knew I would cum several times today, so I
    pushed in harder and ground down against his face. A flood of his saliva
    and my drippings flowed down my thighs, soaking his fingers.

    I pulled his hair tight then moved them to the back of his head and began to fuck his face with my cunt.

    I

    made a long cry that drowned out the crude sounds, then froze for a
    second as the first wave swallowed me with pleasure. It passed, and I
    continued to gyrate, slower, now as the second wave approached. This one
    was big.

    He

    continued to lap away at my wetness. I knew he would not stop until I
    told him to. I had to scold him in the past for stopping before my
    orgasm ended. If nothing else, he was getting a good lesson in female
    needs this summer.

    Sometimes

    when I orgasmed, he would feed his wet fingers for me to taste the
    liquid flush my body created. He told me how my orgasms arrived with a
    rush of sweetness. Perhaps it was my body's gift for providing me a
    climax. I assume that sweet flow was about to fill his mouth.

    And then I came. Hard.

    He

    could tell by the contraction of my muscles and the sounds of my
    ecstasy. His tongue continued, and I let it tickle and provoke me until
    the feeling became too much, nerve bundle overload, and I staggered back
    until I found a wall to lean on as I rode the final seconds of glory he
    provided me.

    My

    dress fell back into place hiding my lady cock which bulged against the
    fabric. He slowly stood and we met in a deeply personal open-mouth kiss
    that soon turned to me exploring his face, tasting what I gave him from
    my body.

    I

    picked up my soiled undergarments, lifted my dress again, and mopped up
    the mess we created, smiled, and opened a kitchen drawer where I had
    earlier found he had placed a purloined pair of my soiled garments,
    probably stolen from my laundry basket.

    I

    wanted him to know there was nothing about him that I didn't know. I
    think he realized that as I placed this filthy garment with the other,
    closed the drawer, and did so without a word.

    I could see a look of guilt in his eyes.

    I

    didn't say a word; I took him by the hand up the stairs where I was on
    excitement overload to strap on that rubber cock and feel what it's like
    to enter a man.

    He

    came up behind me and unzipped my dress, which fell to the floor,
    leaving me half-nude from the waist down, my pink lady cock hanging
    there, ready for action.

    I

    turned around and loosened his tie, then gently unbuttoned his shirt,
    kissing his chest as I exposed his flesh. He unbuckled his pants,
    dropped them revealing his rigid cock, pulsing with excitement.

    We

    met in a kiss, and I gently stroked him with my fingers. He was so
    hard, I could feel the veins bulge out like braille letters, letting me
    read his excitement.

    As

    was my Sunday ritual, I wore my bra over my LDS garments. Some women
    did it the other way around, bra first, garment second. But The Bishop
    had always insisted the garment be worn against the flesh, and the bra,
    to support my large tits, was over that. It wasn't very comfortable, but
    it was The Bishops wish, and I always obeyed him.

    Ethan

    knew my bras opened from the front. Any woman with a sizable bust will
    tell you this is the best option. He opened the bra, and it fell away;
    then attempted to pull the garment over my head.

    I

    didn't let him. Today, I'd wear the now-fragrant LDS garment for a
    while, just to drive him wild. This was all about pleasing my young man
    in ways he never knew possible.

    I

    crawled on to the bed and lay propped up against the pillows, then took
    some lube and began to masturbate my lady cock while I beckoned him
    closer to me with a finger.

    "That looks kind of big," he said with a bit of panic.

    "Now you know what I have to deal with."

    I continued to stroke it.

    He

    crawled forward over me, and our mouths met. Soft, deep kisses. He soon
    moved to my tits, still covered with my fragrant LDS garment. His
    kisses through the fabric excited my nipples, and they grew rock hard,
    practically begging me to take off the top.

    While

    he kissed my cloth covered tits, I took his hand, putting his
    forefinger in my mouth then two fingers, tasting the flavors my pussy
    had left on them. I sucked them both, until his mouth returned to mine
    and our tongues went at each other.

    He

    then moved his body down, perhaps to taste my pussy again, but he went
    to all the way to my feet and did something unexpected. He began to lick
    and suck my toes.

    I

    wasn't prepared for that, but I have always wanted to have my feet
    worshiped, and I let the pleasure sink in. Letting out a moan of
    approval, I stroked my leg. Sucking each toe until it was soaked he
    began long licks up my legs, tasting the salt from my sweat as he
    progressed.

    I

    thought I was in charge, what with me wearing the lady cock and all,
    but he was working erogenous zones I didn't know existed. I felt hands
    under my LDS garment working my tits, and realized they were my own.

    He

    continued onward, doing a slow burn up my legs. The room was getting
    hot, or at least I perceived it that way, and I took the fragrant top
    off, allowing me to knead and massage my tits freely. I turn the nipple
    up on my left tit and brought it to my mouth and began to tease myself
    into a heightened state.

    Ethan

    returned to me, but did not interfere with my tit play. Instead, he
    raised my left arm, revealing a small gift I left him, a five o'clock
    shadow on my armpits. I chose not to shave under my arms for the past
    few days in anticipation of today's events.

    Ethan

    smiled, knowing I had done this for him. He held my arm up and began to
    kiss and lick my armpit, pancaking his tongue and giving it long tastes
    of my sweat. My armpits were the origin of my Sabbath savor, and I
    would allow him to linger there as long as he needed.

    I

    had no idea a tongue on my armpit could generate so much pleasure, and I
    would have been content to let this go on until we both orgasmed, but
    he brought his mouth to mine, again bringing my flavors and my essence
    back for me to taste.

    He

    returned to my armpit, licked it some more, and then to my tits, which
    had been off limits. I was sure he could induce a letdown, but he chose
    to go lower until he was at my thighs, looking at my lady cock.

    I began to stroke it and held it erect, to show him what to expect.

    He crawled back up the bed and lay on his back next to me, stroking himself as I rubbed my lady cock.

    He's ready for me.

    I

    turned to face him and gently crawled over his body, my lady cock
    hanging between my legs. I grabbed his hand and pinned him back, then
    moved in for aggressive kisses then his nipples sucking on them then go
    up on my knees and began to masturbate my fake cock in front of him.

    He responded in kind, masturbating himself. I gestured to the coconut oil that was sitting on the bedside table.

    He

    took a handful and slather it on his cock then started masturbating. I
    slathered another handful on my plastic cock and masturbated it as well.

    "Legs back," I commanded.

    He

    pulled his legs up, so his knees were near his ears giving me a full
    spread of anus, his perineum and his balls. He reached up and
    masturbated my fake cock a few strokes, perhaps to insure it was
    lubricated enough.

    I

    pushed his hand off and brought my head down low, licking his balls
    gently. Like myself, he had sat through a long, hot sermon, and his
    balls tasted of salt and sweat.

    I

    moved to the brown skin that circled his tight knot and began to lick
    in an elliptical motion, fully aware how much this was stimulating the
    nerve endings around this sensitive area.

    He

    was clean and smelled of Noxzema. No doubt he spent extra time cleaning
    himself in anticipation of my intentions. I teased him with a sharpened
    tongue that dipped into his sealed hole, surprising him.

    Then

    I rose and returned to his face with deeper kisses. My plastic cock
    rested next to his flesh cock and I could feel both on my soft flesh.

    How

    often had I been in his portion as he would come up on me, press his
    cock against my stomach as kissed getting ready to insert himself in me.

    From

    this position, I could feel the dominance. Sure, I'd ridden him plenty
    of times from above, but to do packing seven inches of cock was like
    having a weapon. It empowered me.

    I

    took the coconut oils and lubed my cock and fingers then gently pressed
    on his backdoor until it opened and swallowed my two fingers. As I slid
    into his rectum could feel his smooth surface.

    Ethan made a moan that betrayed the pain.

    "Should I stop?" I asked.

    He shook his head no.

    And

    I continued, and in a few seconds, I was sliding my fingers in and out
    with ease. Ethan's cock remained hard without so much as touch from me.

    I

    pulled my fingers out, slathered some more oil on my girl cock and his
    hole then took the toy in hand and pushed the head against his pucker.
    The dildo had a much more tapered head than Bruce's cock with its thick
    mushroom cap and slid in an inch without issue.

    But then he winced, I had met the inner sphincter, a far tougher doorman.

    With a push from my hips, he let out a gentle groan of pleasured pain, and I was past the last barrier.

    From self-experience, I knew the pain was behind us and proceeded inward.

    I

    placed my hands on his thighs and gently began to press forward. I
    thrust my hips driving the cock into his ass. Ethan grasped his legs
    below the knees to keep his legs up and ass open.

    I

    pushed again and drove the cock in as far as I could finding myself
    resting against his ass. Moving my hands to get position, I did what men
    do to me and began thrusting my hips to drive in and pull out.

    At

    first fast, then slow, then I leaned into him, placing my tits against
    his chest, our mouths met, and my movements became gentle and sensual.

    Our

    kisses were intense, as we both were experiencing something so wild for
    the first time. I could see his nostrils flaring as he inhaled that
    Sunday savor from my armpits. The entire moment animal sex, and even
    though I was sharing gentle probing kisses, I had every intention to
    bring this up a notch in 5, 4, 3, 2;

    I pulled up thrusting my hips, driving my girl cock deeper in my young man's ass, catching him by surprise.

    "You like my cock in your ass?" I asked.

    I demanded an answer.

    I

    realized the angle wasn't perfect and suddenly pulled out, catching him
    off guard. He looked up at me with wondering eyes. Why had I done that?

    Grabbing a pillow, I brought it to us.

    Put that pillow under your back. I need to go deeper.

    Ethan obeyed and put the pillow under the small of his back as I stroked my girl cock for him to watch.

    "Bring your ass to me"

    He complied and scooched down like an obedient boy.

    I

    held my girl cock and then slapped it on his confused tight knot,
    careful not to hit his balls. I followed with my fingers riding around
    his rim, then girl cock in hand, I dragged it up and down the outside of
    his ass from his balls to his tailbone, warning him of what was about
    to happen. Again.

    Placing

    one hand on his thigh, I got the cock tip easily in his ass then slid
    in, this time bringing all seven inches inside him.

    He grunted as he held his legs back in a position that could only be for anal sex or a doctor's examination.

    I

    went to work with my hips, giving rapid thrusts followed by circular
    motions, making sure I was stimulating his nerve endings more than they
    could handle.

    The

    feeling of empowerment was overwhelming. I both loved it and feared it.
    As a woman, my role had always been to receive pleasure from a man and
    return it. But like this, with my hands holding his ankles as I watched
    my girl cock slide in and of his ass, I felt dominance. And it scared me
    that I liked it so much.

    Ethan's

    moans were far more animal and guttural than normal. I didn't want to
    spoil the moment by thanking him for allowing me this feeling.

    "Do you like me fucking you?" I asked.

    "I do; this is;"

    I gave my girl cock a hard shove and he winced unable to finish his sentence.

    "I love how you're taking it."

    I

    really did. Watching him react to an inanimate part of my body was
    captivating. I felt something coming over me, a feeling born from being
    truly in charge and born from his moans of pleasure. It was strong but
    distant and growing. My body began to perspire. Already ripe from a day
    spent in thick polyester garments, then engaged in sex, I could smell my
    fragrance. My human ester, the key ingredient to my body's natural
    perfume.

    My

    tits were covered in perspiration as I continued to ride Ethan. Drops
    of my salty, fragrant water dripped on his face and chest. I saw him
    licking his lips.

    I was about to cum. It was unexpected, and frankly, the timing was not;

    "Oh, my God!" He shouted. "Oh, my God!"

    Then,

    without warning, without even being touched, his cock began to bob and
    pulsate. I watched in complete awe as it rose and fell like a whale
    cresting the waters. Ethan was too busy moaning to notice. As I reached
    down to grab his cock, he spontaneously erupted in orgasm. Long ropes of
    thick white cum splattering on his torso. Three in rapid succession,
    and then two, with a lesser force.

    He

    let out a long groan of pleasure. As I watched him orgasm, it was swept
    up in my wave of pleasure, and I let out a long moan that turned into
    quick, short breaths.

    I came to a slow stop with my girl cock still deep in his rectum. I release my grip on his ankles and put his feet down.

    "I'm so sorry, I didn't know that would happen," he said with a little bit of fear.

    "It's Okay," I replied. "It's fine."

    "No, it's not. You have your rules, and I felt myself coming, but I thought I could hold on longer."

    "It was amazing to watch. Amazing."

    "But I didn't finish inside you."

    "The Lord will forgive. We can all count on his forgiveness."

    I put my hand on his semi thick cock and gently stroked it to coax several pearls of cum to bubble out and over.

    He

    relaxed to enjoy the feeling as I slowly pulled back until my girl cock
    slid out of him and his sphincter snapped shut. A trickle of liquefied
    coconut oil leaked out.

    He lay there almost helpless as I sat up to look down on my young man.

    I had so much to tell him. There were things he needed to know.

    I

    snuggled in close, our bodies both covered in perspiration, wet,
    fragrant, and spent. He turned to me and held me tight. The sperm that
    had landed on him was transferred to my body, and I gently ran my
    fingers through its life-giving gift.

    "So, you're going to forget all about me when you return to Boston?" I asked with a pouting face.

    "If that were even possible," he replied.

    Chapter 9: If That Were Even Possible.

    Mandy snuggled in close to me, holding me tight.

    "So, you're going to forget all about me when you return to Boston?" she asked with a pouting face.

    "If that were even possible," I replied.

    "You know it's not too late to return to the church. I'd very much like to be together in the celestial kingdom."

    She was offering me a relationship for when we both died and went to LDS heaven.

    "Like they would even let me in."

    "Why don't you think you'll be in the celestial kingdom?" she asked, confused by my doubt.

    "Well, beyond my lack of faith, there is this adultery conundrum. Judgment day might be a little harder for people like me."

    She got serious at the word 'adultery'.

    "This isn't adultery; It's not something to make jokes about."

    I had never seen her so serious.

    What was I thinking?

    If I were an adulterer, so was she, and considering her husband and family, her transgressions were more serious than mine.

    The last thing I wanted was to introduce the real world into our small fantasy life.

    "I'm sorry, that was insensitive."

    "What if I told you The Bishop knows I'm here. He knows what we do when we're together."

    I laughed at the notion.

    "God forbid. That would be a huge problem."

    "Not if I was here with his permission."

    I was confused by her hypotheticals and concerned she might be feeling the need to confess our summer tryst to her husband.

    "If you're thinking of telling him, I can give you a hundred reasons not to.

    "You're not listening to me. I don't have to tell him, he knows I'm here. He knows what we do here."

    Panic washed over me.

    I sat up in bed and looked at her.

    "Please tell me you're making a joke."

    She didn't smile.

    My mouth went dry. My head began to spin.

    "Why would he;"

    "Why would he allow me to be with you? To make love with you? To let you take me as a husband takes his wife?"

    I had no words.

    "The same reason he let your father take me for eighteen years."

    "My father? What does he have to do with this? With us?"

    She sat up now.

    "About the time your mother died, we found out The Bishop could not father children."

    "He has children," I reminded her. "Five of them."

    "No, your father sired all my children. From Gideon down to John-John. Your father, not The Bishop, gave me those children."

    This had gone way too far to be a joke. I got out of the bed and stood looking at her. This could not be true.

    "You and my father;"

    "You and I have had sex dozens of times this summer. Is it that hard to imagine me with your father?"

    "Yes, it is!" I said and dropped into a chair.

    If the moment when she told me Gideon had caught us was bad enough, this was a complete out-of-body, horrifying experience.

    "It's

    imperative for The Bishop to have a large family. He's a leader in our
    community; a pillar. Your father had always been a kind man. He found me
    attractive, so we approached him with the offer. Well, he was hesitant
    at first, but he's a man. He had needs and urges that I could satisfy.
    After I got pregnant with Gideon, he agreed to sire all my children."

    "Then Gideon and Hannah are my;"

    "Your brother and sister. They all are."

    This

    was overwhelming. My father had given Mrs. Barton all five of her
    children. More specifically, all her children were my siblings; every
    single one of them and I had just spent the better part of the summer
    sleeping with their mom.

    "When your father died, we were trying to get pregnant with my sixth child. Sadly, that didn't happen."

    Why would he do this?

    She moved in close and lovingly took my hand.

    "He

    did it for you and me. The Bishop promised him you would get into the
    best schools, have the best jobs, and become an essential church
    member."

    I got into Harvard on my own.

    Your application was impressive, but it needed a call from The Bishop to finalize it.

    You're saying my father had sex with you in exchange for me getting into Harvard?

    Well,

    not at first. After your mother died, your father was lonely. He needed
    companionship. You probably wouldn't have noticed; you were about 7
    years old at the time.

    The Bishop convinced him to help me get pregnant. In exchange, The Bishop financed your father's business.

    My

    father owned a storage facility and had a U-Haul franchise. Neither
    made a lot of money, but we were never in financial hardship.

    "The Bishop helped him for years. Your father wasn't a very good businessman."

    "Maybe because he was too busy having sex with the woman next door," I fired back.

    Her face got cross.

    "Enough of that. Don't speak poorly of your father. He gave me everything I care about in this life. That includes you."

    "Then why didn't you leave The Bishop and take up with my father?"

    "Your

    father never stopped loving your mother. Never. That's what made this
    so perfect. He didn't want me; well, not as a wife. We each fulfilled a
    need."

    "Oh God, I know I'll end up in counseling after this."

    "Don't even joke about that. This can never get out."

    "You can't tell me whether I can go to counseling. This is some fucked up shit."

    "Language. And it's not me telling you; it's The Bishop. You never want to cross The Bishop."

    It

    was a real threat. I could hear his voice in her words. There was no
    telling how far The Bishop would go to protect his image, but I was
    certain that crossing him could cost me dearly.

    "Just let me process this. You're the mother of my father's children. Your husband, The Bishop, consented to this arrangement."

    Your father first, and now you. You were both The Bishop's idea.

    I gazed at her with fear in my eyes.

    The

    Bishop feels a family should have seven children to serve the Church.
    After your father died, he decided you should be the father of our last
    two children and maintain their bloodline intact.

    "Why did you agree to this? You let him just put you out there to breed? Like a farm animal?"

    The next thing I felt was a slap across my face.

    It stung.

    "What was that for? This isn't a freaking soap opera, you can cut out the dramatics."

    "I'm not some kind of farm animal."

    "Okay, I'm sorry about that. But he's breeding you. Making you have sex to get pregnant.

    "It was my idea."

    "You said it was his idea."

    He

    wanted sperm donors. I refused. I will not conceive a child through
    such an impersonal method of procreation. It had to be physical.

    "This

    whole thing. This summer of; all the sneaking around. All the sex. All
    that talk about not wasting my seed. Was all this just so I could try to
    get you pregnant?"

    "Which is what you did."

    I looked at her in awe.

    "Ethan,

    we're going to have a child together. You've fulfilled God's desire for
    me to have a sixth child. The Bishop and the Lord will bless you for
    what you've done."

    "Wait, wait, wait, slow down. You said you couldn't get pregnant. You assured me of that."

    "While I was breastfeeding, that was true, but I weaned John-John weeks ago. I told you that."

    I interrupted her. "We have been fucking like rabbits,"

    "Making love," she corrected me.

    "Did you love my father?"

    "Yes and no. I spent much of a summer getting to know him before I allowed his sperm into me. I loved his spirit."

    "You loved his spirit? What does that mean?"

    "He

    was caring, he cared about me. He was kind. I loved his spirit, who he
    was, and what he was doing for me. I could not conceive a child without
    love. All my children were conceived with the spirit of love."

    "You won't conceive a child without love?"

    "No child deserves that," she replied.

    "Then you concede that you love me, don't you?"

    She was quiet. Looking for words.

    "You

    know I love you," I said, without giving her a chance to answer. "You
    know this, right? Because I've done a lousy job of hiding it.

    She remained quiet.

    So, what is it? Do you love me? Or just my spirit? I have the right to know.

    She seemed lost, unsure how to answer.

    "You," she said softly. "I love you."

    Suddenly,

    the weight of everything she had just laid on me disappeared. She got
    up from the bed, came over to me, and embraced me, putting her hand on
    my shoulder.

    "It wasn't supposed to happen like this," she said in a voice that seemed on the verge of tears.

    I

    tried not to let it happen, but that day at Costco, just the two of us,
    I realized The Bishop never once spent a moment like that with me.

    "If I could have spent six more hours in that store with you, I would have; "

    She pulled away and took her garment top, pulling it over her head as she began to dress.

    "This changes everything," I said in a hopeful tone.

    "No,

    it changes nothing. This child will be The Bishop's child. His sixth
    child. You'll go back to school. I'll go back to my duties as a wife,
    mother and helpmeet."

    "What if I say no? What if I tell people? The elders. The other Bishops?"

    You

    would be destroying me as a person. You would force me to become an
    outcast. The children would be taken from me. You would be condemned by
    the church. But The Bishop, he would be fine.

    "He's

    a fucking monster. He made you do this. Whored you out to me, to my
    dad. What if I had turned you down? What if I had half a brain and
    didn't let you seduce me?"

    "There were alternatives, but only you ensured the pure bloodline."

    "Gideon? Was he my alternative?"

    "That's

    irrelevant. We're having a child. You provided me and The Bishop with
    our sixth child. He'll be happy, and you'll reap benefits from this."

    "So, this is how it ends? I give that bastard what he wants. He gets my child and you?"

    "It's not over. Six months after our child is born, we'll conceive another; my seventh. We can do this again."

    "Oh, my God, this nightmare is never going to end."

    "Do you want it to end?" she asked,

    "I want to be with you." I pleaded. "I love you."

    "I love you, too."

    "Let me be specific. I love you as a man loves his wife. Not your spirit, or whatever the fuck that is, I love you."

    "We can continue together until the seventh child is born. That's almost two years."

    "Half of which you'll be pregnant."

    "With our children."

    "No, The Bishop's children," I corrected her.

    She

    put her bra over her top and slipped on her dress. She was transforming
    back into the obedient LDS mother she pretended to be, right before my
    eyes.

    I

    had planned to tell her I would be taking a leave of absence from
    Harvard and stay here longer so we could enjoy more time together.

    Now

    I wanted to escape. Not from her, I loved her and now knew she loved
    me, but from The Bishop, whose very presence in his home next door,
    sleeping in the same bed as the woman I loved, filled me with fits of
    anger.

    Mrs.

    Barton gave me a gentle yet loving kiss before walking out of our room.
    I had referred to the master bedroom as "our room" all summer as we
    pretended to be married.

    Perhaps this is what it feels like to pretend to break up.

    To be continued in part 5. Based on a post by Wendy Trilby, in 5 parts, for Literotica.

    54 min
  • The Bishop’s Hotwife: Part 3

    The Bishop’s Hotwife: Part 3Gideon Gets it on.

    Based on a post by Wendy Trilby, in 5 parts. Listen to the Podcast at Explicit Novels.




    Walking

    around the impressive property, I was greeted by neighbors, some I
    knew, others I had never seen before. I recalled several of them being
    friends of my father.

    Walking

    by the pool, I found Gideon, Hannah's brother, who was the reason for
    the party. He was coming up the pool ladder, enroute back to the diving
    board.

    "Gideon, congratulations on the mission. You must be very excited."

    Gideon

    stepped up to shake my hand. He was 18 and about to face adulthood
    directly. I was glad I never went on a mission, but I was also impressed
    by how much my LDS friends learned about life during theirs.

    Gideon's eyes were locked on the pool, and it was easy to see she was distracted by the attractive moms in their bathing suits.

    "Hey,

    Ethan, welcome back home. I'm sorry to hear about your dad. He was such
    a great guy and even came to all my baseball games." I guess my dad and
    I both had some regrets. Dad was busy working hard and being a single
    dad. And then I’ve stayed away at college for years, hardly even calling
    my dad. It probably crushed him. And that’s what probably led to his
    enjoying the Barton kids and investing in them.

    "Really?

    I don't think he was at one of my football games. So, Chicago, huh? Not
    too bad for a mission. No need to learn a new language. Although you
    might want to brush up on your colloquialisms."

    Gideon was confused.

    "If

    someone doesn't want to hear you talk about the Book of Mormon, just
    grab your balls and say, suck on this." It's like saying thank you in
    Chicago speak."

    Gideon

    laughed. I knew men his age had issues with the church, and as exciting
    as it might be to get away from home for a year, he was probably
    wondering what it was all for.

    "Which college are you thinking about? No, wait, let me guess: BYU."

    Gideon laughed again. The chances of one of the Barton kids attending any school other than BYU were slim.

    His

    twin sister, Hannah approached. It was astonishing to realize how much
    she resembled her mother. I didn't want to sexualize her, but she was
    18, and in the Mormon faith, some girls her age have two children by
    this point.

    "The Bishop was asking for you." Hannah said with a warm smile. Gideon waved off and went back to the diving board.

    It always amazed me that the Bartons referred to him as The Bishop, rather than dad or father.

    "Me? Why?"

    "He didn't say.” Then she changed the subject; “Hey, do you know the Kristensons? The two oldest sons?"

    "Buck and Hank, yeah. Buck was my year."

    "Could you introduce me to him? I know him kinda, from the temple, but you and he were friends."

    "Of course. If that's what you want. Buck's a little wild, though."

    "Hey, I can be wild too," she fired back with a devilish grin.

    Naturally, that would be the moment Amanda would walk up.

    "Excuse me, young lady," her mother glared.

    Hannah turned beet red.

    "I'm wild about skiing, too, Hannah. Too bad I'll be back at school when the mountains get snow."

    Hannah smiled, appreciative of my giving cover to her story. She left, leaving me with Mrs. Barton.

    "What did I tell you about talking to Hannah?"

    "She was talking to me, " I said defensively. "Look, this isn't a good idea. I'm going to leave, Okay?"

    Mrs. Barton looked at me and I could see she felt bad.

    "I'm

    sorry. I've been rude to you. It's just that I'm under all this
    pressure, and I've got you and The Bishop, and then I have to wrangle
    all my kids. I took a Xanax and I'm waiting for it to kick in."

    "Hey, you're truly incredible. I mean, really incredible. I just don't understand how you do it."

    "It's because I care too much. I like to please people.

    "Well, you sure know how to please me."

    I then tensed up and looked around to ensure no one heard that comment.

    She gently touched my arm and gave it a slow, sensual rub. From her touch, I could tell she wanted to be in our bed in my house.

    "I'm going to head out," I whispered.

    She looked around and then leaned toward me.

    "Follow me."

    She started walking toward the car barn, and I followed.

    The

    Bishop had built the car barn to house his collection of cars, cars he
    felt promoted his masculinity. The barn housed seven vehicles and the
    family's Gulfstream trailer. I immediately spotted something special: a
    19 75 green Ford Bronco in mint condition.

    "Wow, is this what you wanted to show me? It's great. Look at the condition. This is wonderful."

    She leaned on the hood of the vehicle like a car show girl.

    "Want to see something even better?" She asked.

    She

    didn't wait for me to respond and turned so she was facing the front of
    the vehicle. She leaned forward, and her skirt hiked up slightly, but
    not enough to reveal anything. Reaching back and she flipped it up
    revealing her soft white ass.

    "You wore the red lingerie," I said with a smile.

    "That's

    not all," she replied as she put her thumbs in the bands of her panties
    and pulled them down to reveal her bare ass punctuated by the bedazzled
    handle of the ass plug sticking out of her clench.

    I stood there in awe of this woman.

    "All day. Just for you," she purred.

    She

    tipped further forward and pushed from her core; her anus dilated
    slightly revealing some of the gold toy. She then relaxed, and her tight
    ring sealed around the stem, keeping the toy where the sun doesn't
    shine.

    "Oh my God. How does it feel?"

    "Full,

    I feel wonderful, but full. It's the big one. I had a spontaneous
    orgasm about an hour ago. I was sitting there, and it hit me when I was
    talking to Sara Carlton. She asked if I was Okay."

    "You're better than Okay. You're amazing."

    I

    knew it was time to leave. I also knew that what we were doing was
    against our own rules, but she remained bent over the Bronco, with her
    white ass glowing, punctuated by the jeweled handled of the ass plug and
    below that a drop of dew forming on her backpussy. I had been in her
    snatch so many times with fingers, my face and my cock, yet at this
    moment I want her more than ever.

    "Make it fast," she whispered.

    Game fucking on!

    I

    had my cock in hand in seconds. It felt bigger than ever. But then
    again, I'd never had an LDS mom lying on the hood of her husband's car,
    in his garage, beckoning me to take her from behind.

    My

    cock was coated with her wetness the moment I pressed it against her
    slit. I slid in fast and deep. The sensation of my cock and her stuffed
    rectum was overwhelming, and she let out a whispering groan. I set a
    rapid pace, and she responded with gentle signs of pleasure each time I
    thrust inward. Her wetness increased and her pussy made loud slurps as
    it swallowed my cock.

    My

    eyes were locked on her stretched hole, which fought to retain the toy.
    She put her hands back, grasping her ass cheeks pulling them wide to
    give me an incredible view of my cock entering her pussy clean and
    coming out of her coated in glistening wetness.

    I

    decided to change things up, then pulled my cock out, dropped to my
    knees and planted my face in her back pussy to let my tongue give my
    cock a short break.

    "We don't have time for you to;"

    She never finished her sentence my tongue darted across her dangling clit.

    "Oh, that motherfucking tongue of yours."

    I

    needed to get my cock back inside her because she was talking up a
    filthy storm and it would probably only take one more "motherfucker" for
    me to blow my lode.

    I

    stood and pushed my cock in hard and fast, surprising her. Her body
    reacted, her core responded as I began to pump her pussy. In our
    heightened state and the relaxation brought on by her Xanax, we were
    both unaware her asshole was giving birth to the ass plug.

    I glanced down to see the egg-shaped toy pop out, followed by a rush of lube and her anus snapping shut.

    I

    vaguely remember it hitting the ground with a metallic clang, but she
    and I were now reaching our plateaus, and neither of us wanted to stop.

    Her

    empty brown eye opened and closed with each push and pull and when I
    felt her body shake with pleasure, I unleashed a healthy flow of cum
    deep within her.

    She

    moaned in pleasure as she felt herself being filled, and it was in that
    moment of bliss we both forgot about the plug that had rolled under the
    Bronco.

    You

    could smell our lust in the air as we slumped forward onto the dusty
    truck. She was pressed against the hood, and I was pressed against her
    back as we tried to catch our breath.

    In

    the distance, I heard something topple over. I'm not sure of what, but
    the sound brought us to. She turned, putting a finger over her pursed
    lips, shushing me.

    She quickly pulled up her panties and flipped he dress down, and I pulled up my shorts and straightened up.

    She guided me away from the area, walked me to the driveway, ensured no one was around, and gave me a deep kiss.

    "I have to get back," she said, "but thanks for coming."

    I wasn't sure if she was making a pun.

    "My pleasure," I replied.

    "Hey, the plug. It fell under the car," I reminded her.

    "I'll get it, you go."

    She

    gave me a deep kiss, the kind that's hard to break and could easily
    turn into another session. She then broke off and gave a wink.

    I

    walked through the bushes into my yard. We had broken our rules about
    sex outside the non-kosher kitchen, and nothing had gone wrong. Maybe
    some rules were made to be broken.

    Chapter 4: Nothing Gone Wrong.

    As

    I kissed Ethan, I could feel his semen gently flowing from my cunt,
    saturating the red fabric of his favorite panties. The warm fluid turned
    cold against the breeze coming up my skirt.

    When we were out of the garage and out of sight, I put my hand in his and left him with a kiss that promised so much more.

    I gave him a little shove and watched his ass as he left. Our liaison in the garage was unexpected, but was it really?

    I

    had taunted him with the sex toy. I could pretend what happened was
    spontaneous, but deep down, I wanted him to take me amid The Bishop's
    favorite things. I wanted him to know he could have me anytime,
    anywhere.

    When

    I entered into this agreement, it was about sex, but things were
    changing rapidly. Now it was about my desire to be with Ethan as much as
    possible.

    We

    had broken our rules about sex outside the non-kosher kitchen, and
    nothing went wrong. Maybe some rules are made to be broken.

    I'd

    need to change my panties or risk his cum dripping down my legs. But
    first I needed to retrieve the ass plug. I returned to the exact spot. I
    could see the dust on the hood of the truck been wiped clean.

    I bent over to look under the car and heard a familiar voice,

    "Mom, we need to talk."

    I turned to see Gideon holding the gold ass plug that I had ejected from my ass.

    A cold trickle of Ethan's thick cum slid down my leg.

    Chapter 5: Fucking Gideon.

    It

    was nice to sleep in on Sunday. I knew Mrs. Barton wouldn't show up
    until after church. She usually made sure her kids had lunch and then
    came here to prepare a meal for me.

    We ate, screwed and then she left, returning home before The Bishop returned from the Temple.

    There was something I learned to love about Sundays. A kink I didn't know I had until our first Sunday together.

    Her daily routine was no different on Sundays, rise early, poop, shower and be perfect before the rest of the family was awake.

    Sunday

    mornings meant getting everyone fed and out the door for church. It
    meant dressing nicely, and that included wearing her church
    undergarments.

    While

    The Bishop was often indifferent to her wearing the church garments on
    the daily, he was insistent that they be worn on Sundays and would
    inspect her before leaving for church. She had come to mention that the
    inspections were humiliating, but she obeyed, nonetheless.

    On

    Sundays, despite being fresh and showered in the morning, she would
    come to me after spending several hours in a hot church wearing her
    thick polyester undergarments. The church was hot; the service was long.
    Her pussy, shrouded in religious garb that did not breathe, ripened
    with pheromones and alkie, as thoughts of how she and I would please
    each other later in the day.

    We

    jokingly called it her Sabbath savor, and if I had my choice, I'd ask
    her to wear the garments more often so it could feel like Sunday every
    day of the week. Her smell and taste on Sundays were never offensive, in
    fact, just the opposite. It became an aphrodisiac, something I could
    not resist.

    If there was ever a question of the power of the Sabbath Savor, it was answered the day after Gideon's goodbye luncheon.

    I

    heard the door open. She was early. Maybe she got the kids some
    takeout. Since it was 11:00 a.m., I decided to get up and shower before
    our session.

    She

    walked into my bedroom wearing her conservative Sunday clothing. I knew
    that beneath that dress, she had on the least sexy outfit imaginable:
    thick polyester panties and a top; her LDS garments. And she had been
    sweating for hours.

    "Time to do some motherfucking," I said jokingly.

    I then noticed the stern look on her face and how she was shushing me. She came over to me and pulled me into the bathroom.

    "My son is downstairs, so perhaps ease up on the motherfucker stuff."

    I froze as I processed her words.

    "What the fuck is he doing here? Which son?"

    "Gideon."

    "Why would you bring him here?"

    "He saw us."

    "Saw us? Where?"

    "When you bent me over my husband's car and fucked me."

    My head was spinning as I tried to process what she revealed.

    "He watched us; he watched you get;"

    She nodded yes.

    I

    was experiencing an out-of-body moment. This couldn't be real. Closing
    my eyes, I hoped it was just a dream. A terrible dream. But it was
    happening.

    She moved in close and spoke quietly.

    "He's

    eighteen, he's full of hormones and about to go off on his mission. He
    made it clear to me that he'll keep our little indiscretion a secret."

    "A secret?" I asked with a hopefully. "He won't tell The Bishop?"

    "There's an if."

    "He won't tell The Bishop if?"

    "If we allow him to watch us have sex."

    "Jesus Fucking Christ!"

    "Would you please check your tongue? This is the Lord's Day, so there will be no blasphemy."

    "No blasphemy? As if that's the most heinous thing we're discussing. What about the no adultery part?"

    "In

    this house, you're my husband, so I don't consider it adultery. I want
    us to show my son how passionate people to make love."

    "This is nuts. If he tells The Bishop, we're both fucked. And not in the good way."

    "He won't tell The Bishop. All we need to do is make love, he watches, and then he's off on his mission for two years."

    Fucking Gideon.

    That

    little shit had negotiated himself a hell of a strange deal. He gets to
    watch his mother have sex, something he could hold over her head for
    the rest of her life.

    Of

    course, since he would be on his mission for two years, I'd be long
    gone when he returned. By then, I'd have sold my dad's house and be the
    hell out of Utah. The emotional fallout wasn't going to be on me.

    It's

    funny how thoughts work. Here I was contemplating a crisis, and a
    positive spin where I no longer lived here, and the Bartons were a
    distant memory, I grew sad. I looked at Mandy and realized that I didn't
    want to be apart from her. Even after this mess we were currently in.

    But that was a problem for a different day.

    I sat on the bed and rubbed my head, trying to stave off the growing headache.

    "Okay,

    all right, so how do we do this? It's like a cuck thing, I guess. He
    sits and watches. Do we pretend like he's not there? This isn't a
    three-way thing, is it? You're not inviting him in, are
    you?"             

    "Despite

    all the complexities of the situation, he's my son, and he'll remain at
    a respectable distance from us. He can watch; he cannot talk."

    "Good,

    because the fastest way to lose an erection is to have a conversation
    with the son of the woman you're fucking while you're fucking her. And
    to be clear, you're not inviting him in?"

    I

    saw anger in her face for the first time ever. It was hard to believe
    there was a line with her that I could cross, but I just did.

    "I realize my moral line is different from most women, but no, my son is never invited to my bed."

    "Why not just tell him no? Is this some kind of blackmail?"

    She sat on the bed to unpack the situation.

    "Did

    you know he's engaged to be married? The day he returns from his
    mission in two years. Christa Martin, she's 17 now, but they'll be
    sealed in the Temple when she's 19."

    I was unsure where she was going with this.

    "Umm, congratulations for them?"

    "That night, he'll take her to their marital bed and make love to her for the first time."

    "And this affects me how?"

    "If he's an inadequate lover, it'll doom their relationship."

    "Is that what happened to you and The Bishop?"

    She shook her head no.

    "The

    Bishop learned by watching his parents make love. When he was 18 and
    could make his own choices, they allowed him to watch. When he took my
    virginity, it was transcendental."

    I could feel pangs of jealousy at the mere mention of another man making love to her.

    "It's important to me that Gideon become an adequate lover for his wife."

    "So, you agreed to let him watch us? I've got news for you, what we have been doing is not normal."

    "He needs to observe a loving relationship between a husband and wife."

    "Then he should watch you and The Bishop."

    She put her head down, upset that she could not convince me.

    "He needs to understand how to bring pleasure to a woman. He has no knowledge of this. He'll watch us and learn."

    "There is porn for that."

    "Porn

    is not a husband and wife making love for procreation, expressing love,
    and strengthening their emotional and spiritual bonds."

    "We do none of that," I replied. "We fuck. A lot."

    "Are you telling me you don't feel an emotional bond between us? You call me your wife. I call you husband."

    The

    truth is, I felt a tremendous emotional bond with her. I loved having
    her with me and hated it when she went back to The Bishop.

    I

    often imagined The Bishop next to her in bed and reveled in the thought
    that my semen was inside her in his presence. It gave me an alpha
    feeling.

    She was waiting to see how I would respond to her question about our emotional bond.

    "Look," I said, "you know I care about you. You know, I think about you day and night."

    "Then tell me now if you think we have an emotional bond."

    She was outstanding at getting me to do her bidding or say what she needed to hear.

    "Yes, we have an emotional bond," I confessed.

    "Very good. That wasn't too hard to say, was it?"

    I

    wanted to express much more. I wasn't even sure what an emotional bond
    was. What I felt for her had to be love, but this wasn't the time to
    mention that word.

    I

    thought I had the high ground, but as she stepped toward me and
    embraced me with a gentle kiss, we both knew I would do anything she
    asked. Anything.

    I wondered if I could perform in front of another man. I knew he was a virgin, so anything I did would be inspiring.

    "You do this, and I'll reward you."

    "How?" With what?"

    She quickly reached down my pants and grasped my cock.

    "Anything you desire."

    What

    I desired was her, all day and all night. To have and to hold until
    death do us part. I desired The Bishop to die. Not a desire I could say
    out loud.

    I

    looked into her eyes, and she into mine. Our heads moved together into a
    gentle kiss. She gently started to masturbate me. I suppose this was
    inevitable.

    My thickening cock told her everything she needed to know. I was ready, I was willing, and she knew damned well I was able.

    "Gideon, get up here," she said in a loud, cold, scolding voice.

    After

    a few minutes, Gideon entered the room, still wearing his church
    clothes. He was nervous, which made the situation even more awkward.

    "Hey Ethan; "

    Mrs. Barton was holding me with her hand down my underwear as I gave him a dismissive look. I wasn't in the mood to converse.

    He quickly took a seat in a chair across the room as his mother continued to masturbate me with her right hand.

    "It's

    just the two of us," she said as we looked into each other's eyes. "A
    husband and wife, making love on the Sabbath, as they should."

    The Sabbath. It was Sunday, and it reminded me of what was beneath her clothing.

    She

    stepped back and began to unbutton her dress slowly from the top down.
    With each button, she revealed more and more of her bland white LDS
    undergarments.

    Having seen her in every variety of lingerie, this was always my favorite sight.

    Symbolically,

    it represented her adherence to the faith, but to me, it was the
    opposite; it symbolized her fallen faith, a good LDS woman submitting to
    a sinner like me.

    She

    finished unbuttoning the dress and let it fall away. We stood facing
    each other, me in my boxer briefs, she in her garments, and Gideon
    watching our every move.

    We

    were three feet apart, and I could smell her Sabbath savor. It was an
    intoxicating elixir that summoned me. No doubt, she had been anxious all
    morning, thinking about her situation and the risks. I took a deep
    breath and could practically taste her.

    I

    wanted to tear off the garments off and fuck her hard, but she wanted
    passion in this session, so I let her lead. She came to me and we were
    body to body. I put my face down by her neck, trying to get close to her
    armpits. Using two hands, she pulled my underwear down, revealing my
    throbbing erection.

    I scooped her up in my arms, carrying her to our bed.

    We

    were on our knees on the bed facing each other as she held her arms up
    and I gently pulled her white top over her head, exposing her large
    tits, which bounced down nicely.

    I was momentarily distracted by Gideon, who leaned in to get a better look at his mother's tits.

    Mrs.

    Barton took my head and guided it to her tits, where I began to suckle
    her nipples gently, not enough to make her lactate. Gideon didn't need
    to see that level of intimacy. She gently stroked my head.

    She returned her hand to my cock, gently masturbating me, slow and steady so I didn't come prematurely.

    Finally,

    I lay her on the pillow. She raised her midsection, and I pulled the
    white bottoms of her garments down. The strong smell of her excitement
    filled my senses.

    Despite

    the fucked-up situation, she could not mask her desire for me and on
    any given Sunday, driven by her enticing musk, I'd ravage her to both
    our delights. But today, I needed to be reserved.

    We

    had not discussed what she was willing to do in front of Gideon or what
    she would allow to be done to her, so I let her continue to take the
    lead. She would set the limits, and I'd obey.

    She

    grasped my cock and guided it between her legs. This was to be straight
    intercourse, no foreplay, no teasing. She positioned me against her
    cunt, then moved her hands, giving me the authority to enter her, then
    gently tapped my ass, indicating I should push in.

    My

    cock sank into her pussy, but the feeling was off. Normally, she was
    soaked, so wet the sheets needed changing, but not today. It was
    apparent she was self-conscious. She was showing Gideon how a good
    Mormon wife has sex. Obedient. Reserved. But what she wasn't showing
    Gideon was how a good wife has good sex.

    I began a rising and falling rhythm, pushing in and pulling out, doing my best to escalate the feeling.

    "What's wrong?" I whispered, knowing this entire situation was wrong; it was her idea, and it was failing.

    "Nothing, just keep at it," she replied.

    I could tell she wasn't in the moment. The distraction of Gideon was too much.

    I

    pumped her a few more times, then stopped, pulled out, and lay next to
    her, gently stroking my cock. She looked at me, confused.

    "Suck my cock," I demanded.

    When she didn't move, I repeated it, louder.

    "Suck my cock."

    Instead, she reached down to masturbate me.

    "Gideon, tell your mother to suck my cock."

    Mandy froze, and Gideon looked like a deer in headlights.

    "I was told to sit here and be quiet," he replied, unsure why he was being addressed.

    "Tell your mother to suck my cock." I said again with the authority of being the man of this house. Which I was.

    Mandy looked at me and Gideon, confused.

    "Suck his cock; " Gideon said weakly.

    "Tell her to suck. My. Cock."

    "Suck his cock," Gideon said empowered by my permission to speak and his desire to see her do what I asked.

    She

    bit her lip and looked down at my throbbingcock. Enough of the vanilla
    sex, if we were going to do this right, it was time to reset the table.

    She

    moved her head down gently taking my firm cock in her mouth. Sucking on
    it gently she ran her tongue along the shaft savoring my taste and
    enjoying the rough texture.

    I

    could feel myself thickening her mouth. She began to make muddled moans
    against my shaft, a small indicator she was losing herself in the
    action.

    With

    each lick she grew bolder, gently circling the cap with her tongue,
    then down again. A few licks just below my balls then back up and took
    my entire length in her mouth and throat, then up and out using her
    tongue to trace a path to my heavy balls.

    "That's a good girl," I said as she made hungry noises with her mouth.

    "Tell her she's doing a good job, Gideon."

    "Keep going, you're doing a good job," he replied, his eyes locked on her actions.

    "How much of it can she get in her mouth?" he asked out of nowhere.

    Mrs.

    Barton didn't answer as she stopped licking and then positioned her
    mouth and slowly took me in inch by inch. She relaxed her throat and let
    the final inches pass until her lips were at my hilt.

    I looked at Gideon with pride.

    "All of it."

    She remained there for a few moments, but I could feel her starting to gag and tapped her head, allowing her to come up for air.

    The room was heating up, and the smell of her Sabbath savor was getting to me.

    "Tell her I want to taste her pussy."

    "He wants to taste you," Gideon instructed his mother.

    She

    was obedient, as she always promised to be in my bed and she turned her
    body, so she was above my face with her pussy. The classic 69.

    She

    kept sucking my cock as she positioned her ass before me, her perfect
    back pussy was waiting as I buried my face in her folds immediately
    going to work on her overly fragment labia as she continued to work my
    cock with her mouth.

    Her ass was hiked up slightly to get me maximum exposure to her pussy. She was faced away from me, mouth on my cock.

    Across the room, Gideon was in awe as he watched his mother getting and giving head and loving it.

    I

    sunk my face into her cunt and inhaled its essence. Today, it was
    particularly strong, and she had created a more earthy essence.

    I

    both inhaled and tasted. It was dark, with musk. She began our session
    dry, but now she was soaking and the flavors of her ass and pussy met in
    perfect union, creating a potent elixir that I could not resist. As I
    began to taste her from hole to hole and places in between, I realized I
    was enjoying this moment more than I thought possible.

    I

    worked my tongue deeper into her folds. She always reacted to my
    pleasure; if I groaned, she would moan. If I writhed, she would buckle,
    and when my cock thickened, her pussy would water.

    Knowing

    Gideon could not see exactly what part of his mother's anatomy I was
    licking; I gently pulled her ass down so my tongue could circle the
    tight ring of her clenched anus, which responded by gently dilating. My
    tongue went in deep, and I could see her pussy clench involuntarily,
    desperate for friction and confused as to the point of origin of her
    pleasure.

    Mandy's

    Sabbath Savor had invigorated and emboldened me. Gideon can see vanilla
    sex anywhere, but here he was seeing a man and woman hell-bent on
    pleasuring each other to the extreme.

    "Up here," I commanded her and she shifted her body taking her ass from my face as it glistening with her leavings.

    She crawled back up by body and brought her mouth to mine and began to lick her Sabbath savor off my face and mouth.

    She

    was now atop my body kissing and licking my face as she searched for my
    cock and brought it between her legs. When she had it in position she
    moved down and swallowed it with her pussy in a single motion.

    She

    released a long slow groan and then sat up to ride me cowgirl style,
    enjoying the feeling of my cock pressing on the depth of her pussy.

    Her

    back was to Gideon, and she placed a hand on my chest to stabilize
    herself. She had lost all self-consciousness and began to groan, letting
    Gideon know she was being properly pleased.

    She

    was always wet, and this position created a juicy slurping sound that
    added to the moment. With the sounds, the smell of her Sabbath savor
    wafted.

    I

    could smell it, she could smell it, and I knew Gideon could smell it. I
    knew it would do for her what it did for me, and our passion would
    build. Gideon was in for much more than his imagination could
    contemplate.

    As

    Mrs. Barton rode me, she began to massage her milk-filled pillow-soft
    tits with two hands, then leaned forward, bringing her nipple near my
    mouth.

    She

    cupped the tit, giving it a squeeze, and then pushed the fat of her tit
    into my mouth and then out. I reached out with my tongue, desperate for
    a taste.

    She

    gave her under tit a tactical squeeze, and drops of her milk began to
    form. As her milk let down, she slowly inserted her lactating tit back
    into my mouth as I continued to ride her from below.

    Slowly riding my cock while she fed me from her thick nipple, we were both heading to a state of bliss.

    "This is what a woman will do for a generous lover, Gideon," she said in an instructional voice.

    "She will give him everything. She will serve him."

    Her

    pussy was swelling and constricting on my cock. It might have taken her
    a beat to come to terms with Gideon watching, but now she was
    performing for him. She was teaching and enticing, and she was showing
    him how much pleasure could come from the coupling of two well-matched
    people.

    She tipped her head back causing her nipple to break free of my mouth.

    "He needs to see your face when you finish," I said to her.

    "Turn around."

    She was so close to finishing, I feared she might just ignore my command and finish her climax.

    I

    gently tipped her to the side and withdrew my cock. You would think I
    had already cum from the rush of fluids that followed my withdrawal.

    She

    was covered in a sheen of sweat, only adding to the sultry smell of
    sex, which clouded the room. She positioned herself over my cock while
    facing away from me, reverse cowgirl.

    Reaching back, she guided my cock back into her waiting pussy, and we resumed our union.

    I

    lay back, head tipped up, looking at her incredible ass as she gently
    rode my cock up and down. She would lean forward, bringing herself to
    the tip of my cock and back down the shaft. Her tight ring would open
    and close, looking like a whistling mouth as she rode me.

    She made eye contact with Gideon, who continued to be surprised to be part of this.

    She

    placed her hands on my legs near the kneecaps, which allowed her to do
    what I'd best describe as a twerk sliding up and down on my rod. I
    always loved this position because when she would lean forward and let
    my cock slide out it would shine as her pussy left it glistening with
    juice.

    I

    placed my hand on her ass working my thumb toward her pouting
    puckernut. She paused and looked back at me with a smile, my thumb in.
    her as and my cock bent against her clit, she knew it this race was
    coming to an end.

    She

    leaned all the way forward and I got a fantastic view of her elastic
    pussy lips as they gripped my cock. I pressed my thumb on her anus, and
    she gave me a gentle whimper of pleasure in return.

    My

    strokes were gentle and when my cock was pulling out, her lips created
    an airtight seat, expanding with my pull, hugging my cock like a
    turtleneck.

    She

    sat up again, her ass sank into my lap, her pussy swallowed my cock,
    and she began to grind slowly as we began the last leg of this session,
    which would end in a loud and wet orgasm.

    "Together," I said gently.

    Lately,

    we have been able to sync up our orgasms so we can come together. There
    is nothing that can explain the intimacy and intensity and a truly
    mutual orgasm.

    "Together," she replied, never taking her gaze off Gideon.

    I

    could feel my orgasm coming. It was moving fast from my extremities
    toward my core. I could feel hers as well. Over the course of the
    summer, I had learned to read her body, each twitch and shift. Her
    muscles were starting to tense; her climax was coming.

    If

    she and I had any apprehension about having sex in front of Gideon, it
    was long gone. All we could concentrate on at this moment was our mutual
    orgasm.

    She gasped gently, bit her lip, and braced herself as she locked eyes with Gideon.

    "Watch closely, baby," she said softly.

    I wasn't sure if she was talking to Gideon or myself. Either way, it took me over the edge.

    I let out a loud groan as I fired off rope after rope of cum deep inside her. I could feel it coating the walls of her cunt.

    Her eyes remained locked on Gideon as my semen searched her insides with instinctive accuracy.

    She

    continued to breathe and ride but finally, we came to an end. She
    tipped her head down catching her breath then gently lifted her leg to
    dismount me.

    My

    cum dripped hot from her folds landing on my torso. As my cock was set
    free, her cunt produced a slurping sound, creating another rush of cum,
    back flowing to my torso.

    She turned and crawled back to my side, snuggling in under my arm and we held each other as we loved to do after climax.

    She looked at Gideon with a stern look. Her demeanor changed from vixen to taciturn.

    "You've seen what you wanted to see, now go."

    It was apparent he had a raging erection.

    "There's a bathroom down the hall," I added. "Take care of that before going home."

    Gideon

    stood to leave, turning to catch one last view of us, naked, spent and
    in each other arms, then left to go down the hall and finish himself
    off.

    "We have given him enough masturbation images for a lifetime."

    Mandy was silent.

    "What's wrong? Did you enjoy that?"

    "I

    did. Maybe more than I should, it was incredible. When you took
    command, when you made him give me orders, it was, strange and I just
    let go. I wanted to please you both."

    I

    didn't want to discuss her maternal needs to please her son or her
    desire to please her spouse, but these were hallmarks of who she was and
    were no surprise to me.

    "Can we trust him? Will he tell The Bishop?"

    "No, he will always obey me."

    Having

    sex in front of Gideon didn't turn out as either of us thought. Deep
    down, in that place where you think about things that you can't say out
    loud, I realized how much I enjoyed it.

    It

    gave me a sense of dominance, with Gideon observing as an alpha male
    mated with his mother. Secretly, I wished it were The Bishop who had to
    watch us. I had been pleasing his wife all summer, and he should have
    been forced to witness the virility I provided, something he could not.

    I wondered if she felt the same. Judging how she blossomed sexually with Gideon watching, I assumed she did.

    Chapter 6: This Thing We're Doing.

    I

    didn't see Mrs. Barton for three days because I was way behind on my
    work. Besides, I needed some time to process last Sunday's events.

    On Thursday, I woke up to the smell of coffee. She was back.

    There

    she was in the kitchen, sitting at the counter with a cup of coffee.
    She was wearing a robe and slippers that she kept in the closet. To
    better play wife, she dressed as if she lived here.

    "I made you coffee," she said as I sat.

    "Sorry,

    I didn't come the last few days. It was a crazy couple of days. I had
    to take Gideon for shots; there was paperwork, and then we had a family
    dinner before we dropped him at the airport."

    "He needed shots to do his mission in Chicago?"

    "There was a last-minute change in his mission. He'll be in Ghana for two years."

    "Ghana? He changed his mind about Chicago?"

    "No, The Bishop did. He felt Gideon needed some life lessons, so Ghana is the best place. Challenges build a better man."

    "You're okay with that? Ghana?"

    "There

    are things only a father knows. Decisions only a father can make.
    Someday, you'll understand that. It's all part of God's plan."

    The

    Bishop had unknowingly made our lives easier. With only a few weeks
    left in the summer, the one person who could expose our "relationship"
    was on a plane to the other side of the world, I felt a burden lifted.

    "I told The Bishop I needed some "me" time, so he took the family to St. George for the day."

    "Me time?"

    "Well, "Ethan" time didn't seem appropriate, so I went with "me" time."

    She

    casually opened her robe to reveal her heavy left tit. She played it
    coy, revealing a glance of her areola, just enough to ensure she had my
    attention.

    "Would you like some 'me' time?"

    With

    that she opened her robe to further reveal the left side of her body
    from her tits to her cunt to her bare leg. She stood there like some
    half-wrapped gift.

    I

    focused on her heavy tit as I moved to her, wrapping my arms around
    her, happy to have her back. She lifted her neck, and I went in kissing
    and feeling her soft skin.

    She

    let out a gentle moan, an almost inaudible signal that she had
    desperately missed this feeling. It had only been three days, but it
    felt like forever.

    I

    held her face, and she touched my waist as we kissed. Usually, we would
    already be on the bed, but I was in no rush, not wanting this time with
    her to go by too fast. My hands moved to her arms, and she gently shed
    the robe, leaving her naked and me clothed.

    She

    pulled my t-shirt up over my head and brought her flesh to mine. Her
    tit pressed against my body, and I could feel her nipples pushing into
    my flesh.

    My head moved to her tits as I had the urge to feast on her, but she gently guided me away from her nipples.

    "I'm weaning John-John. It's time for him to take the bottle."

    "His loss," I said with a grin and again moved to her tits to suckle her.

    "Sorry, yours too. I'm closing the dairy, so no suckling for a few days. I don't want you confusing my body."

    I

    realized that John-John's loss was mine as well. She had gotten me
    hooked on her lactation, but now it was being taken away from me.

    "Are you pouting?" she asked.

    I totally was. Since she first tempted me with her milk, I was addicted to that pleasure. So, yeah, I was disappointed.

    "I have to warn you, when I'm not lactating, I can get pretty horny."

    I

    laughed, but then realized she wasn't joking. We had sex several times a
    week, sometimes multiple times a day. And suddenly, there was a chance
    she might become more aroused? I wasn't about to question that
    challenge; I'd only accept it.

    "So, no tits for you, but I'm sure I can make it up to you."

    She slid her hand down to my shorts and grasped by cock then began stroking it.

    "There he is," she whispered as she peeled away the last of my clothing, leaving us both naked and wanting in the kitchen.

    She reached into her bag and took out a bottle of skin lotion, then led me by the hand up the stairs.

    Instead of going into my father's bedroom, with its king bed, she led me down the hall to my old bedroom.

    I followed obediently.

    The

    room still looked as it did seven years ago when I was a high school
    senior. Once I left home, the room became a time capsule.

    She guided me to my bed, had me sit, then walked across the room to look out the window.

    "You have a clear view of my house from here."

    "Do I? I never noticed."

    She turned and looked at me with an all-knowing smile.

    "You never noticed?"

    She turned back to look at her house, reached over to my desk, took my binoculars, and looked again.

    "Never noticed you could see into my bedroom. My bathroom too?"

    "Well, I might have noticed; "

    She turned and smiled at me.

    "And there it is; the truth. Did you ever see me naked?"

    She must have known, or she would not be playing this game. I promised never to lie to her, so I simply nodded.

    "Why did you watch me?"

    "I was a teenager. I just wanted to see a naked woman."

    "And did you masturbate while you watched me?"

    I was turning beet red.

    "Did you?"

    "Yes. Sometimes."

    "Show me."

    I was confused, but she took me by the hand and positioned me in the center of the room, looking at the window.

    She then slathered lotion on my cock then put my hand on it and prompted me to masturbate myself gently.

    Then

    she backed up to the window and stood there nude, not looking at me,
    but gazing into the distance. She took the bottle of lotion and began to
    massage it into her skin as if she had just stepped out of the shower.
    Ignoring my presence, she pretended she was in her home while I watched
    her as I had years ago.

    Watching

    her now was just like watching her then. I hadn't masturbated to
    watching her just a few times; it was often. If her bedroom light came
    on, I was at my window, binoculars in hand, desperate to see a glimpse
    of skin or better.

    She

    gently massaged her tits, gently oiling each one, softly kneading it,
    then turned bent forward slightly then massaged her ass, gently pushing
    the buttery lotion across her pale skin. She never looked at me except
    for a moment when she gave me a nod, urging me to masturbate harder.

    I

    responded with longer strokes. The thick creamy lotion squished between
    my fingers. She finished lotioning her ass then turned again looking in
    the distance in a dreamy way as her hand drifted down her stomach and
    her fingers found her wet folds then her pronounced clit and began
    gently circling it.

    I

    was transported back to when I had seen her masturbate, remembering how
    incredible it was that she chose that spot to do something so intimate.

    Standing

    just a few feet from me, I could see her lost in concentration, as she
    gently teased her clit, even bending her knees slightly so she could
    finger herself better.

    She

    was in a different place in her mind. Not here, but in her bathroom,
    the only place in her crowded house with any privacy, She brought both
    hands to her cunt using both index fingers to caress her clit as the
    rest of her fingers held her plentiful pussy lips wide. I had seen this
    same routine so many years ago.

    Her

    eyes were closed as she tipped her head down, her fingers moving
    faster. She jerked occasionally with jolts of self-induced shock and
    pleasure and was well on her way to an orgasm, so I increased my
    cadence.

    She

    moved her hand circularly, bending her knees to get her fingers in
    deeper. Her heavy tits swung and bounced. Her face was a mixture of
    concentration and pleasure.

    There

    was a pleasant odor she created whenever she was cumming, earthly like
    sandalwood. It was a mixture of her sweat, wetness, and pheromones. When
    I was inside her, I smelled it when we were done. If I was going down
    on her, it often foreshadowed her orgasm. Here it was again.

    She

    bent forward, fingers going faster. Her knees trembled slightly, and
    she looked ready to fall over. She steadied herself with her left hand
    on the desk, then brought it back to join her other hand.

    She

    let out unladylike sounds, like a bark. She had begun this act as pure
    theater, performing for an audience of one, but now she was close to her
    climax, and like an actual act of masturbation, it was all about her.

    I

    had only seen masturbation in porn and through my binoculars. The porn
    actresses never quite duplicated what I had seen in real life: sweating,
    wetness, moans, something much more animal than beautiful.

    She

    grabbed the desk with her left hand, and I knew she was coming. Her
    pussy began to flush out its moisture. Her frantic fingers were working
    her liquids to a froth. Wetness running down her thigh. Then it hit. She
    buckled down. Froze for a beat, held her breath. Then followed with
    rapid breaths and confusion.

    I'd

    have gone to her to hold up, but I was the voyeur in the scenario. I
    was the watcher. I stroked my cock vigorously. Years ago, I'd watch her
    from this spot and let my cum hit the window and splatter.

    Mandy

    staggered forward toward my bed. I could tell she was in the midst of
    her orgasm. She flopped face down, feet on the floor, ass up then
    grasped her ass cheeks pulling them open revealing her perfect pink
    asshole and her swollen backpussy. Her slit was covered in her frothed
    pussy juices making it look like someone had spat on her. She writhed as
    she held herself open.

    "Inside me.; Inside," she begged.

    I

    knew what she wanted. She had her rule. Lying there, looking like a hot
    mess, a rutting animal, and I couldn't have been more aroused. While
    she was always so elegant, in this moment, bent over the bed, spreading
    her ass so I could find her pussy, she looked desperate; and that was
    turning me on. The woman was begging for my seed, humiliating herself
    like a cocksleeve.

    I

    had four feet to cover to get to her, but being turned on as I was, I
    could feel my load swelling and seeking exit. I fumbled forward and got
    my cock in between her ass cheeks pressing on her anus, she tipped up,
    causing my cock to track down to her massively swollen labia.

    At

    that point I simultaneously began to cum and sink into her swollen
    pussy. My cock was positioned perfectly, and the fatness of her walls
    created a pleasant friction is I entered.

    I

    could visualize my sperm splashing on her cervix. Washing its way into
    the nooks of her pussy, painting her with the thick white batter. My
    first volley was violent, and she reacted with an unladylike grunt. But
    then again, there was nothing ladylike here. She was presenting herself
    like cattle, and I was riding her like a breeding bull.

    Finally,

    we were done. I stayed inside her as long as I could until my cock
    gently eased out. Free from me, she crawled onto the bed and collapsed. I
    joined her, my wet cock laying on her thigh, the remnants of my cum
    leaking from her swollen labia.

    "I'm sorry," I whispered.

    "For what?"

    "Spying on you way back then."

    "I could have closed the blinds," she whispered. "I chose not to."

    It dawned on me that this thing we were doing had started a long time ago.

    It was only 9 AM as we both fell asleep, exhausted from what would be a day spent in each other's arms and each other's bodies.

    Chapter 7: The Costco Run.

    We

    reached the middle of the summer, and I began thinking about my return
    to school. With just a year left until my law degree, I suddenly felt
    unmotivated to return.

    Our

    experience in front of Gideon continued to resonate as we both felt
    emboldened to try new things. Nothing risky. Just deeper exploration.

    It

    was mid-afternoon, Mandy and I had finished having sex and lay in my
    bed looking at the ceiling, our bodies glistening in the post-coital
    glow. Mandy turned to me.

    "So, I heard some great gossip at book club last night."

    "Was it about the LDS mom who's banging the kid next door?"

    "Ha,

    they wish. No, it's about Kristi Haskett. You know her, big tits.
    Fakes, by the way. So, it turns out she pegs her husband. They're
    totally peggers."

    "Really?"

    "I'd never have pegged them as peggers," she said, laughing at her own joke.

    I looked at her quizzically,

    "You don't know what pegging is, do you?"

    She smiled, knowing I had busted her.

    "No idea. None."

    "Just Google it."

    "I

    can't. The Bishop's nanny program won't let me see the result. Believe
    me, I tried, and all I got were pegs to put on the wall to hold a coat.
    Is that part of it?"

    "No, not even close."

    She rolled over and gave me a playful punch.

    "Tell me."

    I shook my head no, enjoying this moment with her.

    "Tell me!"

    Again, I shook my head no. She rolled on top of me, so she was looking down at me, her tits hanging just above my mouth.

    Take a good look, because if you don't tell me, that'll be the last time you see these for a while.

    I knew she was teasing and pulled her close to me.

    "Okay, alright. So, pegging is when the woman wears a strap on dildo and then she; she fucks the guy.”

    "In his ass?" she said with legitimate surprise.

    "That's pretty much the only hole he has to offer."

    She

    rolled off me and looked at the ceiling. I know she was imagining her
    friend Kristi wearing a dildo and fucking her husband Earl from behind.

    "That's wild. And he likes it?"

    "He? Well, I guess so."

    But it goes against the reasons for having sex."

    "The reasons for having sex? Isn't it about pleasure?"

    "We'll of course, but a man's seed, it belongs in the cunt."

    "That again. Well, in this case, there is no seed, it's just a plastic dick in Mr. Haskett's ass."

    "Do you want to try it?"

    Finally, this conversation was going in a direction I liked. But I had to play it off just a little.

    "Me? I never thought about it."

    She looked at me, peering right through me, then took my phone, opened my Amazon app, and typed in "strap on dildo.”

    "Holy cow, there are so many to choose from. Look at all these."

    She showed me the screen, with all sizes, shapes and colors.

    Pulling

    back the sheets, she looked at my cock which was slightly thicker than
    my normal flaccid state, still having an excess of blood from our recent
    session.

    I think you're about seven inches when you're erect. Is that right?

    "Seven and a half, I mean, maybe seven and a half. I never measured."

    Again, she looked at me with her all-knowing smile.

    "You never measured that beautiful cock? Right. I want this to feel the same in you as it would in me."

    I panicked a little. Something of this size in me, I wasn't sure.

    "Wait," I cried out.

    "Too

    late. It'll be here tomorrow. Let's see, I've got Garden Society at
    noon, then Costco. Oh, that takes forever. You should see our Costco
    haul. Fills the suburban. Not my favorite thing to do."

    "I'll join. I'll help you at Costco."

    She looked at me quizzically.

    "It's Costco, I don't know what you think we can do to each other in a Costco;"

    "No, I just want to help. You said it's a lot of work. I'm off tomorrow. I can help. Let me help."

    She considered it.

    "Well, I don't suppose it would be too odd for my husband's intern to be helping me at Costco."

    "I want to help."

    "Ok, fine. I'll be out front at noon. Don't keep me waiting. I have a crammed schedule."

    "It's a date. We're going on a date to Costco."

    "It's not a date. It's Costco."

    I made a cute pouty frowny face.

    "Fine. It's a date to Costco. You can buy me a hot dog. But believe me when I say, this is shopping only. No hanky panky."

    "I have no problem doing normal things with you. I'm really excited about this."

    She could see that I was sincere and smiled.

    "My God, you're so adorable."

    She then went back to her calendar and began to find a time to sodomize me.

    To be continued in part 4. Based on a post by Wendy Trilby, in 5 parts, for Literotica.

    0 min
  • The Bishop’s Hotwife: Part 2

    The Bishop’s Hotwife: Part 2It’s not a tryst when she’s training me.

    Based on a post by Wendy Trilby, in 5 parts. Listen to the Podcast at Explicit Novels.




    "You can have me any way you choose. But you must always finish in my cunt. God's seed is never to be wasted."

    I found it amusing, or perhaps ironic, that she somehow integrated religion into what was essentially just a wild sexual affair.

    "What about The Bishop?"

    "The

    Bishop is a wonderful man-a great provider, a man of the temple, a
    leader. But he's impotent in the bedroom; he has been for years. I, on
    the other hand, have an insatiable thirst."

    "Are you on the pill? Should I get condoms?"

    "No and no. But Mandy needs frequent servicing."

    "Um, who's Mandy? You keep saying her name."

    "Me, I'm Mandy. At least here in the non-kosher bedroom. Amanda, Mandy. Get it?"

    "I'm not even used to calling you Amanda; and now you have a nickname.

    She wrinkled her nose at me.

    "That

    name is meant for our shared use; no one else. As for Mrs. Barton, you
    should probably keep that up in public. We can't display any informality
    around The Bishop; he's a very intuitive man."

    Mrs.

    Barton got on her knees and straddled my body. I hoped she was going to
    shed the robe, which she did, but only partway. She took off the top,
    revealing her tits.

    "Now, if there are no more questions, I want to feel you inside me."

    Her

    tits were large for her petite frame and hung down with some weight.
    Her areolas and nipples were surprisingly larger than I'd have imagined.
    She was always tan, but her tits were milk-white, and I could even see
    the blue of her veins.

    She remained hovering over me, but when my cock began to stir, I could feel it pressing against something fleshy and wet.

    She smiled.

    "You like them. I can tell."

    "They're amazing."

    "They are. Now watch this."

    She

    took her left hand and grasped the nipple of her left tit, placing her
    hand above the nipple and pushing down as she squeezed.

    To

    my shock and amazement, twin tiny streams of milk shot out of her
    nipple, landing on my face; she continued to squeeze, and droplets of
    her mother's milk followed.

    I was amazed, and I continued to harden in response. I could feel my cock pressing on the wet flesh under her robe.

    "This is for John-John. I can't get pregnant while I'm breastfeeding, so we won't need any protection."

    "You sure? That sounds like some kind of myth."

    I

    have five children; I've nursed them all for over a year. I've made
    love countless times and never conceived while I breastfeed. So, no, we
    don't need any protection. We'll celebrate each other's bodies as God
    intended, natural, skin on skin, intimate. I'll do anything you desire,
    and you'll leave your seed in me. We cannot waste what the Lord has
    provided.

    She held out her tit.

    "Now, would you like to taste?"

    I

    was unsure, but my cock was certain. It surged yet again against her
    body. I could not tell where, but a small trickle of hot fluid dripped
    from within her and drenched my glans let me know I was almost inside
    her pussy.

    She

    bent forward, holding her left tit out, bringing it to my mouth. Her
    purple nipple was saturated in the milk she had already produced, and
    she gently guided it around my lips, wetting them.

    I

    opened my mouth wider, and she pushed her thick teat inside, like a
    cock penetrating a cunt. She was forceful, and her tit flesh filled my
    mouth as her nipple sought out my tongue and urged my mouth to latch on.

    I could smell her clean body and the scent of her milk.

    "Come on, Bryant, taste Mandy."

    My

    mouth closed on her tit, creating suction, and my tongue stimulated her
    nipple, telling her nerves it was time to produce. There was nothing,
    and then she gave a gentle sigh. I could feel a strange sensation as her
    milk ducts contracted, followed by a letdown, and her breast milk
    filled my mouth.

    "There's a good boy," she said as she went from straddling me to sitting directly atop my cock.

    The

    warmth of her pussy enveloped my cock. I wasn't inside her, but her
    cunt was around the length of my cock like the bun of a hot dog, sliding
    back and forth, wetting and preparing it.

    Slowly, she took her teat out of my mouth. I chased it slightly, but she pulled it away, drying it with the robe.

    "That's all for you. The rest is for John-John."

    She slid back and forth over my cock, using her pussy to sense how hard I was.

    "You want me to take a shower first?" I offered.

    "No,

    I want to taste your sweat; I want to smell your animal scent. Now, one
    more thing. Take off that lingerie. From here on out, you're in charge
    of me. You tell me what you want. You tell me what you're going to do to
    me. You can punish me if I displease you."

    "Are you sure?" I asked. "That feels kind of, I don't know."

    "Have

    you heard the term Trad Wife? It means a traditional wife. That's me. I
    serve my husband and my family. Cook the meals, get the children off to
    school. Being a trad wife is my full-time job."

    This wasn't the conversation I needed as I was about to enter her.

    A

    man should treat his woman with love and respect, but with a firm hand.
    My job is to please my husband. In this bed, I am your property.

    "But I'm not your husband."

    "In this house, you are. I answer to you. You'll treat me as your wife, and I'll serve you as my husband."

    And outside this house?

    "I'm Mrs. Barton. Wife of Bishop Barton and expect you to honor that."

    I was starting to comprehend her game and her rules.

    I

    had always heard the joke: When Mormon girls go bad, they go really
    bad. But no one ever told me when Mormon moms go bad, they go
    incredible.

    I decided to test the waters.

    "Ok, Mandy, take off that robe and let me see your body."

    Mandy

    complied by getting off the bed and dropping her robe, standing before
    me unadorned and unabashed. At least now I could see her entire body.

    She

    was of average height, neither short nor tall, but she had a petite
    frame. You wouldn't know she had given birth to five children when
    clothed, yet her body revealed some signs of childbirth and early middle
    age.

    Her

    tits, full and natural, bore the unmistakable signs of the milk she
    carried. Still, they retained a sexy fitness that was undeniably
    alluring.

    She

    had some flaws, and while they were few, they made her all the more
    alluring. Her soft body bore the marks of her life. Her waist had a
    gentle, elegant curve, and despite having given birth a year ago, her
    skin remained tight. Her hips were full, and the only hint at the five
    children she had borne was the slight softness of her midsection.

    Her pubic hair was neatly groomed above her perfectly bare slit. I could see her labia lips were large and hung down.

    "Do I please you?" she asked.

    She was very intentional in her statements.

    Sure,

    she said I was meant to be in control, but I realized that she was
    someone who understood her power and required no one's permission to
    claim it.

    She had orchestrated everything to lead us to this moment and was entirely unapologetic.

    "You do."

    I

    got up off the bed and tore off the lingerie, ripping it in half until I
    was standing before her naked. My cock was now fully erect.

    I

    guided her to the bed, and she sat and scooched back. I sat next to her
    and slowly moved in. This incredible woman had masturbated me and then
    offered herself to me without limits, and yet I hadn't even kissed her.

    She

    looked at me as I moved in for a gentle kiss. When our lips connected, I
    could feel a true spark of passion. Putting her hand around my neck,
    she pulled me in tight and opened her mouth to explore mine. Her hand
    slid to my erection and began to masturbate me gently. I could tell she
    wasn't trying to make me cum but was testing to see if I had refracted.

    I

    let my hand drift to her tit, gently rubbing her nipple with my thumb.
    How we held each other and pressed our bodies together was strangely
    intimate and felt right.

    I didn't feel like an adulterer. I felt like I belonged with her, and she belonged with me. My non-kosher wife.

    I

    desperately wanted to feel her mouth on my cock. I knew I could tell
    her to suck it, but I wanted this to be her choice. I gently pushed on
    her head, letting her know my desire.

    Far

    more experienced than I, she began to kiss her way down my body. She
    licked around my nipples and across my chest, taking in the salt of my
    sweat.

    When

    she finally reached my cock she licked it gently, put the tip in her
    mouth and ran her tongue around a band of rough flesh under the thick
    cap. Looking up at me with a smile.

    "I love a circumcised cock. So good-looking. So perfect. The Bishop isn't circumcised."

    I

    wasn't looking for a conversation or debate about the aesthetics of
    circumcision, and I did not want to discuss another man's cock.

    Fortunately,

    she put her mouth over my cock and took it gently in her mouth. I could
    feel her tongue working the underside of my shaft while she slid down
    the base and gently pulled back.

    She was taking her time, enjoying the thickness of my cock as it begged for more friction.

    My girlfriend had never been keen on blow jobs, and more than once, she used her teeth, which was always a deal breaker.

    But

    Mrs. Barton; I mean, Mandy, came with all the care of an experienced,
    passionate lover, and her mouth-work was sending shivers through my
    body.

    I'd

    have been happy to cum in her mouth, but the build-up to this moment
    was too intense, and I reminded myself I needed to finish deep inside
    her per her instructions.

    Mandy

    moved her body, so she was down between my legs, my cock still in her
    mouth, her eyes looking up at me as she continued to bob slowly in and
    out.

    I

    could see the wet sheen her saliva left when she would pull up on my
    cock, and then it would disappear as her mouth returned to the hilt.

    She

    then pulled back, and my cock popped out of her mouth and slapped
    against my body with a wet, meaty sound. When she lifted my balls and
    took her tongue to my perineum I could feel her cleaning my flesh and
    teasing my anus, almost daring me to cum.

    She

    finally crawled forward, moving over my body until her mouth was on
    mine again. Her weighty tits were pressing on my chest. She held my face
    as she kissed me gently.

    "Baby, I know you want to be inside me, but would you taste me first?"

    While completely unabashed, she had a way of suggesting the most lurid things most innocently.

    "Taste you?"

    "Uh

    huh. The Bishop won't go down on me. He considers it filthy. It's been
    so long since I've had a tongue in there. I love a tongue inside me."

    What

    I wanted to do was fuck her, but the way she offered me to sample her
    pussy was inviting. I pushed on her shoulder to roll her over so I could
    go down on her, but she wanted to serve me.

    She

    held me down and sat up, straddling my lower torso so that the round of
    her ass was just above the tip of my pulsating cock and she began to
    scooch forward.

    She

    put a pillow behind my head and slid her wet pussy along my torso and
    then chest, leaving a trail of her glistening essences behind her.

    As

    she shuffled forward, bringing her cunt to my face, I got a better look
    at the object of my desire. She had shaved her labia lips, revealing a
    pronounced pubic mound. Above the mound, she kept a neatly maintained
    field of thin pubic hair. Her pussy was swollen, and I could see she had
    surprisingly larger inner lips.

    She

    smelled clean and wholesome and held still, allowing a long, clear
    string of her pussy juice to drip off her thick purple labia lips. It
    just held there, waiting for gravity to claim it.

    She gyrated gently, and the drizzle of her thick glycerin effusion dripped down to my waiting tongue like drool.

    I ran her thick honey across my lips with my tongue.

    She

    lowered herself to my waiting mouth, leaving my nose free to breathe as
    she ground herself against my face with a long moan of pleasure.

    I

    immediately went to work with my mouth and tongue. She took both hands,
    leaned forward and began running her fingers through my hair. Rising
    and falling methodically, she kept her hand in my hair, pulling it as
    she rode my face with indulgence.

    Her gentle moans were like music, and the taste of her cunt was as intoxicating as the strongest liquor.

    Occasionally, she would clear her hair from her face and grasp her heavy tits, massaging them as she enjoyed the ride.

    She

    leaned in again, grasping my head, and, in doing so, brought her clit
    to my mouth. It was large, and when my tongue found it, she let out a
    moan and pulled on my hair painfully.

    She widened her stance, pressing her pussy harder into me, making certain her clit was grinding against my tongue.

    "Oh, my God, Bryant," she moaned and let out a cry that turned into a prolonged moan.

    I attacked her clit again, and she shook her hands like she was bearing witness in a Baptist church.

    Looking

    up, her nourishing breasts heavily swayed with her body. Her nipples
    were red and swollen again, and I could not resist the temptation to
    reach up and knead them.

    Despite

    their density, they were butter soft. She brought her hands to mine. I
    thought to move them from her sensitive nipples, but instead, she guided
    me, showing me how she liked her tit touched and then brought my
    fingers to her nipples, teaching me how to draw milk from her with my
    fingers.

    She leaned forward even more, positioning her clit right where I could suckle it like a third nipple.

    "Oh my God," she moaned. "Please."

    She

    was unaware of her body's reaction to the pleasure and began squeezing
    her legs against my head as she attempted to push the top of her pussy
    into me.

    "I'm going to cum, baby. I can't hold it; the tongue. I've missed your tongue so much."

    She

    didn't know what to do with her hands, so she placed them on her ass as
    she let out long wails that sounded like she was crying.

    I looked up at her, but there were no tears, just eyes closed in bliss and her mouth open with her tongue halfway out.

    Putting

    my hands on her ass I held her still as I moved my face from across her
    cunt, attacking and painting her clit with my saliva.

    She

    put her hands up and cupped her tits, one in each hand, holding them
    like two loaves of soft bread dough. Looking down at me, she smiled to
    see me watching her.

    There

    was a gentle gush of her juices, and her taste changed, with a hint of
    sweetness mixed in with the savory tastes I had been enjoying.

    She was plateauing. Her breathing increased, I could feel her leg muscles tense, and the walls of her cunt turned purple.

    Initially,

    it wasn't hard to find her clit, but now this close to orgasm, it
    retreated under its thick hood. I tried to chase it.

    Turns

    out that's a button a man needs to stop pressing at some point. Rather
    than give me a lecture on proper clitoral attention, she scooched
    forward, sliding her greased labia over my face and putting her clit out
    of range of my mouth.

    My old girlfriend had petite, quiet orgasms, but not Mandy. Her legs shook; her pussy began to flare.

    My

    hands were still on her ass as my forefinger found the dark star of her
    anus. It was soaked from my saliva and her effluence, and when my
    finger pressed, it dilated enough for me to enter her dark opening. Her
    reaction was instantaneous.

    "Oh, that feel so weird," she moaned.

    Perhaps

    I was the first to venture into that darkness. I'd have to ask later
    because, at this moment, with my finger only a knuckle deep in her ass,
    her orgasm gripped her like a bomb. She let out a loud wail, which would
    have woken all the children if we had any, and then she went rigid. I
    pushed my wandering finger deeper as her inner muscles clamped down
    around it.

    A

    thin sheen of perspiration covered her body as she gently ground her
    pussy against my face, careful to keep her overstimulated clit away from
    further action. Her cunt was covering my nose and mouth, and if she
    didn't dismount soon, I'd have to push her off to grab some air.

    She

    leaned right, broke the tight seal of over my mouth, and rolled off me
    as her wetness and my saliva stretched in thin, glistening strands of
    her elastic effluence.

    My finger was still in her ass, and she gently reached back to pull it out.

    "Easy on the finger, babe. It's been a while since anything's gone in that doorway."

    Well, that answered the question. I wasn't the first to explore that passage.

    She rolled to my side and lay there exhausted.

    "So, you finished, right?" I asked amateurishly.

    "I'm pretty sure I just rained right in your mouth. So, you figure it out."

    I smiled.

    "Nice move with that finger. I think you added about 30 extra seconds to that ride."

    "You said it's been a while since you've done that."

    The Bishop disapproves of ass play. It's not part of God's plan for procreation.

    Well, neither is oral sex, I replied.

    "You think The Bishop would let me sit on his face? Not a chance. By the way, thank you for that."

    "You don't have to thank me. I loved it. Do you mind if I ask a personal question?"

    Mandy snuggled in close to me.

    "I'm an open book to you."

    "Why did you marry him? I mean, he's a nice guy, but you seem so much more, I don't know; evolved?"

    "I

    was engaged to marry him when I was 17 and he was 30. My parents were
    excited. I mean, he was on track to be a Bishop in the Church, and now
    he is. We got married a week after I turned 18, and I started having
    babies. We're a good LDS couple, doing our duty to the church."

    I didn't want to question the word "good" as I lay naked next to her, so I changed gears.

    "How much longer with the nursing thing? I mean, I like it and all, but;"

    "It's time to ween John-John soon. The Bishop wants us to have two more kids."

    "Two more? That's seven kids. Are you sure about that?"

    "I love being pregnant. I love serving the church. I love serving The Bishop, and now I love serving you. It's what I do best."

    I

    did not understand this woman. She was as devout as they come, but when
    she walked through the doorway to my house, she was a wild sexual beast
    with no boundaries. At least none that I could discern.

    I

    bit my lower lip and was immediately reminded of her intimate flavors.
    She noticed me licking around my mouth and brought her lips against mine
    to join in.

    She began to lick more aggressively, enjoying the now-drying silk her body had left on my face.

    "I can be very wet at times. I should have warned you,"

    She returned to kissing me and then gently began to stroke my cock.

    "Will you make love to me?"

    I nodded yes.

    "Do you have a favorite position?" I asked.

    We have got all summer to find which one we both like best. Maybe, since we're both LDS; " she let the sentence dangle.

    She gazed at me with a smirk, fully aware that I was a jack Mormon, which is as far from the faith as one can get.

    "Missionary. What I was going to suggest was missionary."

    She

    smiled and held her arms out for me. I gently rolled atop her body as
    her heavy tits hung to each side of her torso. Her flesh, pressed to
    mine, felt wonderful, and I would have been fine spending the evening in
    her embrace.

    She

    brought her hand to my face and pulled me in for a kiss. It began
    tentatively, both of us uncertain. But when her lips met mine, she
    slipped her tongue and explored my mouth with hunger. My face glistened
    with the remnants of my visit to her pussy.

    She could taste the lingering tang of her arousal, and it stirred something in her.

    My

    cock was stiff and lying atop the rim of her slit, waiting for the
    right moment to slip inside. I felt a hand and realized she intended to
    guide me. She positioned the tip of my cock on the edge of her folds,
    then gently put a hand on my ass and, with subtle pressure, urged me to
    push in and drive myself deep inside.

    I

    could feel her labia part as my cock met her slick insides. I easily
    slid in until my balls were resting on her perineum. Her inner walls
    clenched and rippled in response to my invasion, grasping my cock and
    massaging it. It felt amazing.

    I

    was inside her and pleasing her became my only goal. She was older and
    more experienced and I was worried about being clumsy, about
    disappointing her.

    "It feels so good right now," she cooed. "So good."

    I

    felt myself stiffen. She kissed me some more, holding my face and then
    licking off some of the flavors that glistened around my mouth. I began
    to gently pump my cock slow in and out as she whispered.

    She sensed my hesitation, brought her hands to my face, gave me a soft kiss, and whispered.

    "There's nothing to worry about. Just let yourself feel."

    "I want you to enjoy this," I replied.

    "I already am. Yours is the biggest I've ever had inside me."

    I

    smiled, realizing I had at least one thing over The Bishop. Although it
    wasn't a competition, I took it as a victory. That alone inspired me to
    prove my worth as a lover to her.

    I

    began to push my hips toward her, thrusting, pushing my cock deeper
    into her pussy. She matched my pace, meeting my push with a roll of her
    hips. After three of these gyrations, I heard small groans of pleasure.
    Bending her knees, she opened them wider, anything to help me go deeper
    inside.

    I responded with a faster pace. Her wetness created slurping sounds which mingled with rhythmic slapping of our flesh.

    "I'm so close, Ethan," she said loudly.

    There was no need to whisper or sneak about. In our non-kosher kitchen, she felt safe letting her voice be heard.

    Those

    gentle groans quickly grew into wails of pleasure. I could feel my
    orgasm building. It began in my fingers, moving to my core. My balls
    swelled, and I could feel the rush of semen as it raced through my
    urethra, seeking exit into her moistness.

    I

    let out a primal grunt as my orgasm began. Instantly, her body met my
    surges of semen with a grinding roll of her hips. She was a master at
    this. No wonder she had been pregnant for most of the past 18 years.

    I could feel pulse after pulse of cum leaving my body in exchange for a prolonged feeling of absolute bliss.

    Mandy

    was panting, breathing hard, but the moment she felt my cum splash
    inside her, she let out a moan of pleasure that came from her core.

    Deep

    within her, my semen moved aggressively, looking for any place to
    stick. Our bodies were now acting on instinct as my sperm-filled seed
    pushed past her acidic barriers, seeking her cervix.

    As

    I gently slowed my gyrating, I pulled out halfway to see my cock
    glistening with a generous coating of my cum. The smell of semen and her
    intoxicating aroma, in addition to my unbathed sweat, filled the room
    with the tell-tale odor of fucking.

    When

    I finally pulled out, a gentle backflow of her fluids and my cum,
    trickled along the fourchette of her cunt, pooling on the sheets in a
    thick puddle.

    She lay there still, enjoying the last moment of her decaying orgasm.

    "I

    had forgotten how good it feels," she said to no one. She then reached
    down and smeared the mixture of our union that covered her pussy inside
    and out.

    "Look at the mess we made." She whispered.

    I dwelled on the statement.

    What a mess we made.

    I had just fucked the wife of my boss, my neighbor, a good Mormon woman, a pillar of the community.

    What a mess, indeed.

    I

    knew the right thing to do was to end this here and now. We had fun;
    this was the right time to end this game before it got any messier.

    I

    turned to her, determined to draw the line. She lay on the bed, glowing
    in the moment looking incredible. I searched for the words.

    "I think you need a shower," She said with a giggle. She smiled and ran her finger along the underside of my cock.

    "Don't worry. I'm going to join you. I want to bathe my non-kosher husband. Would you like that, baby?"

    I

    could feel myself stiffen. If we were making a mess, I was happy to be a
    part of it. My speech about drawing a line would have to wait.

    Chapter 2: He's A Keeper.

    Four

    years ago, my neighbor, Wayne Bryant, was worried about his son, Ethan,
    who was entering his senior year at Georgetown. Ethan was researching
    law schools, and Wayne hoped The Bishop would provide guidance and
    influence to navigate the application process and supply the necessary
    letters of recommendation.

    We

    were in DC and had lunch planned in Georgetown. I was excited to see
    Ethan again after several years away from Provo. At the last minute, The
    Bishop was too busy to attend but encouraged me to meet with Ethan,
    reconnect, and learn more about him; he would base his recommendations
    on my feedback.

    He

    wandered into the restaurant, and I nearly gasped. The boy had grown
    up. He hugged me and said I hadn't aged a day in the four years since
    he'd last seen me. He, on the other hand, had matured and now exuded a
    polished charm with a youthful glow that seemed almost unfair. He was a
    blend of boyish mischief and adult poise, and I could picture him as the
    kind of guy who could win over your parents and then convince you to
    sneak out to a party.

    We

    talked about his future. He asked about his dad, whom he hadn't seen in
    a while. He asked about my kids, all of whom were doing great. This
    wasn't just conversation; this young man was deeply interested in what I
    had to say.

    I

    got around to mentioning Harvard. He was still undecided about the
    school, unsure if he could get in. But I assured him The Bishop could
    make it happen.

    I

    didn't bother to tell him; we owed his father a debt of gratitude, so
    getting Ethan into Harvard was our priority and if The Bishop wanted it
    to happen, it would happen.

    An older woman selling flowers from table to table interrupted our conversation.

    "Would you like to buy a flower for your girlfriend?" she asked Ethan.

    "Oh, I'm not his;" I started to say.

    Ethan interrupted me and pulled out some cash.

    "I would."

    He chose a beautiful rose and handed it to me.

    "Thank you, young man," she said then looked at me.

    "He's a keeper this one," and then moved on to the next table.

    "Well, I guess I'm your girlfriend now."

    He smiled with that unending charm of his.

    "At least until lunch is over."

    "That was nice of you to buy that young woman’s flowers. She looks like she needs that money."

    And you looked like you needed a flower, so everyone wins."

    There it was. The one virtue that trumps all others; empathy. Ethan cared about everyone. Even me.

    We

    resumed our conversation about law school, home, and various other
    topics, but I was lost in the moment. My mind wandered, as it often
    does, and I envisioned myself as his girlfriend, enjoying lunch and
    planning our future together.

    A

    text from The Bishop brought me back to my senses. Ethan walked me to
    my Uber, and I left. I chose to leave the flower in the Uber when I
    returned to The Bishop. There was nothing inappropriate about it; I just
    didn't want to share that gesture with anyone else.

    Though

    I left the flower behind, I couldn't shake my thoughts of this
    remarkable man. That encounter left a mark on me. With so much going on
    in my life, the last thing I needed was a crush on my neighbor's son. I
    thought time and distance would take care of it.

    It did.

    Until it didn't.

    When

    he returned for his father's funeral, it all came rushing back. He was
    so sad, but carried himself with a quiet empathy. I watched as his gaze
    often drifted toward the casket of Wayne Bryant, hallowed by the
    finality of it all. He would be returning to Boston to finish his
    degree, and I doubted he would ever be back.

    The selfish side of me wanted him back here.

    That's when I came up with the idea for the internship with The Bishop's firm.

    It's

    been a month since he came home, and so far I've accomplished
    everything I set out to do. After just a week of flirting, we ended up
    in bed. Over the past three weeks, we have made love fifteen times. It
    would be more if I could manage it.

    The

    fantasies I created in my head when I sat across from him at our lunch
    in Georgetown pale in comparison to the intensity of our recent bodily
    unions.

    I looked at myself in the mirror and fixed my hair. Ethan liked it when I wore it down, no ponytail.

    "I'm

    going for a walk," I yelled and quickly left. I started my walk,
    stopping to talk to the Joyces as they headed out for the day.

    When

    I was sure no one was watching, I ducked into the woods behind Ethan's
    house and made it to the back door using my code to enter.

    Ethan

    and I had been holding our non-kosher kitchen meetings for three weeks
    now. He was a study in virility, and I found that he could rise to the
    occasion two, and sometimes three, times a day.

    Sometimes

    I would enter through the front door with food deliveries or cleaning
    supplies; nothing suspicious there. At other times, I slipped in through
    the backyard. It was difficult to keep my visits to his home a secret,
    but the rewards were incredible.

    I

    found a steaming cup of coffee waiting for me on the counter, with a
    bottle of Kahlúa next to it. I poured a few ounces of the Kahlúa into
    the coffee and noticed a small box with a bow beside the coffee.

    A

    gift! I love receiving gifts. Whether small or large, I've always
    viewed gifts as a token of appreciation for my dedication to everything.
    I took the box and the coffee upstairs to our bedroom, where I could
    hear my young husband in the shower.

    Bryant

    had adapted beautifully to our game of playing house. I could see how
    excited he got when I called him husband, and I loved it when he called
    me his wife.

    "I'm

    home, baby," I shouted over the sound of the running water. I loved
    watching him in the shower. His youthful body was strong and muscular.
    The Bishop had a rather hairy physique and a soft belly, which I found
    unappealing, but this young man was my Adonis.

    Ethan

    was hairless other than around his cock, and I loved the touch of his
    skin. He was also so responsive to my needs, grooming his pubic hair
    very short as a courtesy to me. Small efforts always meant the most to
    me.

    He

    was always so focused on my pleasure, even though I had to remind him
    that it was unnecessary. My faith required that my husband have a direct
    covenant with God, and I was bound to obey my husband. Or, in this
    case, my husbands.

    The

    church removed the "obey your husband" language a few years ago, but I
    disagreed with that and continued to obey The Bishop, and now I also
    obeyed Ethan, at least here in the non-kosher kitchen.

    I

    explained this to Ethan, who reminded me that he did not have a
    covenant with God. But I did. Each time Ethan left his seed in me, it
    was a spiritual experience, and through that intimate unity, I was
    bringing him back into the church. By the end of the summer, he would
    understand his role and place in my life.

    "You got me a gift; that's not fair. I didn't get you anything."

    Ethan looked out of the shower at me.

    "I'm pretty sure you've given me almost everything you have."

    I blushed. I had dedicated myself to pleasing this young man and was glad he noticed.

    "It's jewelry," he said before I opened it.

    "Ethan! I can't wear jewelry from you. People will ask questions,"

    "This one you can. Open it."

    I opened it to find a set of three gold ass plugs with jeweled ends, each larger than the last.

    I looked up to him to catch his wry smile.

    "You're a dirty boy," I said as I bit my lower lip like I used to in high school to drive the boys wild.

    "Well, I didn't get you anything, but I think I can find a way to thank you for being so thoughtful."

    I began to disrobe, slowly taking my top off and then unhooking my bra. I took my time, knowing he was hungrily watching me.

    Turning

    away I slid down my tennis shorts so he could look at my ass.
    Obviously, it had been on his mind, so teasing him excited us both.

    He reached out of the shower and pulled me in, pressing my body against his, his erect cock pushing on my belly.

    "I love work-at-home days," he said as he kissed me.

    I

    loved his remote workdays. I'd spend most of my time in his bed, and
    between his calls and work, he would visit me, make love to me, and then
    return to his workstation, completing tasks for my husband.

    I'd remain in bed, watching my shows and patiently waiting for him to return.

    "So, this jewelry you got me; what do you want me to do with it?" I said as I helped lather his body.

    "I want you to wear it when you're with him. I want you to feel me inside you, no matter where you go."

    "Ethan, are you jealous of my relationship with The Bishop? He's my husband, too. You do understand the arrangement?"

    Ethan

    had begun to wash my sensitive tits, taking care not to cause them to
    letdown and lactate. I had never met someone as thoughtful as this young
    man.

    "I

    understand the arrangement, and perhaps I'm overstepping my boundaries,
    but I'd appreciate it if you wore this. Don't you want to make me
    happy?"

    He

    knew I did. The truth is that the idea of carrying a symbol of our
    relationship into my public life was both exhilarating and terrifying.

    I had my rules, and they were risk-averse, so why was I so excited about his suggestion?

    I changed the subject.

    "Gideon is leaving for his mission next week. We're having a send-off barbecue next Saturday. I really want you to attend."

    Ethan bristled at the idea of a backyard barbecue. I could see he wasn't too interested.

    "Those are for family," he said, looking for a way out.

    "You are family, I replied. You're mine, and through me, you are family. I expect you to attend."

    Of course, I had surrendered authority to Ethan when we began this summer fling, so I needed to sweeten the pot.

    "I'll make a deal with you: I'll wear my special gift all day, along with those red panties you like. All day, under my skirt."

    I stroked his cock to accentuate my point.

    "Just. For. You."

    Ethan bit his lip. I could see the wheels turning.

    "All day?"

    "All day, just for you."

    I

    had him. Men are easy to control when desire is involved. Having Ethan
    over was going to be thrilling. However, adding the ass plug was going
    to be a challenge.

    There

    was no time to dwell on the barbeque because Ethan had begun to gently
    massage my ass with soap and water, while holding my body against him.
    He ran his finger along my backside crease, stopping on the clench of my
    sphincter.

    His

    gentle touch made my nipples harden, and I quickly forgot my concerns
    about next week. Ethan was pressing his finger on my ass, silently
    asking permission to enter.

    "Tell me what to do," I whispered, urging him to take command.

    "Let me in," he replied and pushed harder.

    The

    warm water had relaxed my sphincter muscles, with a second push, my ass
    relented, and his finger sunk in up to the knuckle. The invasion sent
    electricity across my body, and I let out a gentle sigh.

    "You'll wear it at the barbecue," he started, "When that's over, you make an excuse to come over here, and I'll; "

    "Say it. Say what you'll do to me," I pleaded. He pushed his finger in deeper.

    "I'll fuck your ass. That's what I want and that's what you're going to do."

    I was happy to see him taking control.

    His single digit was gently massaging my anus from the inside.

    "What if I say no?" I whispered.

    He

    stumbled; his finger halted probing my dark passage. He was too good a
    man to ever ignore the word no. He respected women. His father had
    raised him well.

    I didn't want to ruin the moment.

    "Don't worry baby, I'll never say no to you. If that's what you want me to do, I'll obey."

    Crises of conscience avoided.

    His finger resumed massaging my passage.

    My hand was massaging his cock, and I could feel it stiffen at the mention of fucking my ass next week.

    The finger felt good. I wanted more.

    "Add a finger, baby, add a finger," I begged.

    I wish he had done it without me asking. But I was training him. In time, he would stop asking for permission to do anything.

    His

    index finger entered with his middle finger, doubling the pressure in
    my ass. I let out a small grunt of pleasure and bent forward to allow
    passage.

    If this was anything like what he would be doing to me next week with his cock, the pleasure factor would be incredible.

    He could sense my enjoyment and gently widened his fingers in my bowels.

    Suddenly, I felt the urge to pee.

    Fuck, not now!

    I wanted to cum, but the pressure to urinate was strong.

    "I have to pee," I said to him. "I have to pee."

    I wanted him to take his fingers out so I could run to the toilet.

    "Go ahead," he said with indifference. "Pee."

    "I've never done that in front of a man."

    "I said, pee. We're in the shower, just pee."

    He wasn't asking. He was telling. The pressure on my bladder was intense.

    "Okay," I said between gasps. "Please don't look."

    I remained leaning over, his fingers still in in my ass as I relaxed my pelvic floor and let a strong stream of urine go.

    The warm pee hit the shower floor and splashed on our feet.

    Inside

    me, I felt the pressure leaving my body. Whenever I hold in a pee too
    long, the feeling of relieving myself is one of the best, topped only by
    an orgasm.

    As

    my stream flowed, the pressure on my bladder reduced, but the pressure
    on his fingers increased, and the nerve endings surrounding my sphincter
    began to fire.

    The

    euphoric feeling of emptying my bladder rolled directly into an anal
    orgasm that I did not see coming. I felt my knees weaken and my legs
    buckle. Ethan grabbed me, and I held onto him as my body shuddered
    through the experience.

    I

    didn't need to narrate the moment. Ethan could see what was transpiring
    and did his best to keep me from going to the ground as the incredible
    feeling rolled on and on.

    Finally, it ended. As I came down from the dual feeling of pleasure, I became self-conscious about what had transpired.

    It was embarrassing to have relieved myself and orgasmed in front of Ethan.

    "That was amazing," he whispered as he held me.

    It

    was the perfect storm. Three stimulations arriving at the exact moment;
    the pleasure of relieving my bladder, the pleasure of his finger
    stretching me from inside, and the pleasure of obeying his commands:
    three pleasures, all mine.

    I loved how it felt with him holding me as I orgasmed and didn't want him to let me go.

    "How was that?" he asked.

    "The best orgasm I've ever had," I said as I attempted to stand upright.

    I reached out and turned off the water.

    "Take me to the bed," I demanded.

    I

    probably could have walked, but I didn't want to. He took a towel and
    wrapped me up, then carried me like a bride to the bed, depositing me
    gently on the right side.

    "You need to rest?" he asked.

    "I've never tried anal," I confessed. "Have you?"

    He shook his head no.

    The

    truth was, he caught me off guard with the toys. The Church frowned on
    sodomy, but the Church frowned on a lot of things I had come to enjoy.
    On the list of sins I was committing with Ethan, allowing him into my
    ass, was probably not even in the top ten.

    "I don't want it to hurt," he said. "That's why I got the set. We start small and build up."

    "So, you want to train my ass to accept your cock?"

    "Well, when you put it like that, it sounds so”

    Ethan, what did I say to you when we first made love?

    "You said you would do anything I desired,"

    "Is this what you desire?" I asked.

    "I think we both might like it," he said.

    "Be gentle."

    I then rolled over, so I was lying flat on the bed, face down. I opened my legs to allow him to explore my backside.

    Face down, I could only feel and imagine what he was doing to me.

    He sat next to me then spread my ass cheeks apart. I could feel his eyes studying my ass and focusing on my tight clenched hole.

    "So, you and The Bishop never tried anal?"

    "Never. The only fingers that have ever been in there are mine and yours."

    I knew he was smiling, excited that there was a part of my body that The Bishop had never explored; virgin territory.

    I reached back and gently massaged my sphincter to loosen it, but he moved my hand away.

    Suddenly

    I felt his tongue meet my anus as he greedily began to tease and taste
    my forbidden area. The sensation of his tongue gliding over my wrinkled
    knot made my heart rate increase. I squirmed slightly, but he held me
    still.

    I loved that feeling of being held down.

    I

    wanted him to understand that I was all in on his wishes and pressed my
    body to his mouth as he kept my ass cheeks open with his hands as he
    wet and tasted me.

    My

    morning cleaning ritual was thorough and deep. I'd sit on a bidet
    pushing water deep inside my front and back. When it ran clean, I'd then
    shower, soaping and fingering myself. I knew I was spotless back there

    I could feel waves of pleasure as he circled and dipped his tongue in and out of my clench. Finally, he sat up.

    "Toy time," he said.

    I rolled over and looked up at him.

    "Kiss me," I begged.

    He gave me a look that said, You know where I just was.

    "Kiss me," I demanded.

    He

    lowered his face to mine, and our tongues explored. I always loved
    tasting myself on his face after he explored my pussy, this was no
    different.

    His kisses tasted tangy, with an essence of soil after a rain, rich and organic with a hint of burnt toast.

    Our kiss ended and I returned to lying face down while he went to the side table where he kept all my toys.

    The

    next sensation was his finger, cold and slathered in cherry lube, as he
    pressed it to my dark hole. After a few circles of my anus, he plunged
    his finger in a single move. I reacted by kicking my leg out and making a
    gentle cry of surprise.

    He

    grasped my leg and held it as he moved his finger gently inside my
    bowel, tickling me from within. He pulled his finger out, and I had a
    momentary feeling of loss. There was no time to linger as I felt the
    cold metal of the smaller ass plug now pushing on my clench.

    "Slow," I pleaded.

    He

    obeyed, pushing ever so gently against my sealed hole. He pushed again,
    still my muscles resisted instinctively, knowing nothing should be
    coming in from that direction.

    Another push, and I felt pleasure overtake pain as my sphincter began to surrender and stretch open.

    God,

    if this was the smallest of the three plugs, there was no way I could
    accommodate anything larger, and that included Ethan's cock.

    I made an unladylike grunt as he pushed, and let myself relax.

    He pushed again, and this time I felt the sphincter muscles relent, allowing the egg-shaped tool to slide past my max width.

    I couldn't see it, but I could feel my tight hole being held open wide. I could probably push it out or it at this point.

    I

    contracted my core, and my muscles quickly pulled it inside me. My
    sphincter snapped shut like a mousetrap leaving only the jeweled end of
    the plug outside my body.

    "Oh my God," he exclaimed. "That was incredible."

    The

    egg-shaped toy was in my dark canal, just resting there, feeling like a
    balloon as it pushed on my muscles, demanding they relax.

    I brought my hand back to the jeweled handle to feel it’s snugness. If I wanted this thing out of me, I'd have to push it out.

    Ethan

    crawled next to me keeping his hand on my ass, gently massaging my
    cheeks. We rolled to our sides, so we were facing each other and resumed
    our kissing.

    The feeling of fullness was different, making our gentle touch more intimate.

    I felt an exciting rush and realized my tits were lactating. No doubt, the new sensation had caused a letdown.

    I pushed Ethan's head down to my nipples, knowing he loved to feed on me when I allowed it.

    Rolling

    on top of him, my tits swayed over his face. He moved gently from
    nipple to nipple. Far below I could feel him gently massaging his cock.

    I

    was ready to turn over and allow him to continue training my ass for
    his cock when he surprised me by driving his cock into my pussy from
    below.

    Unprepared

    for his entry, I let out a gasp. His thickness was compounded by the
    toy in my ass, filling me in an instant. Having never felt this feeling
    of fullness and intense pressure; I let out a loud groan.

    I

    opened my legs, allowing him in me deeper which seemed to amplify the
    pleasure. Ethan was making deep groans which told me my pussy must have
    been gripping him like a vice. At this rate he would cum soon.

    I

    moaned loudly, as I often do at Ethan's house. I needed to let my
    husband know that the level of pleasure he was providing me was unlike
    anything I had ever felt.

    As

    he began to increase his rhythm, we were both on our way to orgasm. Our
    bodies slapped together, and I could hear a faint wet sound, like a
    gentle "plat, plat, plat.”

    That

    toy in my ass changed my physiology, and I soon realized the wet noises
    were coming from me. Each thrust and pulled, was met with the noises of
    air rushing in and of my saturated and strained labia. That sound was
    me as my cunt trapped and released air.

    I

    knew if we stopped and repositioned, I could make the embarrassing
    sound stop, but I was too close to finishing. The strained nerve endings
    in my ass, his thick cock pounding my wet folds, stopping now to
    readjust was out of the question.

    My muscles tensed. It was the point of no return.

    "Harder," I begged, He complied, heightening the sound he was forcing my pussy to make.

    My vision blurred, and the rising orgasm filled my body.

    My

    inner walls began to clench and flutter as my cunt realized the
    infiltrator was close to delivering his payload. His rich, life-giving
    semen.

    My heavy tits started to ache as they swung. But at that moment, I accepted the dull ache because my impending orgasm was close.

    I

    felt his strokes growing stronger. We were in sync, and I prayed we
    would find bliss together. There is nothing more perfect than arriving
    in unison with your partner, especially one as beautiful and perfect as
    Ethan.

    Suddenly

    I felt a strange pressure, and realize as my orgasm was sweeping over
    me, the anal contractions that were so closely associated with my orgasm
    were pushing the ass plug out.

    I

    let out a loud groan as the plug was expelled from my ass triggering my
    vaginal orgasm. I had little control over my body and despite an
    embarrassing sound of from my ass due to trapped air escaping, I came
    hard. Very hard.

    Only

    as I was on my way down did I notice the feeling of his ejaculation. It
    was only a few seconds, but it felt longer. I was now being filled with
    Ethan's semen, causing my elation to roll on and on as I let out a long
    moan, audibly rewarding my man with gasps and moans.

    Ethan

    stayed connected to me for as long as he could. I could feel residual
    pulses from his cock as my pussy did its natural job of squeezing every
    drop of his release. He knew this was my desire and never failed to do
    as I asked.

    We came to a stop, and I looked down at him with a smile.

    His

    cock slid out, and I experienced that momentary feeling of loss when
    his cock left my cunt, leaving me feeling empty but fulfilled.

    Deep

    within me, I could feel his semen warming my cervix. This was our holy
    communion, and I remained faithful to God, determined to keep my man's
    seed inside my vessel.

    We lay there breathing hard.

    "I thought you wanted to try it the other way," I asked my now spent young man."

    "Today was your training day. When you're able to take the large plug, then you'll be ready for me."

    That

    small plug had pushed me to the limit, and I had no idea how I could
    fit the medium one or the large one, and then Ethan himself.

    But that boy did create anticipation.

    It

    was bad enough I could barely wait to get over to his house for our
    time together, now I had the added layer of wondering when he would take
    my anal virginity.

    Chapter 3: Thanks For Coming.

    I

    arrived at the Barton house holding a tub of potato salad. This type of
    family backyard event wasn't my preference. Adding to my growing
    fondness for Mrs. Barton, I wasn't sure how it would feel to mingle with
    her family in the presence of her husband and his boss, The Bishop.

    The

    door opened, and I was greeted by a blonde-haired young woman with an
    endless smile. I recognized her, but it had been years.

    "Hannah?"

    "Bryant," the young woman exclaimed, giving him a warm hug.

    This was Hannah, Amanda's oldest daughter.

    "Wow, Hannah, I don't think I've seen you since like five years ago."

    She took his hand, leading him through the large home.

    "Oh God, that was my awkward phase. I wore braces for two years."

    Hannah had always been the girl-next-door type, but now she had filled out and was a knockout.

    "I've been meaning to stop by and tell you how sad I was about your dad. He was such a nice guy. So sweet."

    "Thank you,"

    "Every time I want to go over, my mom says no. She said to give you your space."

    "Oh, well, your mom really means well. She's been a big help to me this summer."

    She guided me to the backyard, where a large gathering of family, friends, and esteemed church members was taking place.

    "Are you going on a mission as well?"

    "No, just Gideon. I'm heading off to BYU in the fall. I'll do a mission later, maybe my senior year."

    "Where are they sending Gideon?"

    "Chicago," she then lowered her voice.

    "My dad can pull strings, so none of us are going to end up in some shithole country."

    "I looked at her, somewhat surprised by her language."

    "My dad's words, not mine. Where did you do your mission?"

    "I didn't. I kind of stepped away from the church in high school."

    "Oh, a Jack Mormon. Be careful! Mom will do her best to bring you back into the fold."

    "Oh, she's been trying."

    Hanna spotted her mother.

    "Mom, look who's here. Bryant!"

    "Well, hello, Bryant," she said cordially.

    "Hello, Mrs. Barton. Thank you for inviting me. "I feel blessed to be included."

    "Hannah, it's almost time for John-John to nurse. Would you be a dear and bring him to the family room?"

    "Sure, Mom. Hey Bryant, can I talk to you about law school? I've been thinking about”

    "Hannah go take care of John John. Now!" Mrs. Barton said in a firm tone that resonated with her daughter. She smiled and left.

    "So, you came." The hot milf said, turning her focus on me.

    "I promised I would. Speaking of promises, did you; "

    "If you think I'm going lift my skirt and show what's inside my ass, well, you'll need to trust me."

    She was as firm with me as she was with Hannah. I had to remind myself that I wasn't her husband here. Here, I had no authority.

    "Hannah sure has grown up. She was telling me about BYU."

    She looked at me with a stern face.

    "Please don't spend time with Hannah. She has priorities, but right about now, she's a bit boy crazy."

    "I was just being polite."

    "Oh, I know. But let's not distract her, shall we? Listen, I have to speak with the other wives. Will you be okay on your own?"

    I

    nodded in agreement and watched her leave. I wasn't offended by how she
    spoke to me; this was her house and family, and I was a potential
    issue.

    To be continued in part 3. Based on a post by Wendy Trilby, in 5 parts, for Literotica.

    54 min
  • The Bishop’s Hotwife: Part 1
    The Bishop’s Hotwife: Part 1When Mormon mothers go wild, they go really wild.

    Based on a post by Wendy Trilby, in 5 parts. Listen to the Podcast at Explicit Novels.




    Chapter 0: Gideon's Dilemma.

    Despite living in a large home with four brothers and two sisters, Gideon Barton had little privacy. When you're 18 just about everything gives you an erection and most young men turn to porn for relief.

    But in Gideon's strict Mormon household, his father, The Bishop, a respected pillar of the church, imposed restrictions on internet access, computers, and phones. Visiting sites like Pornhub or Literotica was nearly impossible.

    But then again, nothing's as vivid as the mind of a horny teen, and Gideon could create fantasies from just about anything. He had masturbated to thoughts of the weather girl on channel 5, several of his teachers, and right now, his mother's good friend, Kristi Haskett.

    It was the Barton's big summer backyard barbeque and Mrs. Haskett had just emerged from the pool with firm, erect nipples poking through her bathing suit. She went for her towel, but the image of her thick nipples tenting the nylon of her modest swimsuit would remain burned in his memory to be recalled for countless masturbation sessions in the days to come.

    That's all it took to make Gideon's balls swell. He needed to masturbate right now. With two brothers and two sisters plus a houseful of guests for the cookout, jerking off in a bathroom wasn't going to happen.

    That wasn't an issue for Gideon as he entered the spacious car barn to conduct his personal business. Much more than just a garage, The Bishop had built the car barn to house his collection of cars, cars he felt promoted his masculinity. The barn housed seven vehicles and the family's Gulfstream trailer.

    Gideon noticed how dusty his dad's 19 74 green Bronco was. He coveted this vehicle, even if that was a sin. His mom was trying to convince his dad to let him take it to college after his mission. After all, he was an adult, and his mother believed he needed to take on responsibilities, like owning a car.

    But right now, he needed to masturbate and quietly entered his go-to spot, the Gulfstream trailer.

    This had become his favorite place to masturbate. It was private, and he could concentrate on his fantasy as he stroked himself.

    Getting some hand lotion from the bathroom, he sat on the couch, pulled his shorts down, and lathered himself up. Gently grasping his cock, he began slowly gliding up and down the shaft.

    He closed his eyes and imagined Mrs. Haskett taking him by the hand behind the garage and showing him her tits. She held them out for him, offering him one to feed on.

    This wasn't going to take long. He could feel his balls swelling and then;

    He heard the side door to the car barn open and someone entered.

    Fuck, not now.

    Mrs. Haskett's tits would have to wait. He could hear two people talking in hushed tones.

    "Wow, is this what you wanted to show me? It's great. Look at the condition. This is wonderful."

    The voice was familiar, and Gideon moved to the window to see who it was.

    "Want to see something even better?" came a voice he recognized as his mother's voice. Why was she in here?

    He peered into the car barn, trying to see who she was talking to and if they were going to leave.

    Looking out, he saw his mother leaning back on the hood of his father's green Bronco like a teenage girl flirting on a date.

    Whomever it was, Gideon felt he was way too close to his mother. She then turned around, leaned forward, and her skirt hiked up slightly, but not enough to reveal anything. Reaching back, she flipped it up exposing her soft white ass.

    Gideon nearly fell over in shock. What was she doing?

    Just then, he could see the face of the other person. It was Ethan Bryant. He lived next door; he was in his last year of law school in Boston and home for the summer, clerking for The Bishop. He was probably around 25 or 26 years old.

    "You wore the red lingerie," Ethan said with a lascivious smile.

    Gideon’s mother was always talking about Ethan's success at law school and kept encouraging Gideon to use him as a role model.

    "That's not all," his mother replied to Ethan as she put her thumbs in the bands of her panties pulling them down to reveal her bare ass. Ethan's eyes were fixated on her behind. Gideon strained to see, but from his angle, there was no looking into that dark abyss.

    "How long have you;"

    "All day. Just for you," she interrupted.

    "Oh my God. How does it feel?" Ethan asked.

    Gideon's mind was racing. How does what feel? Did she get some kind of piercing? What was he looking at?

    "Full, I feel wonderful, but full. I had a spontaneous orgasm about an hour ago. I was sitting there, and it hit me when I was talking to Sara Carlton. She asked if I was Okay."

    Gideon remembered noticing his mother shivering earlier when she was talking to Mrs. Carlton. What the hell was going on?

    "You're amazing," Ethan said in a loud whisper.

    Gideon's mother remained slumped over the car.

    "Make it fast," she replied.

    Ethan had his cock in hand in seconds. Gideon's eyes were wide. This was it. He was going to see someone have sex. Not just someone, his mother. He resigned himself to worry about that later.

    Gideon watched as Ethan gently inserted himself into his mother from behind. She let out a long, plaintive groan, enjoying the moment.

    Gideon thought he should run out there and put an end to this.

    But he didn't.

    Above anything in the world, he wanted to see people having sex. And here it was, just fifteen feet from him, a man riding an older woman from behind. They were carnal, and they were desperate. Never mind that it was his mother; this was sex, raw and unbridled, and he began to masturbate as he watched.

    His mother's pelvis hitched as Ethan began increasing his cadence. It started slow, but they were picking up the pace.

    Her red panties were now around her ankles. Her torso lay flat against the Bronco, and her face was a portrait of bliss.

    If there was any doubt his mother wasn't a willing participant, the wet sounds of her pussy, and her less than muffled moans testified just how much she was enjoying the moment.

    Gideon continued to stroke himself, pacing with the couple, not wanting to blow his load too soon.

    His mother put her hands back, grasping her ass cheeks and spreading them, offering Ethan a better view of his target.

    Then, out of nowhere, Ethan pulled himself out, revealing his sizable cock, dropped to his knees and planted his face in between her ass cheeks. The sounds of his mouth on her pussy echoed off the walls.

    "We don't have time for you to;"

    Gideon's mother never finished her sentence as she froze with pleasure.

    "Oh, that fucking tongue of yours. That motherfucking tongue of yours."

    From his hiding spot, Gideon was about to hyperventilate, having never heard his mother say anything more substantial than "darn it.”

    Ethan stood, wiped the wetness from his face and then returned to fucking Gideon's mother from behind.

    Their body friction increased, and it was evident the two were to about cum, as was Gideon. Mrs. Barton groaned loudly, followed by a metallic clank on the floor like someone had dropped a tool.

    The two lovers didn't seem to notice or care and kept at each other, intent on reaching a mutual climax quickly. While Gideon's only experience with orgasm was his own, he watched his mother plateau, determined to burn the memory into his brain.

    Inside the trailer Gideon was about to cum despite slow strokes, just the visuals were enough to finish him off. When he heard his mother's final groan he felt his balls swell and his cock erupted in a geyser of cum spraying on the walls and window.

    With his pants around his knees, he staggered back and knocked over a box of cooking utensils, making a slight but audible clatter.

    Fuck!

    Gideon looked out the window again. The sound had spooked the two as his mother pulled up her panties and flipped back her dress, while Ethan zipped his shorts and straightened up.

    She then led Ethan out of one of the side doors.

    When Gideon was sure they were gone, he quietly exited the trailer and walked to the Bronco. The dust on the hood was disturbed, showing the buxom outline of a woman's body. On the floor was a puddle of what could only be spent cum and his mother's fluids combined.

    Gideon took a rag and wiped off the dust, wiping off any evidence, then took the rag to wipe up the fluids on the ground. On his knees, he noticed something shiny under the Bronco. Reaching for it, he held it in his hand; a metallic gold ass plug, covered in a sheen lube and a bejeweled handle.

    He knew what he had to do.

    Chapter 1: The Homecoming.

    Two years of law school were behind me, and I was returning home to Provo for my last summer. I was happy to be going home and sleeping in my old room, and equally excited that my neighbor, Bishop Barton, had secured me a legal clerking internship in his firm.

    There was no better way to finish a successful law degree than clerking for Utah's most prestigious law firm, Pratt, Collins, and Barton.

    I can't remember the last time I heard anyone call Rob Barton by his name. He was known as "The Bishop" due to his high standing in the LDS Church. That's the term that Mormons preferred, with LDS meaning The Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints. Although they did use the term "Mormon," that name was sometimes used in a pejorative way. Thus, using LDS avoided any possible negative connotations.

    The Bishop was a mountain of a man, imposing and always the center of attention. Despite having been our neighbor for as long as I can remember, I rarely spoke to him, but my dad and The Bishop's wife had secured me this internship last year.

    Then the worst happened. My father passed away suddenly ten months ago. At just 25 years old, I had faced the loss of both my parents. My mother had died when I was only three, leaving Dad and me together all those years. Our relationship was rocky at times, but he always supported me and kept me focused on a prosperous future. I felt his absence deeply now that he was gone.

    He was disappointed that I had left the Mormon faith. It wasn't that I questioned the faith itself, but all faith. Still, I was respectful of his beliefs and those of my LDS neighbors.

    Living in Provo meant having LDS neighbors everywhere. Honestly, I can't think of a better place and better people. Despite the slurs and jokes about the faith, my LDS neighbors were some of the kindest people on earth. When Dad died, The Bishop and his wife, Amanda, traveled to Harvard to convince me to stay in school and finish. He reminded me how important it was to my Dad that I get that degree and assured me of the clerkship. Mrs. Barton promised to take care of my dad's home. They came through on both accounts.

    These were good people, and I felt fortunate to have pillars of society in my life.

    Mrs. Barton was younger than The Bishop and could have been a recruiting poster for Mormon wives. She was sporty, with blond, shoulder-length hair that framed her face effortlessly. She had an attractive figure, and her larger-than-average tits always caught the church dads' attention; and their wives. But if there was one feature that could stop me in my tracks, it was her smile. It made me feel welcomed and safe.

    I grew up with the Bartons. I was seven when they bought the huge house next door. My memories of Mrs. Barton are that she was always pregnant. She had her first child, Gideon, that year, and then it seemed like she was always expecting right up until last year when she had her fifth child. Perhaps that explained her large tits, which I must confess, I'd sneak a peek at whenever I could.

    Mrs. Barton was a traditional wife who began by having children to continually increase the LDS population. She was always busy, driving carpool, cooking meals, and doing everything necessary to support The Bishop's vital role as a community and church leader. The affectionate term for a woman devoted to her husband and family was helpmeet. As in, she was The Bishop's helpmeet.

    Of course, being seen and at the center of attention due to her husband's status caused some jealousy, and some of the catty mothers called her the "More Mom," which is a bit of a slur, especially coming from other members of the LDS faith, demeaning her role to merely being attracted to the attention she received from her status.

    I found an Amazon package at the door when I arrived home. After taking it inside, I turned on the lights. The place was clean and bright for a home that hadn't been lived in for several months. Mrs. Barton had undoubtedly ensured it was cheerful upon my return.

    I sorted through the stack of mail, opening some items and throwing away others, and then remembered the Amazon package. Opening it up, I was surprised to see a delicate but revealing lingerie set. I held up the red thong and bustier top, wondering where they had come from. Looking back in the box, I found a sex toy, the Womanizer. It was a vibrating suction toy that only added to the mystery.

    I looked at the box and noticed that it was addressed to me, but I certainly didn't order this. I put the items back in the box and set it aside.

    A day later, I was finishing my paperwork for the clerk internship when I heard someone at the door.

    I opened it to see Mrs. Barton, who walked into the house as if it belonged to her. I understood her actions because she had cared for it for so long.

    "Come on in," I said with a joking smile. She looked at me with a smirk.

    "Sorry, I just barged in, didn't I? I'm so used to coming over here and just decompressing."

    She gave me a warm hug, pressing herself against me.

    "Welcome home, Bryant. We have missed you. I've missed you."

    I smelled toast burning and rushed to the kitchen. She followed me. It was burnt, so I tossed it out and poured myself a cup of coffee.

    I had never tasted coffee until my first year of law school. Shunned by the LDS faith as a stimulant, I avoided it until midterms, but after my first cup, I was hooked.

    "Coffee? Tisk tisk, what'll I ever tell The Bishop?"

    "Law school, late nights. If this is a sin, let me be burned at the stake," I replied.

    "I'm sure it can be overlooked. You know how many exceptions we must make to keep the faith. I had a Long Island iced tea a few weeks ago."

    Mormons don't drink coffee, and they sure as hell don't drink alcohol, let alone a strong drink like a Long Island Iced Tea.

    "I was out with some friends who weren't from church. They had wine, and I innocently asked for tea. Well, I said Long Island Iced Tea. I assumed it was like a tea and lemonade drink."

    "That's an Arnold Palmer," I added.

    "So, I found out. I took a sip and instantly realized it wasn't made with lemonade."

    She leaned in with a conspiratorial look.

    "Can you keep a secret, Bryant?"

    I nodded yes.

    "I drank the entire drink, and by the end, I was, well, my head was spinning. I think I did a pretty good job of pretending to be sober, but I wasn't. I returned to the suburban, crawled in, and fell asleep for three hours."

    "Just from the one drink?"

    "Well, I had a Xanax earlier, so that combo did not help."

    I looked at her quizzically.

    "It's a prescription for stress. It's allowed."

    While Mormons don't use recreational drugs, many of the women I knew had prescriptions for anxiety. I felt guilty because my expression made her think I was judging her.

    "Of all the drinks you could order, that's like a nuclear bomb."

    "Do you drink, Bryant? You drink coffee; do you also drink at bars?"

    I wasn't sure if this was a test. Was she doing some recon for The Bishop?

    "Me? No, I don't drink alcohol."

    That was a lie.

    She looked at me and studied my face.

    "You wouldn't lie to me, now, would you?"

    "No, I don't; "

    "Have you ever experienced something so intense, so incredible that you wonder how God would make it criminal to enjoy? Like wine, for instance. Jesus drank wine, why can't we?"

    "The Catholics certainly do," I replied.

    "Oh my God, even Catholics are having more fun than us," she bemoaned, "and they are always miserable."

    "I don't usually question the doctrines of the faith," I replied.

    I was attempting to evade the question. She was probing, and I wasn't sure what she was after.

    "Of course not. Neither do I. So, we'll keep this story about the Long Island iced tea between us? I can trust you?"

    "If you can keep my coffee addiction between us," I replied.

    "Bryant, you can trust me to keep secrets. I'm a vault when it comes to this stuff. I know what it's like to have secrets, so anything you share with me. It's in the vault."

    "Coffee in the vault. Got it."

    "Can I try some?" she asked.

    "Try what?"

    "Your coffee."

    "Are you sure? It's bitter. Kind of acquired taste. And I don't want to get you in trouble."

    "I'm a big girl. Plus, I don't think my husband will cast me out into the wilderness for trying some coffee. He always encourages me to try new things."

    I held out the cup, and she took it in hand, inhaling the rich scent.

    "It smells so good. I sometimes wander into a Starbucks just to breathe the air. It almost makes me shiver with excitement. You don't think caffeine is airborne, do you?"

    "No, I don't."

    I was anxious to see her taste the coffee. There was something about witnessing a grown woman, a devoted believer, break her promise to her faith before me.

    It was a far cry from any real sin; it was just a sip of coffee; but the fact that she was doing this before me held an unusual sensuality. I licked my lips as she brought the cup to her mouth.

    She took a long sip, let it sit in her mouth, and then swallowed.

    "Wow, that's not what I thought it would taste like. I was hoping for something like the Long Island iced tea."

    "Well, if I had some Kahlua and vodka, I could make this more of a fun drink."

    "Do you have any?" she asked.

    "Uh, no. My dad didn't drink, so no."

    "Too bad. I could like coffee if it had something fun in it."

    Looking around the kitchen, she noticed the pile of mail.

    "Oh, that reminds me. I had a package from Amazon sent here."

    Oh shit! That was hers?

    "I didn't see anything. Why would you send it here?"

    "Well, nothing gets into our house without one of the kids opening it. They're just feminine products, so I sent them here. I don't need my kids looking through my tampons and breast pads."

    I looked at her, confused. She could see I didn't understand.

    "I'm still breastfeeding John-John. I know it's time to wean him, but I've been pregnant more than not pregnant this past 18 years, and so, well, I leak a lot."

    "You leak a lot?"

    I was still confused.

    "My tits leak. Mostly if I don't express myself or feed John-John, it can be kind of embarrassing."

    I realized I was getting the bio lesson in that I did not want to hear.

    "I'm sorry, Bryant, I guess I just feel comfortable around you and start blabbering. You don't need a lecture on my bodily functions."

    "No, that's fine. I'm glad you feel like that. I've always felt like you were someone I could talk to, so yeah, if you want to complain, I'm your guy."

    Mrs. Barton looked at me with a smile.

    "You're one of the good ones, Ethan. Never change. Well, I've got to get back to the house because I've been gone 20 minutes, and there is a good chance someone has set the kitchen on fire. You know that happened once."

    "Mrs. Barton, anytime you need to decompress. Come on over. You've got the door code; lie on the couch and sleep."

    "I will. Thank you. And we're all adults now, so how about no more Mrs. Barton and you call me Amanda?"

    I smiled.

    "Amanda. Amanda, it is."

    "Oh, you'll let me know when that package arrives. Will you?"

    With that, she left. I watched her walk away, somewhat enamored with her. She had been so open, so relaxed, and so honest and felt more like a friend than the mom next door. It was nice she could confide in me about the struggles of family and religion.

    I picked up the open Amazon box, took out the lingerie, and held it up to the light.

    There was significantly less clothing than what most devout LDS women wore under their clothing. What little cloth there was, was transparent, primarily mesh. The thong was crotchless, and the bra appeared to cover only below the nipples.

    I couldn't help but imagine Mrs. Barton wearing this. For a mother of five, she was remarkably fit. She wore sensible clothing, including sporty attire from Brooks Brothers and Lululemon, always maintaining a certain degree of modesty.

    The thought of her wanting to wear this outfit made me see her in a different light. Clearly, it was for her intimate moments with The Bishop, and I felt awful for invading her privacy.

    I put the box back together and ran a fresh strip of tape down the opening. It wasn't nearly perfect, but I'd tell her it came that way and probably got damaged in transit.

    I waited a day, then texted her that the package was here and that I'd bring it over.

    I'll come to get it, was her immediate reply.

    A few minutes later, she arrived at the door, carrying several containers of Tupperware. She brushed past me into the kitchen and began to load them into the fridge.

    "I made some meals, so you don't just live on cold cereal."

    "I can cook," I replied in mock defensiveness.

    The truth is, I actually was living on cold cereal, and the idea of a home-cooked meal was a welcome invitation.

    I had paused the movie I was watching on Netflix. She stopped to look at the TV set.

    "Is this White Lotus?" She asked.

    "I think so."

    "I have a confession," she said. "When I came over to look after the house, I treated myself to watching Outlander on your Netflix."

    "Outlander?"

    I had no idea what that was.

    "It's a series, a good one. It involves time travel and a woman who's married to two men at two different times: the 19 41 in England, and then Scotland in 17 10."

    "Wow, that sounds complicated."

    "Oh, it is. It's like a soap opera but with lots of gratuitous sex. I mean really good sex."

    "Oh, well, now I'll have to watch it," I said, realizing how awkward the response was.

    "Well, you can watch porn over here. So maybe the sex on Outlander isn't so wild."

    "You can't watch the series at home?"

    "No, The Bishop has all our TV sets filtered to PG-13 or less. Even if I try using my phone, he has all our phones filtered, and gets nanny reports if anyone searches strong words."

    "Nanny reports?"

    "Software that alerts him to anything against the teachings of the church. Which is just about everything. So, I come here to watch the show. You won't tell, will you?"

    "Haven't we been through this? You have my promise that your secrets are safe with me. Remember, we shared coffee, so we're deep in. Oh, I have your Amazon package."

    I handed her the box, which she examined, and noticed the fresh tape.

    "Did you open this?"

    "Me? No. It arrived like that. Perhaps it was opened by mistake. They must have resealed it."

    She studied me like I was one of her children lying about eating candy before dinner.

    "Great. I might have a few more deliveries. I'll let you know when they arrive. Are you okay with that?"

    "More personal care items?" I asked.

    Mrs. Barton looked at the box and then right into my eyes. She was using her mom's skills to discern the truth from me.

    "Ethan, did you open this box?"

    God damn, she was good. I had a million lies I wanted to tell, but the truth seemed the easiest path.

    "I didn't know it was for you. I didn't know, and I'm sorry."

    She laughed as she pulled open the tape.

    "Lousy job trying to reseal it. Don't apply to work at Amazon."

    She opened the box and took out the lingerie and held it up, showing it to me.

    "Sorry," was all I could mutter.

    "It's fine. It's just some underwear and a personal care item. You can understand why I didn't want this to come to my house. The Bishop would disapprove."

    "You didn't buy that to wear for him?"

    Mrs. Barton kept on admiring the skimpy outfit.

    "I bought it for myself."

    She put down the outfit and looked at me.

    "You're familiar with the sacred garments, right?"

    I was somewhat familiar. The sacred garments, which are often called magic underwear by non-Mormons, are a bland nylon top and bottom worn by LDS men and women under their clothing.

    You had to have gone on a mission or been married in the church to qualify to wear them. I had done neither, nor did I desire to.

    "My dad wore them," I replied.

    "That's right. He did. Well, they're not very flattering. I do my best to stay in shape. I drop down to my perfect weight after each child, and my tits remain big and appealing. I put in the work. And I like what I get to see, when I look at myself in the mirror."

    She lifted her shirt slightly to reveal the unattractive white garment she wore underneath.

    "But then I have to put on this thing. It's uncomfortable, not flattering, makes me sweat, and sure as hell isn't sexy."

    "You don't have to wear it," I interrupted. "I know lots of faithful people who don't."

    "I wear it out of respect for my husband. The Bishop is a good provider. He has his rules, and we all obey them; one is for me to wear my garments. So, I do."

    "So why the lingerie?"

    "I don't know. It's my tiny bit of rebellion. When I would come here, I'd put on the lingerie, watch my shows, and sometimes use my personal care items."

    Personal care? Is she talking about masturbation? I thought to myself.

    She was sneaking off to my house to masturbate. My mind was reeling at the thought of this attractive mother of five, in her early forties, masturbating in my house.

    "I hope you don't mind, but I keep it all in a drawer in your dad's room. I can't bring it home."

    I wanted to race to the dresser and see what was hiding there.

    Mrs. Barton held up the sex toy. It looked like a hairbrush with a small rubber circle at the end.

    "The toys help me relax; and have a little fun."

    I realized I hadn't asked her to explain any of this. She had unloaded. The woman wanted someone to talk to, and without asking me to listen, she was listing her issue with being a traditional wife.

    "I'll take everything out of the drawer and throw it away," she said with a hint of shame.

    "No, you don't have to do that. I go to the office several times a week. Come over, wear your outfits, watch TV shows, and do whatever you want with the toys."

    She looked at me with a grateful smile, not ready to give up this small act of rebellion.

    "I can trust you with this secret?" she asked.

    "We have been over that," I replied.

    Besides, who would I tell? Certainly not The Bishop. Giving her access to my house for her "personal care" time would not endear me to the man.

    "Thanks, Ethan, I really need this. Your house has been my sanctuary, and I want to keep it that way."

    So, we made our arrangement. She would come over when I was away and do God knows what, while I'd say nothing.

    She gave me a tight hug, and I could feel her heavy tits on me. Perhaps it was no different than any other hug she'd given me in the past, but the talk of lingerie, masturbation, and our pact to keep it all a secret, completely sexualized the hug.

    When she left, I took the lingerie and toy and ran to my father's room, opening several drawers until I found it; a drawer full of lingerie, each piece more decadent than the other. I also found a variety of sex toys and several bottles of flavored lube.

    "Oh, Mrs. Barton," I said aloud, "what have you been up to?"

    I felt myself harden and sat back on the bed. I pulled my pants down, slathered on some lube, and began to masturbate. I held up a crotch-less bustier and imagined Mrs. Barton wearing it. I brought the garment to my face, hoping it had not been laundered. It smelled of soap and softener, so no luck.

    But my mind was able to create a scent for Mrs. Barton, and in a matter of minutes, I ejaculated into the garment. I probably shouldn't have, but I wanted to share myself with her, and leaving my semen in the crotch of her panties would suffice. Besides, it would disappear when it dried.

    Two days later, I was working at my clerkship when my phone alerted me to someone at the door. I opened the app and saw Mrs. Barton coming in. This would undoubtedly be one of her private sessions. My mind raced, and I could not concentrate, thinking of the attractive middle-aged mom who was in my house wearing lingerie and masturbating.

    When I returned home, everything was normal. However, I found a note on the bathroom counter and a new pair of lingerie. The note asked me to wash the garment on the delicate setting and hang it to dry.

    I picked it up and inhaled. The pair was soiled. I could smell sweat, and as I moved my nose to the gusset of the garment, I smelled her essence. Mrs. Barton's pussy smelled rich with herbs; there was a dark floral smell that reminded me of figs. As the aroma filled my olfactory senses, my cock swelled with blood. I didn't want to clean it. I put my nose deep in the fabric and found it still wet. I inhaled it repeatedly, getting a forbidden rush with each huff.

    I obeyed her wishes and put them in the washer. Although I did wonder why she didn't do that herself. Perhaps she was in a rush. I'd ask her the next time I saw her.

    It was a Tuesday, my work-at-home day, when I returned from a morning run to smell bacon cooking in the kitchen.

    "Mrs. Barton?"

    I entered the kitchen to see Mrs. Barton preparing pancakes, eggs, and bacon.

    "Happy birthday!" she said, running up and giving me a deep, warm hug.

    "Oh, I'm so sweaty from the run," I declared.

    Mrs. Barton's comings and goings at my house made the fact that she was randomly making breakfast hardly unusual.

    "A little sweat is not going to stop me from giving you a birthday hug."

    She held me tight; I could smell her fresh scent, making me more self-conscious about my sweaty body.

    "The Bishop took the kids to his mother's house for two days. She's in St. George. I can't stand the woman and draw a hard line against seeing her. Anyway, I saw you take off for a run and wanted to surprise you."

    "Well, this is a surprise. So, thank you. I'll take a shower, and I'll eat."

    "It's ready now. Eat as you are, and we'll get you showered later."

    We'll get you showered?

    A slip of the tongue, perhaps? I scolded myself again for thinking untoward thoughts about such a generous person.

    "Ok, fine. I'm going to make myself a coffee. I'll pour you some if you want."

    "I have a surprise for you," she said, handing me a bag containing a bottle of Bailey's, Vodka, and Kahlua.

    "You said this would make coffee taste better."

    I looked at the bottles and Mrs. Barton.

    "Really? Yeah, this makes for a killer cup of coffee."

    "Well, I want to try that killer cup then."

    "I don't think The Bishop would approve."

    "You can let me worry about The Bishop. Everything I do is for the betterment of my family and our place in the Church, which requires endless work. If I want to enjoy a little coffee with a kick with my friend, I assure you, The Bishop will approve."

    "Okay, fine. I understand, and I completely support you. You do so much for me; I'm not even part of your family. You deserve some time for yourself."

    "Thank you. So, pour me a cup!"

    I poured her a cup of coffee, putting in several ounces of Bailey's and Kahlua.

    "Don't forget the vodka," she scolded.

    I handed her the mug.

    "Sip it. This is stronger than it tastes."

    She took the mug, took a sip, and closed her eyes as she swallowed the warm elixir.

    "Wow," she whispered.

    We sat down and began to eat the magnificent breakfast she had prepared.

    "I had a Jewish friend growing up, Shoshona," she began.

    "Her dad was a rabbi, so they were very religious, and they were kosher. But there was a fine line. They had a kosher kitchen, but they also had a non-kosher kitchen downstairs."

    She sipped the coffee, closing her eyes to enjoy the buzz.

    "They followed their religion, but there were times when they stepped outside the strict rules and had a little fun. Like maybe pizza with pork sausage and other things that were not even close to kosher. They would cook non-kosher meals downstairs. Being the good little Mormon girl I was, I asked how they could justify this. The Rabbi reminded me that religion is complicated. No one is perfect, and we all stray from the path now and again."

    She hesitated, then continued her story.

    "He chose to have an un-kosher kitchen downstairs so they could bend the rules a little and have fun. But when it came to family and the ways of Torah, they always had the kosher kitchen."

    "So, they used a second kitchen to cheat on their faith," I said with a condescending laugh.

    "They used it to taste the forbidden fruit, and that kept their faith strong."

    She took a long drink of her spiked coffee, savored it, and looked around.

    "This is my un-kosher kitchen."

    "Well, your kitchen isn't kosher either."

    "No, I mean your house. It's where I can come and bend the rules a little. It's where I can let down my hair and not be the More Mom."

    "You've heard that?"

    "More Mom? Oh, yeah, I know they say that. Kristi, Sara, all my LDS moms, I know they call me that."

    "Perhaps they're just jealous because of everything you have going for you. Perfect family, important husband; "

    "I know they're being catty, but I kind of like the title. More Mom. If I'm making the other moms jealous, I must be doing something right."

    "More is always better in my book," I added.

    "I know, right? Like, let's have more fun coffee!"

    "I just hope The Bishop never finds out because he's got my future in his hands."

    "What happens in the non-kosher kitchen stays in the non-kosher kitchen, Ethan."

    With that, Mrs. Barton tussled my hair and finished her spiked coffee.

    "The non-kosher kitchen," I replied with a smile. "I like that."

    "Such a smart young man. You're going to make a woman very happy someday. Now, how about a refill?"

    She stood up with a slight wobble.

    "Maybe you space it out a little."

    She spotted a new Amazon box that had just arrived and tore it open with the excitement of a child on Christmas day.

    "Oh yes, it's my red bodysuit! Oh, I can't wait to try this on. Look at those roses embroidered on it."

    She held up the lingerie, a transparent mesh one-piece outfit in red. There were cutouts for the tits, the crotch was open, and there was no fabric other than a bow on the backside.

    "You like?"

    I sure as hell did and nodded my head.

    "You want me to try it on? I so want to try it on."

    "Well, you can try it in my dad's old room. Plenty of privacy there."

    She took the lingerie and headed out with excitement.

    "Bring me a fresh cup of non-kosher coffee when you come up."

    "Come up?"

    "Well, I can't come down with this thing on, so if you want to see it, you'll have to come up."

    With that, I heard her rushing up the stairs. I went to the coffee maker and refilled her mug, then added the three liquors and realized my hand was shaking. She had just invited me upstairs to model lingerie. Or maybe I misheard. That's it; I must have misunderstood her.

    I ascended the stairs and arrived at the master suite to find the door closed.

    I knocked.

    "Mrs. Barton. I brought up another cup of coffee. You want me to leave it here?"

    "Bring it in," she said.

    I steeled myself, ready to see her in that red lingerie. My heart pounded as I opened the door and.

    She was in the master bathroom, which was off the master bedroom.

    "You did not tell me that coffee makes you poop," she said from beyond the door.

    "Yeah, it can have that effect."

    I felt both let down and relieved. I sat on the bed and examined the lingerie, trying to imagine her wearing it.

    I heard the toilet flush, and she emerged from the bathroom, closing the door behind her.

    "I never poop outside of my home. Never. I need to take a shower now."

    "A shower? Now?"

    "I always take a shower after I poop. It's a cleanliness issue. I've trained myself to poop each morning before The Bishop wakes, and then I take my morning shower. I like to be clean down there in case The Bishop needs me to perform my wifely duties."

    "Wow, you really are the More Mom."

    She picked up her second coffee and began to drink it. I felt bummed because I was enjoying my morning with her and didn't want her to leave to take a shower.

    "Hey," she said, giving me a playful whack, "I like to be clean. What's wrong with that?"

    "Why don't you take a shower here?"

    As soon as I spoke, I could feel how awkward it sounded.

    But she didn't even flinch at the idea and drank more coffee.

    "Look to see if your dad left any good shampoo."

    I frantically opened the bathroom cupboard and rummaged through countless bottles of shampoo. Why my dad had so many shampoos remains an eternal mystery.

    Um, there's Head and Shoulders, a bottle of Suave peach shampoo, and this, looks expensive; Biolage Hydra source shampoo.

    "That's one I use," she said. "That's the one I need."

    I handed her the bottle. She looked at me with a long, hard stare to ensure we understood each other.

    "Non-kosher kitchen," she said.

    "Non-kosher kitchen," I confirmed.

    "Now, turn around and head back to the bedroom."

    I just stood there, and I'm sure my face betrayed my disappointment.

    "If you thought I'd give you a free shower show, you were sadly mistaken."

    "Me? What? No?" I said in a panic. Again, I had red the room wrong.

    "I'll wait downstairs."

    "Just sit on the bed and close the bathroom door halfway so I can have some privacy, and we can talk."

    I obediently followed her instructions, closing the door halfway, blocking my view of the shower.

    She turned on the water, and I heard her step into the shower and close the door. Perhaps she wanted me to join her. Still sweaty and needing a shower, I stood up, walked to the door, and hesitated.

    "So, when was the last time you went to church?" she asked.

    "Other than my dad's funeral, not since undergrad. About five years."

    "Oh, you're a bad boy. Would you like to join us at church? I'm sure The Bishop would be happy to see you there."

    The last thing I wanted was to attend church. Not only had I left the LDS faith, but I had also lost my belief in a higher power. However, it was impossible to say no to her, and earning brownie points with The Bishop would be beneficial.

    "Um, sure. Of course."

    "Great, next Sunday, you'll join my family. We go to church in the morning and return home for a big meal. Of course, The Bishop has to go to the Temple in the afternoon.

    The LDS temples were sacred and only open to members of the faith in good standing. While Mrs. Barton was qualified to attend the temple in the afternoon, her children could not, until they had completed their mission. As a traditional wife, she would stay home to care for her family.

    "Tell me about law school." She asked from the shower. "You know, I didn't even ask if you had a girlfriend or something."

    "No girlfriend. I did, but she left the school, and it ended."

    "Well, now that you're almost in the real world. There'll be a lot of opportunities."

    "I'm just focusing on my career right now. If someone comes along, that's great, but job prospects are my focus."

    "Smart boy. That's why you want to keep The Bishop happy. He knows everyone. I had to beg him to give you this clerkship."

    "Really? Doesn't he like me?"

    "Not you; he wasn't a big fan of your father. I mean, he was very sad when he died. But they didn't get along very well. I was kind of the buffer between them."

    "My dad always spoke well of you. He said you were the only person I should trust."

    "He said that about me? My God, how nice is that? I miss him."

    I could hear the shower turn off and the door slide open.

    "I guess I owe you for making The Bishop take me on," I said. "I'd be screwed without this internship."

    Mrs. Barton came out of the bathroom wearing my dad's old bathrobe.

    "Fucked. You can say the big boy words here in the non-kosher kitchen."

    "I'd be fucked," I repeated.

    Mrs. Barton giggled and drank the rest of her spiked coffee, then came over and sat on the bed near me, her back propped up on the pillows, and let out a relaxing sigh.

    "I love this. Just letting my hair down and having some innocent fun. I don't believe God would mind. Even though The Bishop and the kids are gone, I can't do this at home. I'd feel so filthy."

    "Well, if this big old empty house can serve as your private haven," I said, "then I'm glad I still have it. I hope my being here this summer doesn't mess that up."

    She sat up and leaned over to pick up the Amazon box.

    "On the contrary, I love having someone to break the rules with."

    She held up the lingerie and examined it.

    "What do you think? Be honest. Is it trashy?"

    "What are you going for?"

    "Someone trashy who is not the More Mom," she replied flatly.

    "Yeah, it's fucking trashy. But it's super sexy. I think it's great."

    "How about you try it on for me?" she said matter-of-factly.

    I froze. My heart began to race and I could hear my pulse in my ears.

    "You want me to try it on? But it's women's lingerie."

    "Please. I really want to see how it looks on a person. For me?"

    She made an adorable pouting face.

    "I don't know”

    "After all I did for you. Can't you do me this small favor?"

    "But The Bishop; " I said, trying to look for an out.

    "Non-kosher kitchen. What we cook in this house stays here. Just give me a little fashion show."

    She threw me the red lingerie. I held it up; it was sheer, lacy, and very sexy. There were no cups for tits, and the crotch was an open slit.

    "I haven't taken a shower yet. I'm sweaty. I don't want to mess up your outfit."

    "That's fine."

    I had run out of excuses. There was a part of me that felt like she was daring me. So, I decided to accept the challenge.

    I took off my shirt as she watched.

    "I don't want to stretch it out," I said, looking for her to stop this.

    "I'll get another."

    I looked at the lingerie, unsure how to get it on.

    "You step into it, put your legs in the leg holes, and then raise the bra and straps over your arms."

    I was still wearing my running shorts, so I attempted to step into the lingerie with them on.

    "No. Take off those shorts. Stop being such a prude and do this right."

    I pulled my shorts down and stepped out, now only wearing some red Lulu Lemon briefs. My hands were shaking as I pulled them down. I turned away from her so that when I pulled down my underwear, she could only see my ass.

    I had been sporting an erection off and on for the past 30 minutes. Since I was turned away from her, I was glad she didn't see my cock flop out angrily.

    I heard her gasp and realized I was standing in front of a dressing mirror, and she had witnessed every inch of my grand entrance.

    I quickly stepped into the bodysuit lingerie and pulled it up. It might be humiliating to wear women's lingerie, but at least I'd be clothed.

    Pulling it up my torso, I put the straps over my arms. The two openings for women's tits looked odd. Of course, with no tits, it was just my flat chest.

    But when I looked down, there was my cock hanging between my legs through the open crotch of the outfit. I stood there, embarrassed beyond belief.

    "Turn around."

    I don't know why, but I obeyed.

    "Are you blushing? Oh, my God, why? You look great. Know what? You look like Tim Curry in Rocky Horror. You do!"

    I turned away from her and could now see myself in the dressing mirror. There I was, six foot one, wearing a too-small women's one-piece open-tit crotch-less outfit with my cock and balls hanging free.

    "Oh my God, your ass is perfect. I'm so jealous; it's tighter than mine."

    I backed up and sat on the bed trying to cover my erection.

    "Can I take this off now?" I asked. Not that I needed permission, but it sure felt like I did.

    "Come up here next to me. Come on."

    She patted the bed next to her, and I moved to her side, still wearing my dad's bathrobe while I remained in her lingerie.

    "Wow, I can understand why the Church says no to coffee and liquor," she said, "look what it made us do."

    She knew as well as I did that this had nothing to do with the spirits.

    "What are we doing, Mrs. Barton? I don't know if I understand your game."

    "Mrs. Barton? Really? I told you to call me Amanda. We're both adults."

    "What are we doing, Amanda?"

    "Are you upset with me?" she asked.

    "Frustrated."

    She leaned over and laid her head on my chest looking down my body directly at my erection.

    "You smell so wild. It's almost animal-like."

    "I need a shower," I replied.

    "You need to relax. Can I help you relax?"

    She kept her head on my chest, looking at my cock, which bobbed with each beat of my heart then brought her right hand down and gripped it.

    Her hands were cool, and her touch felt great against the heat of my cock shaft.

    At last!

    This woman had been taunting me for days. But we were finally getting somewhere. I closed my eyes, and she stroked my cock, eliciting a long, drawn-out groan from me.

    "There's a good boy. Let Mandy help you relax."

    She lay her head on my chest, looking down at my cock as she masturbated it.

    I wasn't sure if I should try to kiss her or push her head down to take me in her mouth.

    I decided to do nothing and just enjoy the moment.

    She gripped my cock tight, moving the elastic flesh up and down. My skin was salty from the run, and despite the enjoyment of receiving a hand job, I could feel my flesh chafing.

    She felt it too and rolled to the right, opened the bedside drawer, and took out a bottle of cherry-scented lube, which she slathered on my cock and resumed masturbating me.

    I looked down; my cock glistened and slurped as she was able to move her hand up and down the entire shaft with silky ease.

    She swirled her hand, then moved into quick jerks and brought her other hand in and grasped my balls, squeezing them tight. I brought my hand to her head and began to run my fingers through her hair.

    I felt like I needed to participate. She could sense my breath quickening and held my cock at the hilt with one hand while she stroked with the other. As her pace quickened, I knew I wouldn't last much longer.

    I gave out an involuntary groan, and she knew I was close. The spongy underside of my cock was swollen, and my balls grew deep red. We could both feel my ejaculation beginning. She gripped my balls with her hand tightly.

    "Let's see how much cum you have."

    With that, she released my balls and gently massaged them. Whatever that trick was, the rush of cum created a sensation of euphoria and relief.

    I fired off a long rope of thick cum that landed on my chest, soaking the red lingerie. A second rope of cum was even more substantial, and some of it landed in her hair. The third rope of cum hit her face, and the next two continued to soil the lingerie.

    Despite being hit with semen, she never moved and continued to masturbate me slowly and see just how much remnant cum she could coax from my balls.

    The pressure was relieved, and the remaining cum bubbled up from my cock and ran down across her hands. She gently pumped me until nothing was left.

    Taking a finger to clean the semen from her face, she put the finger in her mouth to taste my ejaculate, like a chef seeing if the sauce was just right.

    She looked up at me with a smile.

    "You're one healthy boy. It's been a while since I've seen that much cum. It tastes perfect."

    "I've never tasted it."

    "Healthy semen tastes like a slightly salty mushroom with a hint of ammonia. But never unpleasant. You have excellent semen."

    She rubbed her finger in a thick glob of my semen, then brought it to my mouth.

    "No, thank you," I said, uninterested in tasting my sauce.

    "No, try it. It's perfect. And so much of it, too."

    "Mrs. Barton, I mean Amanda, should we talk about what just happened?"

    She crawled up next to me, so we were almost face to face.

    "Did you like that, Ethan?"

    "I did. But”

    "I liked it too," She said, interrupting me. "I want to keep doing this. And more."

    "Well, that's just it. What was this?"

    "That was a test. I wanted to see if you could follow my instructions. I don't have many rules, but I need you to follow the few I lay down for you."

    "What kind of rules?"

    I want to spend a lot of time with you this summer. I want us to share our bodies. I want us to make love. Often.

    "You want to sleep with me?"

    "We'll make love whenever I want, which can be often. You may not make love to any other woman for the rest of the summer. You are not to masturbate without my permission. Don't worry, you won't need to, I'll keep you satisfied.

    Was this really happening? This was Mrs. Barton, the More Mom, telling me how many ways she would please me as her sexual partner.

    There was more.

    To be continued in part 2. Based on a post by Wendy Trilby, in 5 parts, for Literotica.

    0 min

About ExplicitNovels

From the publisher's feed

Welcome to the best works of emerging explicit romance authors. Explicit Novels daily Podcast presents long-format novels over a span of daily episodes. Subscribe to our podcasting channels.